Home

Raven Pro 1.3 User`s Manual - College of Computer, Mathematical

1. If you make changes to the list order format or precision of measure ments displayed in a selection table to which a saved preset has already been applied you can save the changes under the same name by opening the Measurement Chooser and choosing Preset gt Save Preset Name Exporting samples from various views to text files Export output and text file content 152 A list of the numerical sample values contained in the active view of a sound can be exported to a text file This facilitates examination and analy sis of the data using other software applications For instance it might be useful to export spectrographic information from Raven for display as a 3D plot For waveform spectrogram correlation and beamogram views samples are exported from the current page To export from a segment of sound other than what is represented on the page update the page size Samples in spectrum slice views and selection spectrum views are exported from the represented slice or active selection respectively In a Sound Window click on the narrow vertical view selection button to the left of the view for which you want to export sample values The color of this vertical button will change from white to blue when highlighted Choose File gt Export Sound lt x gt selected view Samples A sug gested name lt FileName gt samples ch lt cc gt txt appears in a dialog box Files can be saved in eit
2. 153 Entering annotations 154 Selectiori Labels cerere rinin aa Woh edie dua ate Ex faues MEO ES EP 155 Chapter Large Datasetsrav cte iustae pesci TRA Deeds 157 Aboutthis Chapter ii iocus iip ak ac v ewbitra a Kd cant ERE AG 157 Paging y LesvydkReCSV Uk REP Pc ed Ee HE RE VE Ve rd ees RU ced 157 Configuring a new paged sound window iliis iles 158 Navigating through signals in paged sound windows llus 158 Selections spanning pageS 0 cee eee ae 160 Reconfiguring paging for an existing window 000 e eee eee 161 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual V vi Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Batch Operaliotiscssc oce ie te ek ee ices EXE RER eee sees ees 161 Opening file sequerces cuu en kh Siw Se a RE v dees we Ye UR 161 Using a list file end mk tico E Re td doen cents 161 Selecting files in a sequence individually a a uaaa aaaea 163 Opening multiple sound files in separate windows 165 Correcting sounds acquired at altered speeds ccc eeeeeee 167 Correcting speed when opening file l llle 167 Multi channel Sounds 00 eee e cence 171 About this chapters iod ou ous ponte dun sy haan snes ent yids an ool 171 Extensible multi channel audio input device support 171 Working with multi channel files 0 cece ccc e eee eee eee 171 Displaying and hiding channels 0 0000 eee ee 171 Edit
3. Sample Size File Size 10 0 seconds v Figure 4 3 The File Format tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box Raven can acquire audio data directly to files saved either in AIFF Audio Interchange File Format filename extension aif or in WAVE format filename extension wav WAVE files can be opened by most other pro grams that work with audio data AIFF files can be opened by most Mac intosh programs that work with audio data and some programs on other platforms Raven can open either type of file The Sample Size parameter specifies the bit depth of the samples saved in the file s created during signal acquisition Raven always represents signals internally with 32 bits per sample If you choose an output sample size other than 32 bits the data values are rescaled to the specified sample size See Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound for a discussion of the trade offs involved in choice of sample size Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 77 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording File Size The size of the file s to be saved can be specified either in time units sec File naming onds or minutes storage units kilobytes or megabytes or sample frames A sample frame consists of one sample for each channel in the acquired signal For example if you specify a file size of 100 000 sample frames for a signal acquired at a sampling rate of 22 050 Hz each acquired file would be 4 5
4. 2 2005 45 Position vs position location llle 45 Scale of a VIeW no uuo LU Ep y RA Lu RR xu da uet re 46 Setting the scale of view axes lle ees 46 Changing view scales by Zooming 0c e eet eee 47 Zoom details sere es Me nla DE a o RO Re ED aed a ea 48 Zooming in horizontally 0 0 0 n 48 Zooming vertically x eaten nta due pp erac e mas eee ween ag 49 Zoom to all cu te DO ei en ee een a ES e E 49 Zoom to selection E lle 49 View Lypes 2iia veu eco PER PED LEM eaa COE dares 50 The four main view types sllelseee e m E A 50 Making a new view oseere RR mn 50 Showing data in a new view liiis 52 Selected view dictates toolbar content 0 0 0c cee eee 53 Linking and unlinking VieWS sis ida re err ev RH sb ye ERE NS 53 Unlinked views lllslleleeee Rh 54 Unlinking views through the contextual menu ille sisse 55 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Restoring or creating new linkages through the linkage tab 55 Creating a new linkage group sisse I 56 Creating new linked views llle 56 Other linkable properties 2 57 Linkage between spectrogram and spectrogram slice views 57 Controlling how views are displayed cc cece cece eee e ees 58 Deleting a view ro a ee eee 58 Changing the order in which views are displayed 00000 eee eae 58 Hidi
5. Selection Table V oraw t s s u s AR s is u s Selection View Channel Begin Time End Time Peak Corr Peak Lag Selection baa ra Begin Time End Time Peak Corr Peak Lag 1 1 0 174 0 150 0 46326 0 012 F tii Ki 1 0 254 0 238 0 00985 0 000 f1 Figure 9 6 Two correlation windows one showing two sounds with a low peak correlation value left and the other showing two sounds with a high peak correlation value right Note that although the signals on the left appear to be similar their high energy components are offset in frequency around the 4314 Hz line marked by the magenta frequency position marker in the view Raven does not do any frequency shifting when it performs spectrogram correlations The peak correlation value on the left is 9 85 milli units whereas the peak on the right is 0 463 units or 463 milli units Always be sure to check the units on the y axis of the correlation view When Raven displays a correlation plot it allows you to scroll the time position of the view to see how the two parent signals line up at different points in the correlation plot The default view when a correlation plot is initially shown is to show the lag at the peak correlation value and to have the parent signals lined up at their peak correlation Moving the time scroll bar in the view allows you to see how the parent signals line up at Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 193 Chapter 9 Correlation
6. Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 65 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Sound 2 BlackCappedVireo aif 0 000 r dpi Ri NM LL kU go 2 4 6 8 10 204 Waveform 1 Line 2 0 000 Figure 3 20 A sound window containing two views each with two lines grouped by view All lines of the waveform view are in the top group all lines of the spectrogram view are in the next group 66 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation z Sound 2 BlackCappedvireo aif Waveform 1 Line 1 10 Spectrog ray 5 nSt 548 0 000 1 JAMES Ao kHz s0 20 4 Waveform 1 Line 2 0 000 Figure 3 21 The same two views shown in Figure 3 20 but grouped by time The first lines of both views are in the top group the second lines of both views are in the next group To change the grouping choose View or Time from the pull down menu labeled Group By in the side panel s Layout tab top level groupings e between views in View grouping or between lines in Time grouping is wider than the bar used between second level groups b The horizontal separator bar that Raven displays between Working with more Raven lets you work with more than one sound at a time When more than than one sound one sound window is open the tools in Raven s toolbar e g New View buttons brightness contrast and playback controls and in the side panel s L
7. Once you ve made a selection you can choose to play only that portion of the sound by clicking the Play button To play the entire sound again clear the selection using View gt Active Selection gt Clear or go through the con text menu For most views Raven will play the visible portion of the sound unless there is an active selection marked For spec trogram slice and selection spectrum view if there are no selections Raven will play the entire sound This holds true for reverse playback as well The vertical and horizontal magenta lines in each view are the position markers Each view in a sound window has two position markers which identify unique locations along the horizontal and vertical axes The verti cal line on the left hand side of each view is the time axis marker which marks one specific time value Position markers are important for several types of Raven operations and are discussed further in Position mark ers in Chapter 3 page 44 Using the mouse grab the time axis position marker the vertical magenta line in either the waveform or spectrogram view and move it slightly away from the left edge of the window Figure 1 7 Next click the Scroll ing Play button to play the signal In scrolling playback the signal view scrolls from right to left beneath the position marker like tape moving Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started past the playback head of a tape recorder
8. Figure 5 11 The Clipping dialog box In a spectrogram view if you choose to clip to a value of Infinity every thing that is below your noise floor will appear as white If you clip to a different value for example 0 dB everything below your noise floor will appear as very light These differences will result in different appearances once your spectrogram is smoothed so you may wish to vary your param eters and examine the results as you explore See Figure 5 12 for an exam ple In a spectrogram slice view if you choose to clip to a particular dB value then the result will be a smooth slice view without any dropouts but if you choose to clip to Infinity dB the result will contain many dropouts and will be more difficult to read See Figure 5 13 for an example There are several reasons to perform clipping First because of the finite precision of the digitization process a digitized sound always contains some error and has a limited dynamic range For signals digitized with 8 bit samples the dynamic range is limited to 48 dB for 16 bit samples the dynamic range is limited to 96 dB Therefore any power value in an 8 bit spectrogram that is more than 48 dB below the highest peak in the signal must be noise introduced by the digitizing process and should be disre garded The noise floor can also be useful for removing noise that was present before the digitizing process for example from a recording with low level wind
9. Audio Recorder Schedule 251 Color Scheme 251 color scheme 249 measurement 151 Measurement List 251 recorder 83 Sample Rate Conversion 251 Selection Labels 251 Sound Window 251 spectrogram 115 Spectrogram Parameters 251 types 251 window 63 window precedence over other presets 64 print a sound file 23 print orientation 15 printing 15 progress bar 85 86 Pulse Code Modulation PCM 73 Q quantization noise 275 QuickTime installer 28 QuickTime Installer downloading 6 QuickTime on Mac OS 6 QuickTime opening sound files 6 R range selections 127 128 Rate Conversion tab Configure New Recorder dia log box 91 Raven desktop 1 2 Raven license agreement 28 Raven User s Manual 28 Raven web site 28 Raven window 1 RavenPreferences txt file See preference file read about updates 28 Real time detection 212 real time views during signal acquisition 18 waveforms 18 real time views during signal acqusition 85 Reclaim button 265 reclaiming unused memory 265 Record button 16 72 record length 285 Record To drop down list 72 recorder presets 83 default 255 recorder windows 18 71 84 85 87 94 See also recording a signal Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Index editing in 88 progress bar 85 86 reconfiguring 88 Record to Disk button 84 86 Record to Memory button 84 85 Stop Recording button 85 Stop Recording to Disk button 86 recorders 71 creating 72
10. other correlation values as shown in Figure 9 7 for spectrogram correla tion The same type of time scrolling can be done with a waveform corre lation Figure 9 7 __ B Spectrogram Correlation 5 8CV 0 58 1 5 0 0 069 0 2 I Figure 9 7 Three correlation windows of the same correlation plot scrolled to three different time positions The first shows a lesser peak to the left of the highest peak the second shows the main peak or peak lag the time position at which the signals are most highly correlated and the third shows a lesser peak to the right of the highest peak Observe how in both the first and the third two of the three calls in each signal are aligned but that the correlation value is much higher when all three are aligned in time Scale of Raven can compute spectrograms using either the logarithmic power val spectrogram power ues from the spectrogram in units of decibels or using the linear power values values in units of squared amplitude units Linear power values are the traditional method used to compute spectrogram correlations and provide a good spread between spectrograms that look similar and those that look different Because the logarithmic scale compresses the range in which power values exist the corresponding correlation plots also tend to be more concentrated with higher peaks which can lead users to think that signals are similar when they are really dissi
11. 2000 0 Figure 10 7 Two detectors that have been run on the same spectro gram view The first detector blue selection table tab and blue selec tions is in a higher frequency range than the second detector pink tab and selections How to run a detector Full mode and within a recorder Full detection mode Once you are satisfied with the results of a detector you can choose to run it on an entire recording To do this you can press the Run Full button in the corresponding box on the detector tab in the side panel Or you can use the Tools gt Detector menu to start running a detector on an entire file An alternative is to bypass interactive mode and run the detector on the full sound initially Use the Tools gt Detector menu to choose the detector you want The dialog in Figure 10 8 will appear allowing you to choose an existing file or open a new file Raven will open any sound that is not Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 221 Chapter 10 Detection already open This mode of detection can be used to post process record ings by first recording to a file sequence you can then run a detector on the entire sequence at once Choose Detector Inputs Required Inputs Available Signals and Views 3 InputWaveform C Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler D Waveform 1 Sound 1 3 Spectrogram 1 Sound 1 mU 1 input needs a signal Browse I ox Reset Cancel Help Figure 10 8
12. Begin Time End Time Low Freq High Freq Peak Corr Peak Lag s s Hz Hz u fs 1 Al 1 2 782 2 836 0 0 172 3 0 25451 0 061 m Figure 9 15 By clicking on a single cell in the batch correlation table top Raven displays the individual correlation view between the files in a new sound window Note that the frequency position marker in the correlation view marks the peak correlation value and the time position marker marks the peak lag value You can also add these measure ments to the selection table as shown in the figure Correlator output can also be saved to a tab delimited text file where the correlation peak table and correlation lag table are displayed one after the other see Figure 9 16 You can specify the output file name on the initial correlator dialog Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 203 Chapter 9 Correlation Din Biwi OM ONO aw B 1 Te D Batch Correlation Peaks u File 1 File 2 gt gt HelloDaccy aif 1 HumanVoice aif 1 HumanVoice2 aif 1 HumanVoiceRevisitec aif 1 HelloDaddy aif 1 1 0 179 0 411 0 474 Humanvoice aif 1 0 179 1 0 247 0 142 HumanVvoice2 aif 1 0 411 0 247 1 0 255 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 1 0 474 0 142 0 255 1 Batch Correlation Lags s File 1 File 2 gt gt HelloDaddy aif 1 HumanVoice aif 1 MumanvVoice2 aif 1 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 1 HelloDacdy aif 1 0 0 058 0 25 0 299 HumanVvoice aif 1 0 058 0 0 177 0 717 HumanVoice2 aif 1 0 25 0 177 0 0 061 HumanVoiceRevis
13. Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 55 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Creating a new linkage group Creating new linked 56 views File Edit View Window Tools Hel Elulu 4 View Property Time Scale E 9 CI Group 1 9 C Sound 1 Default Sound 1 Spectrogram 1 H Sound 1 Waveform 1 CJ New Figure 3 15 The Linkage tab showing the linkage groups for the Time Scale property corresponding to Figure 3 14 A linkage group is a set of views that are linked to each other by a particu lar property in this case Time Scale Views that are in different linkage groups are unlinked from each other in that property Open the first two folders by double clicking on them or single clicking the icon to the left of each folder icon In the present case the linkage group called Sound 1 Default contains the views called Sound 1 Wave form 1 and Sound 1 Spectrogram 1 Group 1 contains Sound 1 Spec trogram 2 The active view is highlighted and you can activate a different view by clicking on its name To link two views that are presently unlinked drag the icon for one of the views to the linkage group that contains the other In the case shown in Figure 3 15 you can unlink the waveform from Spectrogram 1 and link it to Spectrogram 2 by dragging its icon from the Default folder to the Group 1 folder When you move a view from one linkage group to another the view is immediately
14. Record To File X _ Export selections to clip files Input Display File Format File Name Directory Recordings Browse Sound File raven lt yy gt lt ll gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm lt ss gt aif Example raven 070124 142217 aif Start Time Now Other yvy Figure 4 5 The File Names tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box When you record to a file sequence Raven saves the incoming audio data to a continuous series of files as described in File Format on page 76 and File naming on page 78 In addition Raven saves a list file which is a plain text file containing a list of all of the audio files recorded in the file sequence Once an audio file sequence and its associated list file have been created you can open the sequence as a single signal by opening the list 82 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording file Opening a file sequence via a list file is discussed in Opening file sequences in Chapter 7 page 161 occur while acquiring to a file sequence the list file and some of the acquired audio files can end up in different directories Raven will warn you that this has occurred and then auto matically write the correct relative pathnames into the list file You can open the list without making any changes to it If file name collisions see File name collisions on page 81 Note that if you c
15. dow looks like please refer to Understanding the Sound Window in Chapter 1 page 7 Sometimes you may want to hide all the items listed in a side panel sec tion To do this select the hide all button the three white empty boxes This will uncheck the checkboxes and will hide these items from being seen in the sound window To show all the items listed in a side panel sec tion select the show all button the three black boxes and this will make the items visible in the sound window See Figure 2 14 for more informa tion on hiding and showing all components Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 35 Chapter 2 36 The Raven Window Show all Hide all v H Waveform 1 v Spectrogram 1 Lines i Group By go so Channels v 1 s Layout Linkage Selection Playback Detection Information Figure 2 14 The Layout tab for a sound window that contains two views The Component Visibility pane has been hidden by dragging the separator bar above it down Side panel tabs At the bottom of the side panel are five tabs which dictate what informa tion is displayed in the side panel Clicking on one of the tabs will change the contents of the side panel to show information pertinent to the tab s heading Details regarding these tabs and how they can be used will be discussed at later points throughout this manual Information panel The sixth
16. ing the spectrogram If the Auto apply checkbox is checked Raven immediately recalculates and displays the spectrogram each time you change any parameter in the dialog without you needing to click the Apply button For parameters that you enter by typing ina field e g Time grid spacing or window Overlap the spectrogram is recalculated when you complete an entry by pressing the lt Enter gt or lt Tab gt key or by clicking another field or control in the dia log You can save and retrieve sets of spectrogram parameters using com mands on the Preset menu within the Configure Spectrogram dialog A set of saved spectrogram parameters is called a spectrogram preset To save a preset choose Presets gt Save As When the Save Spectrogram Param eters dialog appears enter a name for the preset and click OK Spectrogram presets must be saved in the folder Presets XK Spectrogram Parameters within the Raven program folder You can also create additional folders within the Spec trogram Parameters folder by clicking on the New Folder icon within the Save dialog These folders will appear as sub menus in the Preset menu with each submenu listing the presets in the corresponding folder To retrieve a spectrogram preset choose the name of the preset from the Preset menu When you retrieve a preset all of the spectrogram parame ters in the Configure Spectrogram dialog are immediately set to the saved values If you th
17. 80 technical support 267 3 dB bandwidth See filter bandwidth TIFF graphics file format 15 Tile Windows 68 time analysis resolution 285 Time axis marker 8 Time axis position marker 8 time domain 280 time grid spacing 107 287 290 291 time grid spacing hop size 106 time offset 185 Time parameter 107 time tags in file name templates 80 311 Index time frequency uncertainty principle 285 289 TN 217 toolbar lock unlock 29 tooltips 1 TP 216 triangular window function 101 true negatives 217 true positives 216 U Unbiased 191 Unbiased Normalization 191 uncertainty principle See time frequency uncertainty principle Undo 24 Undo Edit menu 132 undo a change 24 undocked 34 Unlink View View menu 55 unlinking views 54 55 unlock toolbar 29 unrecoverable errors 268 Updates 28 updates software and documentation 265 V variable bitrate mp3 files 6 View menu Apply To AIL 70 Choose Measurements 143 Clear Active Selection 131 Clear All Selections 131 Color Scheme Colormap name 60 Color Scheme Edit 61 245 Color Scheme Reverse Color Map 61 Deactivate Selection 131 Delete View 58 Hide View 58 Move View Down 58 Move View Up 58 New gt Similar Selection Spectrum View 56 New gt Similar Spectrogram Slice View 56 New gt Similar Spectrogram View 56 New gt Spectrogram Slice View 51 Smooth Spectrogram 121 123 Spectrogram Parameters 125 Unlin
18. Above in green you can see the correlation between the two spectrograms The entire correla tion graph is selected using Edit gt Select All and in the selection table the peak correlation measurement of 0 813 is included Note that the peak correlation and peak lag are shown on the axes and by the magenta lines on the correlation plot in addition to being shown in the selection table in their measurement columns The spectrograms are zoomed in frequency to show the detail 192 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation While the peak value of a spectrogram correlation function can provide an objective well defined repeatable and comparable measure of the simi larity of two spectrograms it is NOT a tool for generalized pattern recog nition The similarity that is measured is simple and narrowly defined and may or may not be appropriate to the research question being asked The usefulness of spectrogram correlations as a measure of similarity thus depends very much on the specific context in which they are being used The best way to develop a feel for how to interpret spectrogram correla tions is to experiment with correlating a variety of spectrograms OOO A Spectrogram Correlation 7 sel 12 aif sel 03 aif B Spectrogram Correlation 8 sel 10 aif sel 02 aif peee i i 0 2 CEEEEEENEEEEEJ j me sn z CD JL cL 1L 8B LI f Selection Table A Draw
19. Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording amp Y el Not recording progress indicator record to file button record to memory button Figure 4 6 A new recorder window configured for recording to file s with a 30 second recording buffer You can create a new view in a recorder window any time whether the recorder is running or stopped If a recorder window already contains multiple views particularly if they are displayed at a large size Raven s responsiveness to keyboard and mouse activity may slow down notice ably on slower computers while the recorder is running In such cases it may be preferable to create new spectrogram or spectrogram slice views while the recorder is stopped To begin recording to memory click the Record to Memory button at the bottom of the window Data begin appearing at the right edge of the win dow where the position marker is located by default in a recorder win dow and scroll across from right to left in all of the waveform and spectrogram views that are displayed If data do not start appearing in the recorder window refer to Problems with recording on page 96 To stop recording click the square green Stop Recording button that replaces the Record to Memory button ing buffer are erased Each time you start recording any data already in the record Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 85 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Recording to files Rav
20. RGB color chooser The RGB color chooser Figure 11 4 allows you to choose colors for each element in a color scheme by specifying the relative amount of red green and blue that are added together to yield the element s color Values for red green and blue range between 0 and 255 You can specify RGB values by typing them into their respective fields in the dialog or by sliding the corresponding controls left or right Ee Red 255 85 170 255 e Green 85 170 255 i i Blue Figure 11 4 The RGB red green blue color chooser in the Color Scheme Editor dialog box Opacity There is an ordering relationship among the various elements that are dis played in a view such that any one element is either in front of or behind any other element Each element in a view has an opacity associated with it that can vary between 0 and 255 An element that has an opacity of 255 is completely opaque it completely hides whatever elements are behind it An element with an opacity of 0 is completely transparent hence invisi ble An element with an intermediate opacity allows elements behind it to be seen but tinted with the front element s color Figure 11 5 By default Active Selection Fill and Inactive Selection Fill have opacity values of 15 all other elements are completely opaque opacity 255 You can set the opacity of the selected view element by moving the horizontal Opacity slider color from th
21. Toolbars b New b Window Preset b Apply to All Hide View Delete View Move View Up Basic commands View section Move View Down Unlink View Unlinking Color Scheme Configure view Configure View Axes Interactive Detectors Detectors Choose Measurements Measurements Configure Selection Labels Labels Active Selection 1 b Paste Selection Clear All Selections Table 1 Clear All Selections All Tables Cofer tinnc Selections Figure 2 4 The contents of the View menu Basic commands From this menu you can select which toolbars are visible and you can lock their positions You can create a new view or work with window presets see more on these topics in Chapter 3 Sound Windows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation and Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Prefer ences Presets amp Memory You can choose to apply the view settings of a sound window to all other open windows and you can also adjust config uration settings of a recorder View section in View menu This section contains commands that allow you to adjust views by hiding them deleting them or moving them up and down within sound window More information regarding views is discussed in Chapter 3 Sound Win dows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation Unlinking Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 25 Chapter 2 The Raven Window The Window menu 26 You can c
22. amp Print One Page of Sound 1 amp Print Pages of Sound 1 Page Setup Export Image Of Exit 1 BeardedSeal aif 2 BlackCappedVireo aif 3 BlackCappedvireo aif 9j 4 AfricanForestElephants aif Figure 2 2 The contents of the File menu New section in File menu h Export Sound 1 Spectrogram 1 Samples Ctrl O Ctri Shift O Ctr Shift F CtrieShift S Ctri Shift Ctr Shift A Ctri Shift H Ctrl P Ctrie Shift X gt New section Open section Close section Save section Print section Export section Exit Recent files The first two entries are in the New section of the File menu which were discussed in Chapter 1 Getting Started You can choose to create a new sound window new recorder window or a new selection table These these menu options also have keyboard shortcuts which are listed to the Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 2 The Raven Window far right of each menu item lt Ctrl N gt for New Sound Window in Windows for example Open section in File menu The next section contains the Open options some of which were dis cussed in Chapter 1 Getting Started You can choose to open an existing sound file open from a CD open sound from a folder that you recently used open a selection table which will be discussed in The Selection Table in Chapter 6 page 135 or open a previously saved workspace Ag
23. c the record length is 512 points or 23 mS filter bandwidth 61 9 Hz or about as long as each tone in the signal Most of the records therefore span more than one tone in some cases including a tone and a silent interval in other cases including two tones and an interval The result is poor time resolution the beginning and end of the bars representing the tones are fuzzy and poorly aligned with fea tures of the waveform compare for example the beginning time of the first pulse in the waveform with the corresponding bar in the spectro gram However this spectrogram has much better frequency resolution than spectrogram a the bar representing each tone is only about 100 Hz in thickness Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis a nN MT g 004 006 008 01 012 0414 Figure B 7 Effect of record length and filter bandwidth on time and fre quency resolution The signal consists of a sequence of four tones with frequencies of 1 2 3 and 4 kHz at a sampling rate of 22 05 kHz Each tone is 20 mS in duration The interval between tones is 10 mS Both spectrograms have the same time grid spacing 1 45 mS and window function Hann The selection boundaries show the start and end of the second tone a Wide band spectrogram record length 64 points 2 90 mS 3 dB bandwidth 496 Hz b Waveform showing timing of the tones c Narro
24. jump to time 160 308 Page Back button 160 Page Forward button 160 page increment 158 160 161 page navigation panel 159 160 page size 158 161 paging scrollbar 160 selectins in 160 Step Back button 160 Step Forward button 160 step increment 158 160 161 paging scrollbar See underpaged sound windows Paste 10 24 Paste Edit menu 10 132 PCM Pulse Code Modulation 73 Peak Time measurement 149 phase 281 phase spectrum 281 282 Play button 7 play recording playing while recording 86 Play Spectrogram slice or selection spectrum 8 playback rate 9 32 Playback tab side panel 33 playing a sound 7 playing while recording 86 PNG graphics file format 15 point selections 127 130 portrait orientation for printing 15 position of a view 45 setting 46 vs position location 45 position location 45 vs position 45 Position markers 8 position markers 44 46 visibility and window presets 63 Power Spectra Calculation comparing two methods 257 New method 100 257 power to color correspondance in colormaps 61 preference file 253 preferences 252 269 default directories 258 259 default measurement precision 259 261 default presets 254 255 overwriting files during acquisition 261 Preset Manager 250 Preset menu See presets 115 presets Audio File Format 251 Audio File Names 251 Audio Recorder 251 Audio Recorder Display 251 Audio Recorder Input 251 Raven 1 2 User s Manual
25. raven measurement basic lowFrequency default ValueFormat 0 000 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven raven measurement basic highFrequency default ValueFormat 0 000 raven measurement basic deltaFrequency default ValueFormat 0 000 raven measurement basic maxFrequency default ValueFormat 0 000 Amplitude To specify the default measurement display precision for amplitude mea surements uncomment and edit the following entry raven measurement basic amplitude default ValueFormat 0 000 To override the default measurement precision for amplitude measure ments and specify a different precision for Min Amplitude Max Amplitude Peak Amplitude or RMS Amplitude uncomment and edit the appropriate one of the following entries raven measurement basic minAmplitude default ValueFormat 0 000 raven measurement basic maxAmplitude default ValueFormat 0 000 raven measurement basic peakAmplitude default ValueFormat 0 000 raven measurement basic rmsAmplitude default ValueFormat 0 000 Power To specify the default measurement display precision for power measure ments uncomment and edit the following entry raven measurement basic power defaultValue Format 0 000 Overwrite behavior for recorders You can specify a preference for what Raven should do when recording to files if a new sound file h
26. relative to the range of possible 32 bit values For example a 32 bit sample value of 1 073 741 824 half of the full scale value of 2 147 483 648 if saved in a 24 bit signal would be rescaled to a sample value of 4 194 304 half of the full scale value of 8 388 607 273 1 The actual total size of AIFF or WAVE files is slightly larger than the number of bytes of audio data they contain because files in either format include a header that contains information such as the sampling rate and the number of bytes of data in the file Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Directory Sound File s Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Configure New Recorder Preset Record To File M _ Export selections to clip files Input Display File Format File Name Directory Recordings Browse Sound File raven lt yy gt lt ll gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm lt ss gt aif Example raven 070124 142217 aif Start Time Now Other yvy dd Figure 4 4 The File Name tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box You can specify where to save acquired files either by typing a pathname e g c SoundData wrenProject 05May2002 or by browsing through your computer s file system Click the Browse button to obtain a browser dialog that lets you choose a directory folder in which to save acquired files You specify the name of the file s in the Sound File s field For single fi
27. sound pressures are usu ally expressed in uPa To measure or record sound at a particular location in space we use a device such as a microphone that responds to sound pressure A micro phone produces a time varying electrical voltage that is proportional to the increase or decrease in local pressure that constitutes sound This con tinuous time varying voltage is an electric analog of the acoustic signal The continuous electric signal can be converted to a digital representation suitable for manipulation by a computer as discussed in Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound Time domain and frequency domain representations of sound 280 Any acoustic signal can be graphically or mathematically depicted in either of two forms called the time domain and frequency domain represen tations In the time domain instantaneous pressure is represented as a function of time Figure B 1a shows the time domain representation of the simplest type of acoustic signal a pure tone Such a signal is called a sinu soid because its amplitude is a sine function of time characterized by some frequency which is measured in cycles per second or Hertz Hz The fre quency of a sinusoid is most easily determined by measuring the length of one period which is the reciprocal of the frequency The amplitude of the signal in the time domain is measured in pressure units Once an acoustic signal has been converted by a microphone into an electrical sign
28. surement the sample size or bit depth Aliasing and the Nyquist frequency 272 Raven s Configure Recorder dialog box enables you to choose the sam pling rate at which a signal is to be digitized The choices available are determined by the digitizer hardware and the program called an audio input plug in in Raven that controls the digitizer most digitizers have two or more sampling rates available Commercial digital audio applications use sampling rates of 44 1 kHz for audio compact discs or 48 kHz for digital audio tape Once a signal is digitized its sampling rate is fixed In order to interpret a sequence of numbers as representing a time varying signal one needs to know the sampling rate Thus when a digitized signal is saved in a file format that is designed for saving sound information such as AIFF or WAVE information about the sampling rate is saved along with the actual data points comprising the signal The more frequently a signal is sampled the more precisely the digitized signal represents temporal changes in the amplitude of the original signal The sampling rate that is required to make an acceptable representation of a waveform depends on the signal s frequency More specifically the sam Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound pling rate must be more than twice as high as the highest frequency con tained in the signal Otherwise the digitized signal will have
29. tions and the retrieved selections c add a new table to store the new selections or d cancel the retrieval If you choose to merge selections the retrieved selections will be assigned new selection numbers if the saved numbers conflict with existing ones Format of selection In order for Raven to retrieve selections from a file the first line of the file files must be a header row that contains column headings for Begin Time End Time Low Frequency and High Frequency separated from each other by the lt tab gt character These columns can appear in the file in any order If the file also contains a Selection column Raven will assign the selection numbers saved in that column otherwise the imported selec tions are numbered consecutively starting at 1 Column headers for other measurements may be present or absent Raven ignores values in other columns Subsequent lines in the file must contain valid entries for each of the col umns identified in the header row separated from each other by lt tab gt characters If any of the selection bounds given in a selection file is outside the limits of the active signal e g a time beyond the end of the signal or a frequency greater than the Nyquist value Raven will alert you to this and ask whether to abort importing selections If you choose to continue selections with bounds outside of the signal limits are ignored Working with selections Activating a To activate a
30. vertical and horizontal marked in red Each axis is marked with a unit and number values Most commands buttons and scroll bars that affect views apply only to the active view Only one view in a sound window can be active at any given time The active view is identified by a colored vertical view selection button at its left edge The name of the active view is also highlighted on the side panel s Layout tab In Figure 3 2 the waveform is the active view To activate a view click on its view selection button or in its axis areas You can also activate a view by clicking on its name to select it in the side panel s Layout tab region e above and to the right of the axes doing so will create a selection Basic information about selections can be found in Making a selection in Chapter 1 page 8 while more advanced selection information is discussed in Chapter 6 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing b Although you can activate a view by clicking in the data The sound window s title bar has controls for resizing and closing the win dow and is the means by which you move a sound window See Figure 3 3 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 41 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Scrollbars 42 Tifle bar Maximize I Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif Minimize Close Figure 3 3 The title bar with controls to resize and close a sound win dow The title bar is also the anchor for
31. 1 3 User s Manual 209 Chapter 9 Correlation lation values will correspond to visual similarity dissimilarity of spectro grams OOO A Spectrogram Correlation 18 BCV14 aif BCVO1 aif A Spectrogram Correlation 19 BCV17 aif BCVO3 aif V Draw Selection Table craw 9 t Selection View Channel Peak Corr Peak Lag Selection Peak Corr Peak Lag __ tw s o s Li 1 1 0 00813 0 737 eyo 1 1 0 37982 0 012 a b Figure 9 23 a Linear power spectrogram correlation top view of BCV14 middle view with a low peak correlation value of 0 00813 see selection table at bottom of window b Linear power spectrogram cor relation top view of BCV17 middle view with BCV03 bottom view with a high peak correlation value of 0 37982 shown in selection table at bottom of window 210 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter10 Detection About this chapter When users work with large datasets they often seek to first identify all sounds of a particular type then they make measurements on the selected sounds and perhaps associate annotations with the sounds to classify them as to type or source The process of manually browsing through hours days or months of recordings can be daunting An alternative to manually browsing through large datasets is to use auto matic detection Detection is the process of finding specific sounds of inter est within recordings Often the signals of interest are short i
32. 1 3 User s Manual 295 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis For further reading Table B 1 Sidelobe rejection for Raven s five window types The sidelobe rejection for each type is expressed as the height of the highest sidelobe relative to the peak of the main lobe Window type Sidelobe rejection dB Hann 31 Rectangular 13 Triangular 25 296 The books and articles listed below can provide entry at several levels into the vast literature on spectrum analysis and digital signal processing Beecher M D 1988 Spectrographic analysis of animal vocalizations Implications of the uncertainty principle Bioacoustics 1 1 187 207 Includes a discussion of choosing an optimum filter bandwidth for the analysis of frequency modulated bioacoustic signals Bradbury J and S Vehrencamp 1998 Principles of Animal Communica tion Sinauer Associates Sunderland MA 882 pp Chapter 3 provides an excellent introduction for non specialist readers to the principles of spectrum analysis and also discusses spectral properties of the basic types of animal acoustic signals Cohen L 1995 Time frequency analysis Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ Hlawatsch F and G F Boudreaux Bartels 1992 Linear and quadratic time frequency signal representations IEEE Signal Processing Magazine 9 2 21 67 A technical overview and comparison of the properties of a variety
33. 157 Chapter 7 Large Datasets Configuring anew When you first open a sound file or a sound file sequence Raven displays paged sound window Navigating through signals in paged 158 sound windows the Configure New Sound Window dialog box which gives you the choice of loading the entire sound into memory or creating a paged sound win dow Figure 7 1 To open a sound in a new paged sound window choose Page Sound To specify how much of the sound should be loaded into memory at any given time enter a value into the Page size field You can choose units of seconds or minutes for page size from the drop down menu Page increment and Step increment specify the amount by which the paged display moves when you click the Page Forward Page Back Step Forward or Step Back controls as described in Moving the page incrementally the Page and Step buttons on page 160 You can specify Page increment and Step increment either as a percent of the page size or as an absolute number of seconds or minutes by choosing the appropriate units from the drop down menu next to each field S Configure New Sound Window l x Window Speed Preset Default vi Paging Open entire sound Page sound seconds Y 10 Page increment 90 percent w 10 Step increment Page size d percent v Figure 7 1 The Configure New Sound Window dialog box The Configure New Sound Window dialog box also allows you to
34. 247 Save Active Selection As File menu 141 Save All Selections 142 Save Color Scheme Preset dialog box 249 Save Sound Window Preset dialog box 63 scale of a view 46 48 default 46 resetting 49 setting 46 zoom in 48 zoom out 48 scheduled recording 92 scroll thumb 9 42 scrollbars 42 paging 160 visibility and window presets 63 Scrolling Play 8 Scrolling playback 8 See also recording a signal Select All 24 Selectable look and feel 38 256 selection 8 135 selection bounds 139 143 selection control points 128 active 128 extender point 128 selection files 139 format 139 retrieving 138 selection ID 128 135 selection label 128 selection labels configuration 63 visibility 63 selection number 135 Selection spectrum play 8 selection spectrum views 97 98 100 125 creating with linked parameters 56 310 selection table Activate Next Selection button 140 Activate Previous Selection button 140 Down arrow button 140 Up arrow button 140 selection tables 135 138 143 and paged sound windows 141 collapsing 135 configuring 138 151 copying rows 142 expanding 135 saving 138 sort order 138 visibility and window presets 63 visibility of entries 137 selections 127 128 131 132 138 143 activating 129 139 active 129 active selection 129 bounds 143 clearing 131 copying 10 132 creating 127 128 cutting 132 deactivating 131 defining 127 128 deleting data 13
35. 3000 0 4500 0 0 8571 6 348 6 684 3000 0 4500 0 0 8205 co A BANA at Ancor Exported clip 9 to clip ch01 080221 085907 83 aif Figure 10 12 A running detector saving detected clips to files You can then open the list of clip files to view them as a file sequence f clip ch01 080221 085917 36 aif P clip ch01 080221 085909 23 aif f clip ch01 080221 085907 83 aif clip ch01 080221 085906 21 aif clip ch01 080221 085903 76 aif clip ch01 080221 085902 38 aif clip ch01 080221 085901 06 a f F clip ch01 080221 085859 68 aif clip ch01 080221 085858 30 aif F clip ch01 080221 085856 96 aif clip ch01 080221 085837 13 aif 2 aa 080221 085820 00 226 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 59 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 58 AM Thursday February 21 2008 8 58 AM Tanim an 2008 8 58AM Figure 10 13 Selecting a clip list file to open Chapter 10 Detection Configure New Sound Window rPreset Default 1 3 Power r Paging Open entire sound Page sound Page size seconds Page increment percent Step increment percent r Multiple Files Open as f
36. 5 a E HI 3 2000Hz aif 3 Blue Whale chunk aif 3 Hur D AfricanForestElephants aif BlueWhale aif 3 Lar D BeardedSeal aif BowheadwWhaleSong aif 3 Lar D Bird array 4 channel aif 3 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif 3 Ra D BlackCappedVirea aif D EscreechOwl aif 3 Spa 4 li gt File Name Files of Type 16 bit AIFF aif aiff Iz m Figure 1 10 This is the Save As dialog box After choosing a sound file or a sound selection to save you can select a location for the file and specify a file name Saving a selection After making a selection within the ChestnutSidedWarbler aif signal for 12 example choose File gt Save Active Selection As and you will see the Save As dialog box Figure 1 10 After entering a name for your selection and clicking Save the active selection is saved into a new file by itself which can be opened at any time Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started Saving Your Workspace Saving a workspace Opening a workspace When you save a workspace all aspects of Raven s state are saved By sav ing a workspace first you can quit Raven and resume your work later exactly where you left off even if you have many sound windows open When you save a workspace all information about Raven s state is saved including all open signals and the size and placement of their windows To save the workspace choo
37. Adjusting and Setting The window size parameter controls the length of each data record that is analyzed to create each of the individual spectra that together constitute the spectrogram The default unit for this measurement is number of sam ples For more information on window size please see Window size in Chapter 5 page 103 and Window Size slider control in Chapter 5 page 1 04 The left side of the Raven window holds the side panel which contains six tabs Layout Linkage Selection Playback Detection and Information By default the side panel opens to the Layout tab see Figure 2 13 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 33 Chapter 2 The Raven Window He Waveform 1 Docking controls Spectrogram 1 Lines 1 Vertical Group By view separator bar FH hannels wi 1 Show all Hide all Components OR A D e Axis Titles Line Titles Position Markers Scrollbars Selection Borders Selection Control Point Selection Fill Selection Labels ISI SI IS IS BS BSI im Side Panel Tabs Detection Information Figure 2 13 A general view of the side panel with basic layout features outlined in red Docking controls Clicking on these arrows controls the visibility of the side panel If you choose the arrow pointing toward the left at the top for Windows users or at the bottom fo
38. As in any dialog box that supports presets 250 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Table 11 2 Types of presets available in Raven Audio File Format Audio File Names Audio Recorder Audio Recorder Display Audio Recorder Input Audio Recorder Schedule Clip File Format Clip File Names Color Scheme Detector Measurement List Sample Rate Conversion Selection Labels Sound Window Spectrogram Parameters You can use the Preset Manager Figure 11 6 to delete or rename presets to create rename or delete folders within preset folders and to move pre sets from one folder to another To open the Preset Manager window do one of the following choose Window Preset Manager from the Raven menu bar choose Window Preset Manage Presets from the View menu or the contextual menu for any view choose Preset Manage Presets from the menu bar in any dialog box that supports presets Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 251 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven SIT x Preset Type Spectrogram Parameters Cy Default 3 DefaultKaiser J Broadband d Narrowband D NarrowBand highOverlap 3 NarrowBand lowOverlap New Folder Figure 11 6 The Preset Manager dialog box showing the Spectro gram Parameters preset selection If you access the Preset Manager from a Preset menu in a dialog box it wi
39. Biolo gist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 195 Chapter 9 Correlation 00 Configure Spectrogram Preset Window Type f Hann E Size 256 samples E 3 dB Filter Bandwidth 61 9 Hz 4 Ivy 65536 Time Grid Frequency Grid Overlap 50 percent 8 DFT Size 256 B samples i Hop Size 128 samples I Grid Spacing 43 1 Hz Clipping _ Clip Values Below dB Clip To N wW Infinity dB Averaging 1 ao e dg Auto apply Apply Reset Close 0K Figure 9 9 The spectrogram configuration dialog box You can adjust the view of spectrogram correlations by changing these parameters Waveform correlations 196 When working with waveforms one might be interested in the time at which the peak correlation value occurs To determine the position of a sound in space for example an array of microphones in a known geome try can be used to record onto separate but synchronized recording tracks The time offsets of the correlation peaks between signals on these synchro nized recordings then indicate the delays between the arrival times of the sound at different microphones These time delays can then be used to cal culate the location of the sound source relative to the positions of the microphones based on known information including the speed of sound and the microphone array geometry Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation eoo A Waveform Correlation 5 sel448 aif sel45B aif 1 0
40. Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Table of Contents Raven 1 3 Cetine Started scan tees Satan PORA S A PARE S 1 About this chapter 0041209 sce s tative sowie Od dad t CADAT ous 1 The Raven window is sia sis e a wel ab OP ar ARR 1 Menu Dar s oor sec iubevuven ub eddie va Vete uie Tx pete eontra ug ed 1 Control toolbar decet dore hice kn aree dd hee don Rd 1 oideparel s oue icti cg cite ERU a a Aei 1 Raven desktop 000 cece ete eee eee 1 Opening a sound file 4 uiui eee eee ARE RR ae ieee 2 Window preset and paging 0 cee eee eae 4 Speed correction a2 sos soe daa ema eur p aA OE ere 5 Opening sounds in different file formats llle 6 Opening files from Canary 0 00 cece e es 6 Understanding the Sound Window cc cece cence eens 7 Playing a sound ossosa a vta versie Eu E Ea meh 7 Makirig a Selectlon 2m etu a RA Aig ee E a a EE e Arb eee 8 Playing a selected part of a signal 1 0 00 cee eee 8 Scrolling playback and position markers llle sese 8 Playback rate eA e Edel dent lode pulido os en aol eee E tances aly 9 Copying Part of a Sound i 22i oa e au rd OR d 10 Copying a selection to a new sound window 000 0c else 10 Copy a selection to an existing sound iliis eee 11 Saving All or Part of a Sound ice eee eroe he 11 Saving a signal 2 0 4 5 ecce see eed edes Aon gees cech ax Rd dt e ean 12 Saving a selection sp daraan raa e ea a ea e
41. In the ensuing dialog box you can specify Bandpass or Band stop and the filter limits and optionally save the filter settings as a preset To apply a saved filter preset to the active selection or to the entire sound choose Edit gt Filter gt Active Selection With gt filterPresetName or Edit gt Filter gt All With gt filterPresetName If you choose to create your own filter you can enter your own frequency band information in the dialog box that appears see Figure 6 4 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 133 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing X Filter Active Selection Preset Filter Type Bandpass O Bandstop Frequency Band From To 1 Figure 6 4 The Create New Filter dialog box In this case we chose to define a filter to work on an active selection Amplifying To amplify all or part of a sound choose Edit gt Amplify The Amplify Sound dialog box that appears Figure 6 5 lets you choose whether to amplify the entire sound or just the active selection You can also choose between two methods of amplification you can either specify a factor by which Raven will multiply each sample in the sound or you can specify that Raven should multiply the entire sound or the active selection by whatever factor necessary to make the RMS amplitude of the active selec tion equal to a specified value greater than 0 and less than 1 Amplifying by 0 will silence the
42. Ker REN ES E ows 254 Spectrogram presets 02 000 ccc es 254 Recorder presetS 0 000 cece es 255 Measurement presets 0200s 255 Sound window presets 0 0000 cece eee eee eee 255 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual vii Appendix A Appendix B viii Color scheme presets 0000 0c cece les 256 Selectable look and feel desktop background color tooltip color 256 Power Spectra Calculation Method lee 257 Default workspace i isis ra ot RR HUE pen HUE e de RC RR De wei 258 Default ditectoFptess cs cseiasa E E PCbRERCDCDGERCV ELDER EA LEER VR 258 Default measurement precision 0c eee cee cee n 259 THIN sats M 260 FREQUENCY rond Eee RE Heg ete bala epe e PR Codon 260 Amplitude xum inet Sit fed eh ET ESSA nt A Be fed Ue 261 FONET ote fe od retos Eae Bee eat Rai Moan EM ra ad ir qai na 261 Overwrite behavior for recorders 0 ccc cece eee e eee eee eees 261 The Memory Manager avere oerset acim deh dame ees caves Gavan 261 About Raven memory allocation 0 0 0 0 0c eee 262 The Memory Manager window 0 00 cece eh 263 Raven program and documentation updates eee e ee eee 265 Automatic updates 0 0 000 265 Installing updates 0 eae 265 Troubleshooting Ravens i vut sass erar rg ER een 266 Online resors s es eg epre RR I 9 HR dpa E ne 266 Reporting a bug mua eem ced e tto eR a
43. Linez3 er Smiw E z B 14 gt JEn I Figure 3 19 A spectrogram view with three lines Note the continuity of the time axis from one line to the next 64 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Grouping views with multiple lines Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation On the side panel the Layout tab s Lines box shows you how many lines there are for the selected view To change the number of lines select a waveform or spectrogram view change the number in the box and press lt Enter gt By default all waveform and spectrogram views in a sound window are linked to each other in the number of lines displayed You can unlink the number of lines property as described in Linking and unlink ing views on page 53 the number of lines displayed To rescale the axis so that the view fills the available lines click on the horizontal Zoom to All button at the right end of the horizontal scrollbar b The scale of the time axis doesn t change when you change In sound windows with two or more views and two or more lines per view you can change the way the lines and views are grouped in the win dow By default Raven displays all the lines for one view followed by the lines for the next this is called grouping by view Figure 3 20 The alterna tive is to see all the first lines for all views followed by all the second lines for all views and so on this is called grouping by time Figure 3 21
44. Ne a a a BEEE L L UN Preview v Auto apply Apply Reset Close Figure 11 2 The Color Scheme Editor dialog The Swatches color chooser is displayed by default when the Color Scheme Editor is first opened To change the color of a particular element of a color scheme choose the name of that element from the Color drop down menu and then set its color using one of the three color choosers that appear on the tabs in the middle of the dialog box Raven s color choosers provide three different ways of specifying colors as described below For all color choosers a sample of the color chosen is shown in the Preview panel in the lower third of the dialog box Swatches color chooser When you first open the Color Scheme Editor dialog box the Swatches tab is displayed by default Figure 11 2 To change the color of the selected color scheme element click on one of the small color swatches in the rectangular color palette Each time you click on a swatch a swatch of Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven that color is added to the small Recent palette to the right of the main pal ette You can choose any color that you have used recently either from the Recent palette or from the main color palette HSB color chooser The HSB color chooser Figure 11 3 allows you to choose colors for each element in a color scheme by specifying the element s hue saturation and brightness You can set the h
45. Normalize _ Unbiased Complex envel Linear Power Logarithmic Power Reset Cancel ok Figure 9 3 The Correlation dialog box After selecting which two files to correlate you can choose which type of view to correlate waveform or spectrogram along with other parameters and options as well Peak correlation values can be important when comparing spectrograms however it is important to note that there are serious limitations to corre lation comparisons Spectrogram correlation is not a tool for generalized pattern recognition and it is important to remember that the measured similarities are simple and narrowly defined and may not be relevant in a given context The timing of a peak correlation value from a waveform correlation plot is often useful as well It can determine the time offset at which two inputs possibly from the same source signal most closely match each other Usually waveform correlations are less useful than spectrogram correla tions for assessing similarity between signals in an intuitive way This is partly because unlike spectrogram correlations waveform correlations are sensitive to phase differences in inputs that our auditory system does not detect Canary users will find much of the correlation functionality similar although there are a few added features Choosing to add a Band pass filter is helpful for signals containing noise Checking the filter box allows you to enter a
46. Of 15 New Recorder 16 72 New Sound Window 10 Open Selections 138 Open Sound File Sequence 162 Open Sound Files 2 Open Workspace 13 Print Sound N gt To Printer 15 Printer Page Setup 15 Save Sound N 12 Save Sound N As 12 Save Active Selection As 141 Save All Selections 142 Save Selection Table As 138 Save Workspace As 13 file name collisions recording to file s 81 File Name tab Configure New Recorder dialog box 78 file name templates 79 File Names tab Configure New Recorder dialog box 82 file naming recording to file s 78 80 file sequences 161 164 choosing files individually 163 Cut operations 161 Delete operations 161 Edit operations 161 individual file selection 163 list files 161 163 Paste operations 161 Filter 24 applying a saved preset 133 Filter Around Edit menu 133 filter bandwidth 104 Filter Out Edit menu 133 filterbank model of STFT analysis 284 filtering 133 Filtering selected frequency band 133 306 Filters defining your own 133 saving your own 133 floor color 116 118 floor value 116 118 Format Column menu 151 FP 215 frames in short term Fourier transform 284 Frequency Grid Spacing parameter 108 frequency analysis resolution 285 frequency domain 280 frequency grid spacing 108 109 291 292 Full detection 212 selection table contextual G Graphics export See Image export 15 gray
47. Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 3 Chapter 1 Getting Started tory in the scrolling list of files and directories within the current direc tory On Windows computers the Audio File Format panel WINDOWS on the right side of the Open Sound Files dialog box displays information about the currently selected file On Mac OS the file information is displayed on the left LENGE hand side of the dialog box Select the file named ChestnutSidedWarbler aif in the Examples direc tory Click the Open button or double click on the filename The Config ure New Sound Window dialog box appears Figure 1 3 X Configure New Sound Window Window Speed Preset Default Paging Open entire sound O Page sound Cancel Figure 1 3 The Configure New Sound Window dialog box Window preset and The Configure New Sound Window dialog box allows you to choose a paging window preset that controls the layout of a sound window for more information on sound window presets see Sound window presets in Chapter 11 page 255 and to control how much of the sound is loaded into Raven s working memory at one time see About Raven memory 4 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started allocation in Chapter 11 page 262 for more information on how Raven uses memory Speed correction The Speed tab of the dialog box gives you options to correct the recorded speed
48. S 039 0 4 0 41 0 42 6 c 4 el KHZ 6 039 0 4 0 41 0 42 Figure 5 9 Effect of varying analysis resolution on spectrograms The signal is part of a rapid series of clicks produced by a spotted dolphin digitized at 48 kHz The period between clicks is about 1 4 mS corre sponding to a frequency of about 720 Hz 7 1 0 0014 The two spectro grams differ only in window size and hence bandwidth In both spectrograms hop size 208 mS window Hamming a Bandwidth 3121 Hz window size 20 points 417 mS overlap 50 In this representation each click appears as a broad band vertical stripe on the spectrogram because the window size is short enough to resolve individual clicks b Waveform When played at normal speed the sig nal sounds to a human like a buzz c Bandwidth 61 Hz window size 1024 points 21 3 mS overlap 99 In this representation indi vidual clicks cannot be resolved because each window encompasses about 15 clicks instead the click repetition frequency appears as a series of horizontal bands spaced 720 Hz apart the click repetition fre quency Hop size refers to the time interval measured either in samples or in time units such as seconds or milliseconds between the beginnings of succes sive windows or records In an unsmoothed spectrogram see Smoothed vs unsmoothed display on page 120 the hop size can be seen as the 1 Hop size was called time grid spacing in versions pri
49. Selection Table BlackCappedVireo MinSeparation selections txt Bogin Time End Time Low Freq High Freq Dota Time Avg Powor s M ep 9 148 E 6 100 esso 3X 15000 3 100000 0450 757 6971 8 958 15000 100000 1 997 652 Figure 10 21 Measuring the estimated signal to noise ratio Selection 1 contains only signal Selection 2 represents a typical block of data used to estimate the noise power Accept the default minimum occupancy and check the Return Occupancy checkbox Then run the detector Examine the detections and determine if the performance was satisfactory if not adjust the minimum occupancy downward and run the detector again Sorting the selection table by occu pancy can serve as a guide to setting the minimum occupancy parameter Note that the BlackCappedVireo energy preset has a minimum occupancy of 40 yet it yields detections with occupancies no lower than 72 97 The preset s minimum occupancy could have been set as high as 72 and returned the same results When citing use of Raven s Band Limited Energy detector in scientific publications please refer to it as follows Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Amplitude Activity Detector Chapter 10 Detection Mills H G 2000 Geographically distributed acoustical monitoring of migrating birds Jour nal of the Acoustical Society of America 108 5 part 2 2582 The Amplitude Detector detects regions of a signal where the magnitude of the wav
50. Selection button is not available In the spectrogram view select a rectan gular area to enlarge by clicking and dragging the mouse pointer Then click on the Zoom To Selection button in the lower right corner of the sound window Figure 3 8 page 48 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 49 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation View Types The four main view types Making a new view 50 Waveform view When you open a sound in Raven the top view in a sound window is a waveform view by default This view displays an oscillogram which is a graph of the sound showing amplitude versus time Spectrogram view The second view shown by default in a sound window below the wave form view is a spectrogram view It shows time on the horizontal axis frequency on the vertical axis and relative power at each point as a color grayscale by default Spectrogram Slice view A spectrogram slice view is a plot of relative intensity versus frequency at a particular point in time within a signal A spectrogram slice represents a vertical cross section through a spectrogram at a single time but is rotated 90 so that the frequency axis is horizontal In fact a spectrogram is built of a series of spectrogram slices stacked side by side with their frequency axes running vertically Where a spectrogram view shows a series of slices at successive points in time and represents power at each frequency by a color value a spectro gram slic
51. Start Time and Low Frequency fields constant and adjusts the End Time or High Frequency as necessary Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Modifying selection channels Selection tables in paged sound windows Saving the active selection Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Selection 2 Time S Begin 322 1295 Delta 1973 Frequency Hz 580 High 7633 5 End Low Delta 6975 4 88 Channels 1 vi 2 13 4 Selection Figure 6 9 The Selection tab in the side panel This example is from a four channel sound file For multi channel signals the Selection tab also displays a list of the chan nels in the signal Figure 6 9 with checkboxes indicating the channels in which the active selection is defined To change the channels in which the active selection is defined check or uncheck channels as needed Paged sound windows provide a mechanism for working with sounds that are too large to fit in the memory available to Raven In a paged win dow only part of the entire sound called a page is in memory at any given moment Paged sound windows are discussed in detail in Paging in Chapter 7 page 157 The selection table in a paged sound window dis plays all of the selections in the signal irrespective of whether the selec tions are presently in memory with their associated measurements and annotations If you activate a selection
52. TIME ei Axes A D pr ER l X NAR i v Line Titles 4 r F Position Markers 2 80 2 4 E 8 ye E 4l Scrollbars 8 MEE Channel 4 vi Selection Control Points 6 sii T v Selection Labels i pu A IV cda ie nine M S As M v Selection Table 4 an AN 3 D 0 000 vi View Selection Buttons M kuz h 8D 16 18 xj E AIR Oo mg Figure 8 3 A multi channel sound window with Channels 1 and 3 selected for editing The view selection buttons for the selected chan nels and their entries in the side panel s Channels list are yellow Exporting channels Saving selected You can export subsets of channels from an open sound file by selecting channels the desired channels and choosing File gt Save Selected Channels As from the menu More information on this process can be found in Saving a subset of channels from an open signal on page 174 Batch channel To export a specific subset of channels from a collection of sound files put export the collection of files or copies of the files in one directory Then choose Tools gt Batch gt Channel Exporter As the Input Folder enter the name of the directory containing the collection of files you d like to change then enter the name of the Output Folder in which you want to store the new files Choose the channels that you would like to export and click OK Fig ure 8 4 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 175 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds X Batch Channel Expor
53. The position marker identifies the point in time that you are hearing 821 161 30 kHz scroll thumb Figure 1 7 The BeardedSeal sound window with the time axis posi tion marker moved away from the left edge of the window The win dow s scroll thumb is also labeled move the signal so that a particular point of interest is at the time position marker The sound stops playing while you drag the scroll thumb and resumes immediately at the new time position when you release the scroll thumb During scrolling playback you can drag the scroll thumb to Playback rate You can speed up or slow down the playback rate of the signal By default the playback rate is set at 1 0 or the same as the recording rate Slowing down the rate makes the sound lower in pitch and slower speeding it up makes it higher in pitch and faster Try it now type a number greater than 1 in the rate box to speed up or a decimal number between 0 and 1 to slow down press Enter and then play the sound again Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 9 Chapter 1 Getting Started Copying Part of a Sound Copying a selection 10 to a new sound window You can copy data in the active selection using commands on the Edit menu or standard keyboard equivalents When you copy a selection a copy of the selected data is put in the clipboard The Paste command inserts the contents of the clipboard at the time of the active selection in th
54. To reduce the amplitude of a sound amplify by a factor chosen portion of a sound 134 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Selection Tables Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing S Amplify Sound x Portion Entire Sound Active Selection Method Multiply by factor NNNM C2 Make RMS amplitude of active selection Figure 6 5 The Amplify Sound dialog The Selection Table At the bottom of each sound window is a selection table which by default is collapsed so that it s not visible To expand the selection table so that it s visible click on the upward pointing Expand Selection Table button at the left Windows or right Mac OS end of the textured separator bar along the bottom edge of the sound window If you click on the same button again the selection table will expand to occupy the entire window hiding the window s views Clicking on the downward pointing Collapse Selec tion Table button reduces the size of the selection table You can also drag the textured separator bar up or down to open or resize the selection table By default the selection table displays one row for each selection in each view of the sound Figure 6 6 Raven assigns a sequential selection ID beginning at 1 to each selection that is defined for a sound window Each selection s ID is shown in the first column of the selection table along with a colored square that indicates whether or not the selection is the ac
55. an entry in the preference file of the general form raven prefName prefValue where prefName is replaced by the name of the particular preference and prefValue is replaced by a valid value for that particular preference For example the entry raven preset colorScheme defaultPreset Default specifies that Raven should by default apply the color scheme preset named Default to new views The character is considered the comment character in the preference file any text that follows this character up until the end of the line is dis regarded by Raven You can thus add comments to a preference file to make it more intelligible to a human by preceding each comment line with The preference file that is supplied as part of the standard Raven installation contains comments that explain the meaning of each prefer Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 253 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Default presets ence line You can also comment out an entry and cause Raven to ignore it by inserting at the beginning of the line Although some preference entries are shown in this manual across two lines of text each entry in the actual preference file must be on a single line The sections below describe each category of preference in detail 254 Spectrogram presets Presets provide a mechanism for saving sets of related configuration parameters for Raven sound windows and views Presets simplify c
56. and mea surements so that they refer to the original sound at normal speed appropriate speed correction factor behave in Raven as if they had been acquired at normal speed Thus to hear sounds that were originally above or below the human hear ing range you will need to specify an appropriately low or high speed for playback as described in Playback rate in Chapter 1 page 9 Sounds that are acquired at an altered speed using the Raven corrects a file s speed by altering its sample rate If you save a file after applying a speed correction it is saved with the new corrected sam 168 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 Large Datasets ple rate The next time the file is opened either by Raven or any other pro gram its speed will be correct without any adjustment a single file not a sequence in its entirety not in a paged sound window For file sequences you must either apply the correction each time you open the sequence or else open and save each individual file once with a speed correction For files that are too large to open in unpaged windows you must apply the speed correction each time you open the file In order to save a file with a corrected speed you must open Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 169 Chapter 7 Large Datasets 170 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter8 Multi channel Sounds About this chapter Raven allows you to work with sounds containing any number
57. and time interval 286 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Analysis resolution and the time frequency uncertainty principle Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis kHz Figure B 6 Same spectrogram as in Figure B 4 with smoothing turned off The grayscale value in each box represents an estimate of the relative power in the corresponding frequency band and time inter val Filter bandwidth 124 Hz window size record length 512 sam ples 11 6 mS Grid spacing 5 8 mS x 86 1 Hz Raven lets you specify the spacing between gridpoints in the time dimen sion and thus the width of the boxes in an unsmoothed spectrogram In Raven s Configure Spectrogram dialog you can specify the time grid spacing also called hop size directly or indirectly by specifying the amount of overlap between successive records You specify the record length of a spectrogram in Raven by entering the size of a window function Window functions are discussed in Window functions on page 294 The spacing between gridpoints in the frequency dimension is determined by the DFT size Raven chooses DFT size automatically using the smallest power of 2 which is greater than or equal to the window size in samples The relationships between time grid spacing and record overlap and between frequency grid spacing and DFT size are discussed below See Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis for a detailed discussion of how to control these pa
58. any view Choose Selection N gt Clear from the selection s context menu n the selection table Choose Clear Selection N from the context menu for any of the selection s rows Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Creating duplicate selections at different times Cloning selections Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing To clear multiple selections at once highlight rows from those selections in the selection table then choose Clear Selections from the context menu for any of the highlighted rows To highlight a series of contiguous rows click on the row at one end of the series i e the first or last row of the series then shift click on the row at the other end of the series To high light multiple non contiguous rows click on the first row to be high lighted then control click on other rows To clear all selections in a signal choose Clear All Selections from the View menu from the contextual menu for any view or selection from any row in the selection table or by pressing the Clear All Selections button in the control toolbar To create a selection identical to the active selection but located at a differ ent time first choose View gt Active Selection N gt Copy Bounds Then position the mouse pointer at the point in time where you want the new selection to be centered right click Windows or Ctrl click Mac OS to and choose Paste Selection Bounds from the contextual menu To create a duplicate selec
59. background in views 43 grid spacing 287 See also time grid spacing frequency grid spac ing Group By Time 65 67 Group By View 65 66 grouping lines views channels 65 67 Grouping options side panel Layout tab 65 67 H Hamming window function 101 Hann window function 101 Hanning window function 101 heap 262 hh tag in file name templates 80 hidden side panel 34 hide all button 35 Hide All Channels 171 Hide All Views 36 Hide View View menu 58 hiding showing channels 171 High Frequency measurement 138 143 150 hop size 106 108 Hop Size parameter 106 107 HSB color chooser 247 hue 247 Image export to file 15 via clipboard 15 Information 33 Interactive detection 212 Raven 1 2 User s Manual J Java Virtual Machine JVM 262 JPEG graphics file format 15 JVM Java Virtual Machine 262 K Kaiser window function 101 104 L lag 185 landscape orientation for printing 15 Layout tab side panel 33 36 41 Channels list 171 Components list 58 Grouping options 65 hiding showing window components 58 Lines box 65 line titles 59 visibility and window presets 63 Lines box side panel Layout tab 65 linkable properties 55 57 linkage of views 44 53 58 creating 55 linkable properties 55 57 linkage groups 55 56 linked spectrographic views 56 restoring 55 unlinking views 55 linkage groups 55 creating 56 Linkage tab side panel 55 67 list
60. be part of a default selection table New selection table s can be cre ated by selecting File New Selection Table from the menu Running a detector on the data will also create a new selection table see Displaying detector information in Chapter 10 page 218 for more information Also from the File menu you can choose to close the active selection table File Close Selection Table or save the table File Save Selection Table or File gt Save Selection Table As Selection tables appear in tabbed format and each table has a context menu affiliated with it To access the context menu simply position the 136 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Visibility of view and channel entries Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing mouse cursor over the table s tab and right click You can rename remove change the color of or save the table You can also open a new table or merge tables There is a context menu for the tables contents as well Simply right click while the mouse is over the table and the menu will appear The menu has options for you to edit columns and rows edit cell contents and even edit selections that appear in the table The selection table displays one row for each visible view of each visible channel of the signal Figure 6 7 To hide entries for a view or a channel in the table turn off display of that view or channel in the side panel s Layout tab Selections in each table can be
61. dB The Averaging field allows you to specify the number of individual spec tra over which Raven should average the power values to obtain the val ues in each cell of the spectrogram In most situations Averaging should be left at its default value of one spectrum Higher Averaging values may provide more satisfactory spectrogram images when more than a few seconds of a signal are displayed There are two reasons why averaged spectrograms may be preferable at certain time scales First if the time scale of a spectrogram view is such that the num ber of spectra in the visible time span is much greater than the number of pixels in the time dimension of the sound window then many spectra will not be displayed at all Some acoustic events that span only a few spectra may not be visible unless you zoom in to display a finer time scale because the only spectra in which they appear fall between the pixels Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 113 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis shown in the display By setting the Averaging field to a value greater than one spectrum you can make visible short duration events that would oth erwise be lost between pixels Second spectrum averaging smooths back ground noise which can result in a higher signal to noise ratio in the spectrogram image Figure 5 14 At finer time scales i e greater magni fication in the time dimension however spectrum averaging tends to blur signals Figure 5 14 You can s
62. default grayscale value Figure B 4 KHz E 0 5 0 6 07 Figure B 4 Smoothed sound spectrogram of part of a song of a chest nut sided warbler digitized at 44 1 kHz Spectrograms are produced by a procedure known as the short time Fourier transform STFT The STFT divides the entire signal into a series of succes sive short time segments called records or frames Each record is used as the input to a DFT generating a series of spectra one for each record To display a spectrogram the spectra of successive records are plotted side by side with frequency running vertically and amplitude at each fre quency represented by a color by default grayscale value Raven s spec trogram slice view displays the spectrum of one record at a time as a line graph with frequency on the horizontal axis and amplitude on the verti cal axis A spectrogram can be characterized by its DFT size expressed as the number of digitized amplitude samples that are processed to create each individual spectrum The STFT can be considered as equivalent in function to a bank of N 2 1 bandpass filters where N is the DFT size Each filter is centered at a slightly different analysis frequency The output amplitude of each filter is proportional to the amplitude of the signal in a discrete frequency band or bin centered on the analysis frequency of the filter In this filterbank model of STFT analysis the spectrogram is considered as represen
63. dif ferent color for selection spectrum views by editing the color scheme as discussed in Editing color schemes in Chapter 3 page 61 The power values shown at each frequency in a selection spectrum view displayed are expressed in decibels relative to an arbitrary power value of 1 The numeric values for frequency and relative power level at the fre quency where the mouse pointer is located are displayed in hertz Hz and decibels dB in the mouse measurement field at the bottom of the signal window Changing parameters for an existing spectrographic view To change any of the parameters of a spectrogram spectrogram slice or selection spectrum view choose Configure View from the view s contex tual menu or from the View menu when the view is active You can then enter new parameters into the dialog box that appears then click Apply or OK Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 125 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 126 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 About this Chapter Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing Selection Basics This chapter contains information on making selections measurements and editing within sound files in Raven In particular you ll learn more about selection basics such as creating committing deactivating and clearing editing sounds using filters and amplification selection tables working with selections e measurements e measurement formats pre
64. down by a factor of 8 1 Aliasing is a type of distortion that occurs when sounds that are being digi tized contain energy at frequencies that are more than half the sampling rate Aliasing is explained more fully in Aliasing and the Nyquist frequency in Appendix A page 272 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 69 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording If you provide the appropriate input speed correction factor in the Speed tab then Raven will display time and frequency axes of views and mea surements so that they refer to the original sound at normal speed Sounds that are acquired at an altered speed using the appropriate speed correction factor behave in Raven as if they had been acquired at normal speed Thus to hear sounds that were originally above or below the human hear ing range you will need to specify an appropriately low or high speed for playback as described in Playback rate in Chapter 1 page 9 Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory v C Export selections to clip files Input Speed Rate Conversion Display Schedule The input sound is amp At normal speed Slowed down by a factor of O Sped up by a factor of Simple Figure 4 8 The Speed tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box This tab is visible only after you click the Advanced button which is then replaced by the Simple button Advanced options s
65. during recording data recorded more than 30 seconds ago are lost While a signal is in the recording buffer you can manually save it to a disk file or save selections from it Recording to memory is useful for exploratory browsing through recordings when you don t need to save the data to files or when the signals you re interested in saving are sparsely distributed among sections that you don t want to save Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 71 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Record to file When recording to a single file Raven saves audio data directly to a disk file for a specified amount of time then stops You can also manually stop recording to disk before the specified time has fin ished Record to file sequence When recording to a file sequence Raven saves audio data continuously to a series of files each of which is a specified size Successive files in a sequence are named according to a template that you specify which can incorporate a sequence number or a times tamp Raven also saves a list file which can be used to open the file sequence as a single continuous signal Creating a recorder You create a recorder by specifying a set of configuration parameters in e the Configure New Recorder dialog box Figure 4 1 which is invoked by clicking on the Record button on the Raven toolbar identified by the microphone icon left or by choosing File gt New Recorder l 00900 Configure New Recorder Prese
66. entire sound at once the default the duration of the sound in memory is the duration of the entire sound file or file sequence If you opened the sound in a paged window the duration in memory is the length of one page See Configuring a new paged sound window in Chapter 7 page 158 for more on paged sound windows Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Axis units in views Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Vertical scrolibar scrollbar Scroll thumbs Figure 3 4 A sound window with its scrollbars and scroll thumbs labeled in red As touched on in Scrolling playback and position markers in Chapter 1 page 8 the location of the scroll thumb within the scrollbar indicates the view s position relative to the data When the horizontal scroll thumb of a waveform or spectrogram is at the left edge of the scrollbar the start of the data is aligned with the position marker Figure 3 4 pane that are beyond the limits of the data for example before the beginning or after the end of a signal in the time dimension Raven displays a gray background for areas in each view The units used on the axes are indicated in the lower left corner of each view In the waveform the units are seconds S for the horizontal time axis and kilounits KU for the vertical amplitude axis In the spectrogram Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 43 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation the units are
67. example the second power of two greater than or equal to the window size g with window size of 512 you set DFT Size to 1024 instead of 512 then Raven will change DFT Size to maintain this relationship as you adjust window size When the DFT Size padlock button is locked the DFT size hence fre quency grid resolution is fixed and will not change when the window size changes Because the window size cannot exceed the DFT Size the Xx maximum value you can specify for Window Size either by typing a value or by moving the slider control is limited to the DFT Size value when DFT Size is locked The Clipping Level parameter allows you to specify a noise floor below which any amplitude value is altered in order to reduce or eliminate the 1 The parameter that Raven calls DFT Size is sometimes called FFT size in other programs FFT stands for fast Fourier transform which is a particular algorithm used to compute the discrete Fourier transform or DFT Size is a characteristic of a particular DFT not of the FFT algorithm used to compute it Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 109 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 110 effect of the noise After you enable clipping you can modify it using two paramaters 1 the power level below which values will be altered and 2 the power level to which to set the altered values r Clipping M Clip Values Below 60 0 dB Clip To No power Infinity dB Value 0 0 dB
68. except that it represents the relative offset into the first sound file of the correlation at which the sec Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Measurement precision and format Using measurement presets Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing ond sound file achieves the best correlation with the first file Units sec onds The number of digits of precision displayed by default for measurement values is determined by measurement precision preferences which you change by editing the Raven preference file For general information on editing the preference file see About Raven preferences in Chapter 11 page 252 for specific information on changing preferences for measure ment precision see Measurement presets in Chapter 11 page 255 You can change the measurement precision and format for a given mea surement at any time by choosing Format Column from the contextual menu for the measurement s column in the selection table The dialog box that appears lets you choose either a decimal or scientific format for mea surement values and lets you specify the number of digits of precision used The section Choosing measurements to display on page 143 describes how to use the Measurement Chooser to choose which measurements are displayed in the selection table You can use measurement presets to save sets of measurement choices that can later be applied to a selection table without having to add or remove one
69. file list click on the name of the first file to open then shift click on the name of the last file The names of the two files you clicked and all files between those two will be highlighted and will be shown in the File Name field Each file name in the File Name field will be enclosed in double quotation marks You can type the names of the files that you want to open in the File Names field with each name enclosed in double quotation marks like myFile wav and a space between successive quoted file names e You can click on a txt file that contains a list of file names to open like those produced by the Raven file sequence recorder See a description of list files in Using a list file on page 161 Once you have chosen all of the files you want to open click OK XI x Look In C Examples ox es a 8 a 3 2000Hz aif 3 cassinskingbiri Audio File Format D AfticanForestElephants aif _ ChestnulSided Type AIFF Beardedseal aif CO Escreecnow aif Channels 1 D Bird array 4 channel aif D HumanVoice aif Sample Rate 11025 Hz 3 BlackCappedvireo aif 7 LarkSparrowaif D BlueWWhale aif D Noise aif cues ee C BowheadvnaleSong ait Raven ait Length 57 297 seconds v D CanyonWren way D RBnulthatch wav 7 Window Preset Default vi File Name l BeardedSeal aif BowheadMWhaleSong aif Files of Type An Files v Open Cancel Figure 7 5 The Open Sound Files dialog box with
70. files eors ne Eraka EEIT AEE Rk a 139 Working with selections cc lesen 139 Finding the active selection 0 0 0 0 ce nh 140 Modifying selection bounds llis eh 140 Modifying selection channels 0 000 cece eese 141 Selection tables in paged sound windows 0 0 0c eee eee eee 141 Saving the active selection 0 0 eee ae 141 Saving all selections reor e A e ee eee 142 Copying selected rows from the selection table 20002000 142 Clearing selections 5 seces erue Rb RE Reg 142 Creating duplicate selections at different times llli 143 Cloning selections ede e ae eee Rr x HER ek na 143 Measurements ieegerov RC edo Fre ek qq CP D RH CEHCE E CRUS 143 Choosing measurements to display 0 00 cee eee 143 Measurements based on spectrogram values 0 000 e eee eee 144 Robust signal measurements lille es 146 Measurements based on waveform values 00 0c eee ees 148 Selection based measurements 0 0 00 e eee eee 149 Other measurements 2 eee 150 Measurement precision and format 0 00000 cence eee eee 151 Using measurement presets 151 Exporting samples from various views to text files 00065 152 Export output and text file content 2 00200 c eee eee eee 152 Amnotattanp ovs dad dace heey E wae R a Dale o A eA SUAS 153 Creating renaming and deleting annotation columns
71. frequencies represented in it that were not actually present in the original at all This appearance of phantom frequencies as an artifact of inadequate sampling rate is called aliasing Figure A 2 S 0 435 0 436 0 437 0438 S 0 435 0 436 0 437 0438 Figure A 2 Aliasing as a result of inadequate sampling rate Vertical lines indicate times at which samples are taken a A 500 Hz pure tone sampled at 8000 Hz The blue sinusoidal curve represents the continu ous analog waveform being sampled There are 16 sample points 7 8000 500 in each cycle of the waveform If the same analog signal were sampled at 800 Hz red sample points there would be fewer than two points per cycle and aliasing would result b The aliased wave form that would be represented by sampling the 500 Hz signal at a sampling rate of 800 Hz Nyquist frequency 400 Hz Since the origi nal waveform was 100 Hz higher than the Nyquist frequency the aliased signal is 100 Hz below the Nyquist frequency or 300 Hz The highest frequency that can be represented in a digitized signal with out aliasing is called the Nyquist frequency and is equal to half the fre quency at which the signal was digitized The highest frequency shown in a spectrogram or spectrum calculated by Raven is always the Nyquist fre quency of the digitized signal If the only energy above the Nyquist fre quency in the analog signal is in the form of low level broadband noise
72. in the con figuration dialog box S Configure New Spectrogram View x Size 512 samples 3 dB Filter Bandwidth 124 Hz Jd M i3 65536 Time Grid Frequency Grid Overlap 50 percent 8 DFT Size 512 v samples sj Hop Size 1256 samples Y 3 Grid Spacing 86 1 v Hz Averaging 1 spectra x I Auto apply Appy Reset Close Figure 5 4 The Configure New Spectrogram dialog box Window type Each data record is multiplied by a window function before its spectrum is calculated Window functions are used to reduce the magnitude of spuri ous sidelobe energy that appears at frequencies flanking each analysis frequency in a spectrum These sidelobes appear as a result of analyzing a finite truncated portion of a signal A window function can reduce these sidelobes by tapering the portion of the waveform that appears in each window Window functions are discussed further in Appendix B A Biol ogist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Raven provides six different window functions Blackman Hamming Hann sometimes called Hanning Kaiser rectangular and triangular sometimes called Bartlett Each window function is characterized by the magnitude of the sidelobes relative to the center lobe The difference in decibels between the center lobe magnitude and the magnitude of the largest sidelobe is called the sidelobe rejection Figure B 10 on page 294 In a grayscale spectrogram differences among win
73. in the table for which the audio data are not in memory the page centered around the selection is loaded replacing the current page and the active view is centered around the selection To save the audio data in the active selection to a separate file choose File gt Save Active Selection As or use the Save Active Selection button in the control toolbar Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 141 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Saving all selections Copying selected rows from the selection table Clearing selections 142 To save the audio data in all selections to a series of separate sound files choose File gt Save All Selections In Current Table As or use the Save All Selections button in the control toolbar Raven will display the Save All Selections dialog box which allows you to specify a file format and a nam ing scheme for the files to be saved Note that when you save the audio data in all selections Raven will also create a list file which is a text file listing all of the selections file names This list file can be used to open all of the selections at once in a file sequence You can specify the list file s name in the File Names tab of the Save All Selections dialog The File Names and File Format tabs in this dialog work in the same way as those used in the New Recorder dialog For more information see Recording to a file sequence in Chapter 4 page 82 You can copy selected
74. item s name in the list of Available Items and click the left pointing arrow button in the Configure Selection Labels dialog box Figure 6 14 To remove an item from selection labels highlight its name in the list of Displayed Items and click the right pointing arrow button You can also enter a string of text that will appear as a separator between items in the selection labels the default separator is a single space charac ter Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 155 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing S Configure Selection Labels x Preset Displayed Items Available Items Selection ID Begin Time End Time Low Freq High Freq Item separator Location Top Bottom Font size 18 v Auto apply Apply Reset Close Figure 6 14 The Configure Selection Labels dialog box You can specify colors for active and inactive selection labels via the color scheme editor View gt Color Scheme gt Edit as described in Editing color schemes in Chapter 3 page 61 made in the first selection table Colors for additional selec Colors chosen in the above manner will pertain to selections tion tables can be set in the corresponding tab s context menu 156 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 About this Chapter Paging Large Datasets Sounds can be collected and managed in a variety of ways Some continu ous recordings are made into sequences o
75. its left or double click the item s name Raven runs within a simulated computer called the Java Virtual Machine JVM At any given time when Raven is running a certain amount of your computer s memory known as the heap is allocated by the JVM for use by Raven The heap represents the memory that is available for Raven s use the amount of memory that Raven is actually using at any given moment may be less than the heap size The heap can grow or shrink as Raven s memory needs change Initially when you first launch Raven the JVM allocates a relatively small heap enough to display the Raven window with no files open As you open files create views and perform other operations that require memory more memory is allocated to the heap as needed by the JVM When you delete views or close sound windows the memory that was used for those objects becomes available to Raven for re use 1 The actual amount of memory available to Raven is slightly less than the heap size since part of the heap is used by the JVM itself Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The Memory Manager window Chapter 11 Customizing Raven By default the maximum heap size that the JVM can allocate is 256 mega bytes If Raven requests additional memory e g to open another sound file or to add a view to an existing sound window when the heap has already grown to its maximum size an out of memory error will occur An out of memory error can also occur wi
76. lu 4 O far e v Er gt ds m rate Interactive Detectors s0 10 20 ba LM Cornell BL Energy 10 0 30 0 Spectrogram 2 Clear Selections Configure Close Detector Panel Detector Tab Selected Linkage Playback Detection Figure 10 6 The detector tab activated in the side panel shows infor mation about the current detector Also detection information is shown on its own tab in the sound window s selection table You can add and remove measurements from the detection selection table in the same way as you would with the default selection table You can also rename the tab by opening the tab s context menu and selecting Rename Table See Selection Tables in Chapter 6 page 135 for more information become the current active tab This means that if you make a manual selection in the sound window the data will be added to the detector tab and not the default selections tab To add selections to the default tab you must make it the active tab by clicking on it before making selections After running a detector the detector selections tab will Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 219 Chapter 10 Detection Running an To test a detector on a long sound first open the sound in a paged sound interactive detector window then configure an interactive detector as described previously in a paged sound This will run the detector on the current page To see th
77. minimum duration for an example see Figure 10 19 To obtain the maximum duration parameter repeat the procedure with the longest duration event you wish to detect Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 233 Chapter 10 Detection ES Low Froq High Freq Dota Time s Hz Hn e 12507 12600 15000 100000 0 101 Figure 10 19 Finding the minimum duration Note the minimum Delta Time measurement of 0 101 seconds To choose a value for the minimum separation parameter find the two closest distinct events and draw a selection between them Read the Delta Time measurement from the selection table and use this value for the minimum separation 234 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Selecton View ero End Tima Low Freq High Freq Deta Time FAI Mir gm s is D he O14 fe 1 10 309 10162 15000 100000 Figure 10 20 Finding the minimum separation Skip over the minimum occupancy and SNR threshold parameters for now and set the Noise Power Estimation parameters Pick a block size that is longer than the maximum duration by at least a factor of 3 and longer if the events cluster together The goal is to have a long enough block size that the data being used for noise estimation is guaranteed to always include noise If you make the noice block too short it may result in noise estimates based primarily on only signal rather than signal and noise together In the BlackCappedVireo
78. neural impulses Our auditory perception is thus based on a frequency domain representation of sounds The complete frequency domain representation of a signal consists of two parts The magnitude spectrum Figure B 2b contains information about the relative magnitude of each frequency component in the entire signal The phase spectrum Figure B 2c contains information about the relative phase or timing relationships among the frequency components Since the phase spectrum is rarely of practical use in most bioacoustic work and is not pro vided by Raven it is not discussed further here Henceforth unless other Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 281 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis wise noted we use the term spectrum to refer to the magnitude spectrum alone a Pressure b Magnitude o 500 1000 Frequency Hz 2n c Phase O O 500 1000 Frequency Hz Figure B 2 Time domain and frequency domain representations of an infinitely long sound consisting of two tones with frequencies of 490 Hz and 800 Hz a Time domain b Magnitude spectrum in frequency domain c Phase spectrum in frequency domain The phase of the fre quency component at 500 Hz is arbitrarily taken as a reference and assigned a phase value of 0 The Fourier transform is a mathematical function that converts the time domain form of a signal which is the representation directly produced by most measuri
79. of time frequency representations including spectrograms writ ten for engineers Jaffe D A 1987 Spectrum analysis tutorial Part 1 The Discrete Fourier Transform Part 2 Properties and applications of the Discrete Fou rier Transform Computer Music Journal 11 3 9 35 An excellent introduction to the foundations of digital spectrum analysis These tutorials assume no mathematics beyond high school algebra trigonometry and geometry More advanced math ematical tools e g vector and complex number manipulations are developed as needed in these articles Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Marler P 1969 Tonal quality of bird sounds In Bird Vocalizations Their Relation to Current Problems in Biology and Psychology ed R A Hinde pp 5 18 Cambridge University Press Includes an excellent qualitative discussion of how the time and frequency analysis resolution of a spectrum analyzer interact with signal characteristics to affect the appearance of a sound either as a spectrogram or as an acoustic sensation Oppenheim A V and Schafer R W 1975 Digital Signal Processing Pren tice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ xiv 585 p A classic reference written principally for engineers Rabiner L R and Gold B 1975 Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ xv 762 p Another classic engineering reference Y
80. or box To choose a tooltip color choose Window gt Tooltip Color which will open the Tool tip Color Editor panel Note that tooltip color can only be changed within the Metal Look and Feel Power Spectra Calculation Method In Raven 1 3 anew power spectra calculation method was introduced The newer method includes energy in the negative frequency bins of the DFT as well as normalization of the power spectrum by the number of points in the DFT window This newer method should be used in cases when measurements need to be consistent with those made in Canary To change the calculation method edit the last line of text which should read as either raven compatibility computation spectrogram 1 2 Or raven compatibility computation spectrogram 1 3 This statement indicates the power spectra computation method that Raven is currently using To use the new method change the entry to 1 3 otherwise use 1 2 You can also compare the two calculation methods by simultaneously opening two instances of Raven one with the Raven 1 3 method active and the other with the Raven 1 2 method active To do this you must 1 Start Raven 1 3 This instance of Raven 1 3 will continue to use the cur rent method which in most cases will be the one that was chosen the first time that Raven 1 3 was started 2 Without closing the first instance of Raven 1 3 start Raven 1 3 again so that there are now two instances running simultaneously Thi
81. or not two signals are orthogonal depends on their frequency con tent and on their relative phase For example sinusoidal signals of very differ ent frequencies are orthogonal as are signals of the same frequency that are 90 out of phase with each other Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 187 Chapter 9 Correlation eoo A Waveform Correlation 5 sel44A aif sel 44 aif 20 0 000 20 ku s 0 4 0 2 0 0 227 0 4 0 6 0 8 20 a 0 000 20 a ku s 0 6 0 4 0 2 0 0 2 0 4 I gt T ne Figure 9 2 A normalized waveform correlation plot The peak correla tion lag is shown on the x axis by the vertical magenta line Note that a positive correlation lag indicates that the first waveform is ahead of the second in time Using the correlation tool To perform a correlation choose Tools gt Correlator and select the two files to be compared Next choose whether to correlate the waveform or the spectrogram views and select any appropriate parameters see below for more information on specific options Note that both signal files must be recorded at the same sam ple rate in order to be correlated 188 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Band Pass Filter Chapter 9 Correlation e o Correlation Configuration Choose Files File 1 CanyonWren wav Browse File 2 CassinsKingbird wav C Browse Correlate Waveform o Spectrogram Parameters Options Band pass filter from Hz to Hz v
82. or other broad band noise A more pragmatic reason for noise clipping is that very small power val ues show up on a log scale as large negative dB levels because the loga 1 The dynamic range of a digitized sound is 6 dB bit 2 Ifthe highest spectral peak in a signal is smaller than the digitizer s maximum output level the dynamic range between the peak and noise introduced by digitizing will be less than 6 dB bit However it can never be more than 6 dB bit Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis rithm of zero is negative infinity The noise floor allows Raven to ignore very small power values Finally the noise floor can also be used to eliminate spectral sidelobes which show up as gray fringes around strong signal components in spec trograms If the noise floor is set too low excessive noise will be displayed in the spectrogram or spectrogram slice along with the signal If it is set too high portions of the signal will not be visible You may need to experi ment with different clipping levels in order to find a value that produces a satisfactory display As an alternative to clipping you can alter the look of a spectrogram with out changing the underlying spectrogram data by altering the brightness and contrast of the view Note though that this method does not change the noise floor in the spectrogram data stored in memory If you are only using spectrograms for visual examination an
83. parameters 72 recording a signal 16 18 71 See also Configure New Recorder dialog box recording modes buffer size 74 channels choosing 73 display configuration 74 76 display latency 75 file size 78 input configuration 72 74 latency 75 processing latency 75 recorder presets 83 recording buffer 75 recording level 86 recording parameters 72 retroactive 93 sample format 73 sample rate 73 sample rate conversion during 90 92 sample size 73 77 speed correction 88 89 to a file sequence 82 to file s 76 86 to memory 85 update rate 75 window presets and recorder windows 76 recording modes 71 72 choosing 72 record to file 72 record to file sequence 72 record to memory 71 records in short time Fourier transform 284 records in spectrographic views 98 Record to Disk button 84 86 93 Record to Memory button 18 84 85 rectangular window function 101 Redo 24 Redo Edit menu 132 redo a change 24 rendering data entries in Memory Manager 264 resize the side panel 35 retroactive recording to files 93 309 Index Retroactive Recording Offset parameter Configure New Recorder dialog box 93 RGB color chooser 248 Run Full 220 S sample frame 78 sample rate conversion during recording 90 92 sample size 73 275 276 samples internal floating point representation 276 sampling 271 sampling rate 272 273 275 saturation in HSB color chooser
84. poorer frequency resolution Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 285 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis 100 a 0 0 00 dB kHz 1 600 1 800 2 200 100 b 0 00 dB kHz 1 600 1 800 2 000 2 200 2 400 Figure B 5 Relationship between record length and 3 dB bandwidth Each view is of a single spectrum of a 2000 Hz tone digitized at 22 05 kHz In both spectra window function Blackman The highlighted band in each spectrum shows the 3 dB bandwidth a Window size 1024 points 46 0 mS 3 dB bandwidth 35 3 Hz b Window size 256 points 11 5 mS 3 dB bandwidth 141 Hz Making spectrograms A spectrogram produced by Raven is a two dimensional grid of discrete data points on a plane in which the axes are time and frequency Ordi narily this grid is not apparent because by default Raven smooths the spectrogram display interpolating color values for pixels that are between the gridpoints where values were calculated by the STFT algorithm If you turn off spectrogram smoothing and stretch the time and frequency scales adequately the discrete nature of the spectrogram becomes evident Fig ure B 6 In a spectrogram displayed with smoothing turned off the color of each box represents an estimate of the logarithm of the relative sound power in decibels in a particular frequency band over a particular time interval The center point of the box is at the center of the corresponding frequency band
85. problems and how to solve them It can be found at http help Raven SoundSoftware com forum faq php Another helpful place to look is the Raven Help Forum where you can see if other users have encountered your problem and ask the Raven support team for help The forum also contains a list of How To s for common Raven tasks It can be found at http help RavenSoundSoftware com forum Finally you can contact the Raven Team directly from Raven by choosing Help Email Feedback For more information see Contacting the Raven development and support team on page 267 If you find a bug in Raven we d like to hear about it If possible send your bug report directly from Raven Help Email Feedback because the pro gram will then send us additional information that may be helpful in determining how to fix the bug Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Performance tips Chapter 11 Customizing Raven If you are running Raven on Windows you can get additional information about your bug by running the Raven Console In your Raven folder dou ble click on the icon labeled RavenConsole Raven will launch normally with the addition of a text window called the console If you can repro duce your bug while running the console additional error messages may be displayed in the console window Please send us these messages along with your bug report If you are running Raven on a Mac you can access the Raven Console by opening Applications Ut
86. redrawn if necessary so that its image has the correct scale position or other linkable property If a linkage group contains only a sin gle view and you drag that view to a different linkage group the original now empty group disappears To create a new linkage group select one of the views listed by clicking on it and drag it onto the folder labeled New A new linkage group will appear in the list containing the view that you moved To create a new spectrogram spectrogram slice or selection spectrum view that is linked by spectrogram parameters to an existing spectro graphic view choose New gt Similar Spectrogram View New gt Similar Spectrogram Slice View or New gt Similar Selection Spectrum View from Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Other linkable properties Linkage between spectrogram and spectrogram slice views Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation the contextual menu for any spectrographic view or from the View menu for the active spectrographic view In addition to its position and scale for each of its dimensions every view has three other properties by which it can be linked to other views Color Scheme Color schemes include color specifications for most of the graphical elements shown in a view e g axes backgrounds selec tion boundaries as discussed later in this chapter Adjusting brightness and contrast settings for a spectrogram adjusts the settings for all spec trograms li
87. represented in c than in a or b Spectrogram slice views Time position ofa A spectrogram slice view like a spectrogram view has a time axis and a spectrogram slice time position Unlike a spectrogram or waveform view however the time view axis of a spectrogram slice view is not displayed In order to change the time position of a spectrogram slice view its time position must be linked to a waveform or spectrogram view see Linking and unlinking views in Chapter 3 page 53 You can then change the time position of the spectro gram slice view by moving the time position marker of the linked wave form or spectrogram view If the spectrogram slice view s time position is before the spectrum time of its first spectrum see Time alignment of spectrogram data on page 118 Raven displays a message in the view pane indicating that there are no Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 123 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis spectrogram data available at the current time position Figure 5 22 Since Raven by default sets the time position of a view to the start of the sound when a sound file is first opened this message is often shown when a spectrogram slice view is first displayed To see valid data in the slice view simply move the time position marker in any linked waveform or spectrogram view Sound 8 SpottedHyena aif w 1 500 2 000 2 500 E jr ed Figure 5 22 Three views all linked by ti
88. rows from a window s selection table and paste the measurements into another program such as a spreadsheet word pro cessing or statistics program To select a single row for copying click anywhere in the row To select a range of rows click on the first or last row you want then shift click on the last or first row you want To select multiple rows that are not adja cent to each other hold down the lt Ctrl gt Windows or lt Command gt Mac OS key while clicking on additional rows after selecting the first row Rows that are selected are highlighted in color To copy the selected rows choose Copy Selected Rows from the selection table s contextual menu or press lt Ctrl Shift C gt Windows or lt Command Shift C gt Mac OS To clear a selection means to remove the selection information without modifying the audio data contained in the selection In contrast to delete a selection means to delete the audio data contained in the selection as well as the selection information To clear the active selection do one of the following Choose View gt Active Selection N gt Clear In any view Choose Active Selection N gt Clear from the selection s con text menu n the selection table Choose Clear Selection N from the context menu for any of the selection s rows e Press the Clear Active Selection button in the control toolbar To clear a single inactive selection do one of the following In
89. selection click on any one of its rows in the selection table or selection from the choose Selection N gt Activate from the row s contextual menu If the selection table newly activated selection is not visible in the active view the view s time position is moved so that the selection appears in the center of the view In paged windows see Paging in Chapter 7 page 157 if the selection is not presently in memory the necessary pages of the sound will automati cally be loaded and the selection activated You can activate successive Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 139 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Finding the active selection Modifying selection 140 bounds selections in the table according to the current sort order using either the Activate Next Selection down and Activate Previous Selection up arrow buttons in the table s title bar or the up and down arrow keys If the active selection is not visible in the active view or in the selection table choosing Active Selection N gt Find from the View menu or the con textual menu for the view or the selection table will cause the active view and the selection table to scroll to the active selection There are three ways to modify the bounds i e Begin Time End Time Low Frequency and High Frequency of existing selections Moving selection control points When a selection is active you can modify its selection bounds by manip ulating its
90. signal see spectrograms in Figure 4 7 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording 20 0 000 a 50 243 0 244 0 245 0 246 0 247 0 248 0 000 kHz 50 243 0 244 0 245 0 246 0 247 0 248 20 0 000 650 243 0 244 0 245 0 246 0 247 0 248 0 000 kHz 0 243 0 244 0 245 0 246 0 247 0 248 Figure 4 7 a Unclipped and b clipped waveform and spectrogram views of a 500 Hz sinusoidal signal The clipped version was acquired with the recording level set too high The unclipped version accurately represents the original signal Note how the tops and bottoms of the waveform are truncated in the clipped version resulting in the appear ance of spurious harmonic energy at 1000 1500 and 2500 Hz in the clipped spectrogram Navigating and Zooming and scrolling selecting data in a When you first create a recorder window the time axis is by default running recorder zoomed so that the length of the recording buffer just fits in the window The time position location is at the right hand edge of the window As with any other sound window you can zoom and scroll any view in any dimension whether the recorder is running or stopped If you drag the scroll thumb away from the right hand end of the scrollbar while the recorder is running the view stops scrolling and the data remain station ary in the window although acquisition continues without interruption Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual
91. tab holds the Information Panel which displays information about the sound window that is currently open It will tell you the sound s file type number of channels sample rate encoding and length The sample rate is adjusted to compensate for any speed changes so a sound recorded at half speed at 44 kHz will be listed as having a sample rate of 88 kHz When a window contains more than one sound for example a correlation window the Information Panel displays information about the first sound in the list Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 2 The Raven Window Mouse At the bottom of the Raven window is an area called the mouse measure measurement field ment field which displays information from whatever sound view your mouse pointer is currently positioned over See Figure 2 15 E X Raven 1 3 Beta Version File Edit View Window Tools Help zulu x o 5 e 9 M Sound 4 BlueWhale aif Cc J 8 Channels 8 Components C Line Titles 2 Sound 4 20 Dell 0 001 Selection as 20 Playback Interactive Detectors Np t a ii ime 45 6045 Minimum 3520 Maximum 7882 Mouse measurement field Figure 2 15 The Raven window with the mouse measurement field labeled in red Depending on what type of view your mouse pointer is positioned over differnet information will be displayed here e As you move the mouse pointer over a waveform vie
92. the menu bar across the top of the Raven window see Figure 2 8 It contains buttons allowing you to create new items open existing items save items and print in addition to adjusting the page setup for printing purposes Since this section is intended only to introduce the contents of the toolbar specific information about the commands and their functionality can be found throughout this manual File Edit View Window Tools Help EB FA a8 BE E LI New Recorder New Sound Window 1 New Selection lable S amp 8 eB Page Setup 7 z Drint Danec nf amp n F Open Sound Files Print Pages of Sound Punam LT Defeat a D f Cr Open CD Print One Page of Sound non S 7fin TA hlo E fa s Open selection lable Save Wc kS pi Ice Open Workspace _ Save Sound Save Sound File As a he Fok a Enn PET T Colartanm A Save As List File Save Active Selection As Save Selected Channels As Save All Selections As Save Selection Table Figure 2 8 The file toolbar New Recorder New Sound Window New Selection Table The first three buttons in the file toolbar create new items recorders sound windows or selection tables You can also create these items by accessing the File menu New section in File menu on page 22 Open Sound Files Open CD Open Selection Table Open Workspace The next set of four buttons allow you to open various items sounds from files or CD selection tables or saved worksp
93. to files in Chapter 1 page 15 as well as exporting samples from sound file views more on this in Export output and text file content in Chapter 6 page 152 Exit in File menu When you are finished using the Raven you can exit the application by choosing File gt Exit from the menu bar or by clicking the system close icon in the window title bar Recent Files section in File menu This section of the File menu contains the four files most recently used by Raven Selecting one of the files listed here will automatically open the sound in a new window on the Raven desktop This feature is designed to give you easy access to files you might want to use Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 23 Chapter 2 The Raven Window 24 The Edit menu Edit Undo Redo Cut Ctrl B Copy Ctrl C 7 Past ae Lditing section Paste Ctrl V 8 Delete Ctrl Delete Filter gt a eee e m Hil ter Arnpi ify Amplify Copy Image Of gt ee Copy image F3 Select All Ctr A Select all Preferences E Preferences Figure 2 3 The contents of the Edit menu Undo Redo items in Edit menu After performing an edit operation you may wish to undo your change To revert back to the previous state choose Undo In some cases you may wish to reapply a change that was just revoked To remake a change that was undone choose Redo Note that the action you will be undoing redo ing will also be listed in the m
94. to record in Raven Some audio CD player programs allocate the audio device for their exclusive use Such applications cannot be used to play CDs for input into Raven If you have this problem try using a different program for playing CDs While using some audio CD player programs attempts to record with Raven may result in an error message stating that the specified audio for mat is not supported In most cases this message is itself erroneous i e the audio format is supported and the problem can be rectified by using a different audio CD player program Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 About this chapter Spectrographic Analysis This chapter is a reference for working with spectrogram spectrogram slice and selection spectrum views in Raven The chapter assumes that you have read Chapter 1 Getting Started and that you are acquainted with basic concepts involved in short time Fourier transform STFT anal ysis of time varying signals Terms such as data record equivalent to frame or aperture filter bandwidth window overlap and window function are explained here only briefly If you are not already familiar with these concepts we recommend that you read Appendix B A Biolo gist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis which provides the conceptual background needed to make full use of Raven s spectrogram analysis capabilities About spectrographic views Raven provides three types of views
95. two files selected by control clicking in the file list Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 165 Chapter 7 Large Datasets 166 After you click OK in the Open Sound Files dialog box the Configure New Sound Window dialog box appears Figure 7 6 In the Multiple Files pane at the bottom of the Window tab click on Open in separate windows After choosing either to open each file in its entirety in a single window or in a paged sound window see Configuring a new paged sound win dow on page 158 click OK Each of the chosen files will open in a sepa rate window using the window preset that was specified in the dialog S Configure New Sound Window xj Window Speed Preset Default isi Paging Open entire sound Page sound 2 SIZE Ol SPELUTIUS Page size seconds Page increment 90 percent v Step increment 1 percent v Multiple Files Open as file sequence in one window C Open in separate windows Figure 7 6 The Configure New Sound Window dialog for opening mul tiple files Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 Large Datasets B Sound 1 BeardedSeal aif fA Sound 2 BowheadWhaleSong alf 9 707770 00 70 000 Figure 7 7 The sound files selected in Figure 7 5 shown in separate sound windows after selecting Open in separate windows in the Con figure New Sounds Window dialog Correcting sounds acquired at altered speeds Correctin
96. very straightfor ward choose an example of a typical event you wish to detect Make a selection which encompasses a significant fraction of the energy of this event and read the Low Freq and High Freq measurements from the selection table In the case of the Black capped Vireo sound the goal is to detect several different types of events in one detector run To achieve this draw selections around each of the event types you wish to detect and set the minimum frequency equal to the lowest Low Freq measure ment obtained and the maximum frequency equal to the highest High Freq measurement obtained See Figure 10 18 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection 44 Channel Begin Tee End Time Low Freq High Freq 9 o ou M 4400 4995 22952 100000 4684 4103 15000 46047 5138 535 IT 79024 456 713 1442 45438 766 976 1973 68841 6 125 6541 16555 61289 Figure 10 18 Finding the minimum and maximum frequencies Note that the least Low Freq measurement is around 1500 Hz and the great est High Freq measurement is around 10000 Hz These correspond to the preset s minimum and maximum frequency values To choose values for the minimum and maximum duration parameters add the Delta Time measurement to your selection table Find the shortest duration event you wish to detect and draw a selection around it Read the Delta Time measurement from the selection table and use this value for the
97. view the amplitude detector detects changes in amplitude of the waveform For more information on the detector infra structure and API visit http RavenSound Software com Third party detectors can be installed by saving the files in a specific loca tion More information on creating installing and sharing detectors will be provided on our website at http RavenSoundSoftware com Tradeoffs involved with using detectors Results of detecting in less than perfect recordings Detectors allow a user to search for repetitions of a set of user defined sig nal characteristics such as a particular call or note produced by an animal Detectors have the advantage of being able to search and select for a given signal within large datasets perhaps months worth of data in a relatively short period of time compared to what it would take a human operator to complete the same task It should be noted however that detectors are not necessarily able to capture 100 of the target signals and this should be taken into account when deciding whether or how best to use a detector The accuracy of your detections may be diminished by any or all of the fol lowing factors High background noise Low signal strength High signal complexity Clutter If your signal contains significant background noise is not very loud is especially complex or if there are other sources of noise that would be rel atively indistinguishable to the detecto
98. 0 IE H a 0 n H i 1 H 0 1 0 05 0 026 0 0 05 0 1 H 20 b 0 000 20 m s 0 1 0 05 0 20 c 0 000 Bg 20 s 0 05 0 0 026 0 1 0 15 1 J u Figure 9 10 Waveform correlation between song syllables simulta neously recorded at two different microphones b Waveform from microphone 1 c Waveform from microphone 2 a The correlation between b and c The time delay of 026 s indicates that the bird was 8 9 m closer to microphone 1 than to microphone 2 assuming a speed of sound of 344 m s In most applications waveform correlations are less useful than spectro gram correlations for assessing the degree of similarity between signals in a way that is intuitively satisfying in part because unlike spectrogram correlations they are sensitive to phase differences that our auditory sys tem does not detect Complex envelope If you are performing a correlation between two waveforms you can check the Complex envelope box which will display the complex envelope of the correlation function as opposed to the correlation function itself A complex envelope varies between 0 and 1 The relationship between the complex envelope and the correlation function itself is illustrated in Figure 9 11 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 197 Chapter 9 Correlation 3 Waveform Correlation 4 ChestnutSidedvvarbler aif CassinsK n m pd Figure 9 11 a The waveform
99. 10 Detection Detectors in Raven can be run in one of the following three modes 1 Interactive detection Within a short recording or a set of pages of a long recording users can test several sets of parameters in order to see how a detector will perform Interactive detection is available in Raven on the View menu and in the context menus of applicable sound views The user sets up the input parameters and then runs the detector The detector will then search through the paged area of the sound file to find areas that match the parameters defined by the detector The detec tor will then create selections from these matches and display the selec tions in the opened page display The user is able to run multiple detectors on the page and each detector will display color coded results for easy discrimination Altering the parameters of a detector and then rerunning it in interactive mode will allow the user to opti mize the detector parameters 2 Full detection Once specific parameters are chosen that work for short sections of a recording Raven can run a full detection process on the entire recording Full detection is useful for bulk processing of large datasets Full detection is available in Raven on the Tools menu and from the Run Full button in the Interactive detector panel on the Detection Tab in the Raven side panel see Figure 10 1 The detector is run against the entire recording even if only a single page is shown in the w
100. 2 ID 135 inactive 129 modifying 128 modifying bounds 140 modifying channels 141 multi channel 177 number 135 pasting 10 132 point 127 130 range 127 128 removing 131 renumbering 132 retrieving 138 139 saving active selection 141 saving all 142 spanning page boundaries 160 sequence tags in file name templates 80 short time Fourier transform STFT 284 show all button 35 Show All Channels 171 Show All Views 36 showing hiding channels 171 Side panel 1 side panel 1 2 docking side panel hiding 34 side panel resizing 35 Raven 1 2 User s Manual sidelobe rejection 101 295 sidelobes 101 292 294 signal acquisition 71 See recording a signal Smooth Spectrogram View menu 121 123 SMTP Standard Mail Transfer Protocol server 269 sonagrams 284 Sound files opening 3 opening recent 6 sound files AIFF format 11 opening 2 opening multiple 165 WAVE format 11 sound pressure 279 280 sound window activating 67 closing 41 minimizing 41 moving 41 printing 15 resizing 41 sound window presets default 255 sound window selection 27 Sound Windows Cascade 68 Tile 68 Sound windows properties applying to all 70 sound windows paged 157 spectral smearing 292 294 spectrogram caching Memory Used and 264 spectrogram colormap 60 Spectrogram Parameters View menu 125 spectrogram presets 115 default 254 Spectrogram slice play 8 Spectrogram Slice view 50 spectrogr
101. 284 287 291 292 DFT Size parameter 108 109 digitizing error 275 Directory parameter recording to file s 79 discrete Fourier transform DFT 98 282 283 Display tab Configure New Recorder dialog box 74 76 docked side panel 34 Docking controls 34 Documentation 28 dynamic range 275 E Edit Copy 10 Edit Paste 10 Edit menu Amplify 134 Copy 10 132 Copy Image Of 15 Cut 132 Delete 132 Filter gt Around Active Selection 133 Filter gt Around All 133 Filter gt Out Active Selection 133 Filter gt Out All 133 Filter Active Selection With 133 Filter Active Selection With gt Other 133 Filter All With 133 Filter All With gt Other 133 Paste 10 132 Redo 132 Undo 132 email from within Raven 268 End Time measurement 138 143 150 Energy Detector 228 EPS graphics file format 15 errors Audio Format Not Supported 96 device unavailable 96 Out of memory 263 Expand Selection Table button 135 exporting clip files 94 exporting images 23 exporting samples 23 extender point See under selection control points 128 305 Index F false negative 215 false positive 215 fast Fourier transform FFT 283 FFT fast Fourier transform 283 File gt Exit 23 file boundary markers in file sequence views 164 File Format tab Configure New Recorder dialog box 76 file formats AIFF 11 77 for recording to file s 77 WAVE 77 File menu Email Feedback 267 Export Image
102. 297 0 141 7 0 16 0 128 0 392 0 101 0 118 0 241 0 105 0 013 0 255 0 01 0 223 0 149 0 072 0 006 y d Figure 9 22 A portion of the correlation table from the previous exam ple correlating all files in BCV against each other You can view individual correlation functions by double clicking in any cell showing a peak value or lag value Double clicking the boxes for BCV14 BCV01 and for BCV17 BCV03 displays two sound windows Each shows the correlation function view top as well as the two spectro gram views for the sounds that were correlated As shown in Figure 9 23 the correlation peak values and peak lags are marked with the magenta frequency position marker and time position marker respectively In each window select the entire correlation func tion and then display the selection table You can format the table to include only the measurements for Peak Correlation and Peak Lag For a refresher on working with selection tables see Selection Tables in Chap ter 6 page 135 After doing this for both sound windows you should have something similar to Figure 9 23 This example demonstrates the difference between correlation functions with high and low peak correlation values In this example the correlation values seem to correspond with the similarity between the calls being compared While this is an important example it is essential to remember that not all results will be this evident not all corre Raven Pro
103. 3 Significance of the spectrum values 000 eee eee 124 Selection spectrum views 0 ccc cece cece cece c cece eee nn 125 Significance of the spectrum values 0 00 eee eee 125 Changing parameters for an existing spectrographic view 125 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing 127 About this Chapter ic 42 0 yi pis saat sess este ek eer awd 127 Selection Basics 4 gy yea oi ows sy sca saw elke Ne EC PORC CU e dlrs 127 Creating and modifying range selections 00 c eee eee 128 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Point Selectioris ab tud Ad I pmo eles dat du od nd ere aad esa 130 Deactivating and clearing selections lille 131 Renumbering selections 0 0 0 0c eee ae 132 Editing 4 sound iiiicccr tent CAPE ett ed we eee ei ce eee eee i 132 Undoing changes Des usti tein Rent donum REC See E aa 132 Filtering and amplifying sounds isses 133 Defining your own filters 6 eee eae 133 AMPIR MO tom pto t sun a ef bia rte xt pte eoa tege d A E ert Ra 134 Selection Tables i iso Oe ECCE EE REC ROOTED RA Ve EUR XO 135 The Selection Table sies Ru RR Rh n 135 Using selection tables 00 nh 136 Visibility of view and channel entries llis 137 Sort order of view and channel entries llli lesen 138 Saving the selection table to a text file llle 138 Retrieving selections from file llle 138 Format of selection
104. 35 seconds long 4 535 100 000 sample frames 22 050 sample frames per second If only a single channel is acquired the file would contain 100 000 samples a stereo signal would contain twice that many If the files are saved with a sample size of 16 bits 2 bytes a single channel file would contain 200 000 bytes of data a stereo file would con tain 400 000 bytes 78 If you choose Record to File or Record to File Sequence the File Name or File Names tab appears note the plural tab label when recording to file sequences The fields on these two tabs allow you to specify where to save acquired files and how to name them The only difference between the File Name and File Names tabs is that the latter allows you to specify a name for a list file which is required when recording to file sequences See Recording to a file sequence on page 82 for more about list files This section explains how to specify file names for both single file and file sequence recording 1 In general individual samples in a signal of sample size n can have 2 possible values from 2 to 2 1 1 Thus Raven s 32 bit internal representation has 4 294 967 296 2 possible sample values from 2 147 483 648 to 2 147 483 648 If you save a file with a sample size other than 32 bits individ ual sample values are rescaled so that their values relative to the new range of possible values given the new sample size are the same as their 32 bit values
105. 621 1126 4 9181 8 s 8601 5 b GLEE Figure 6 12 A series of selections with annotations A single annota tion column named Unit Type is defined Selection labels see Selec tion Labels on page 155 have been configured to display the Selection ID and Unit Type values separated by To create and name a new annotation column choose Add Annotation Col umn from the selection table s contextual menu Enter a name for the new annotation column in the dialog box that appears and click OK To rename an existing annotation column choose Rename Column from the contextual menu for that column enter a new name for the column and click OK Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 153 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing 154 Entering annotations To delete an annotation column from the selection table choose Delete Column from the column s contextual menu the annotation values will be deleted and cannot be retrieved Note that this is different from deleting a column containing one of Raven s built in measurements which will be recom puted automatically if you later add the column again If you delete an annotation column that contains annotations There are three ways to enter annotation values for selections Entering annotations when committing selections When you commit a new selection see Committed vs uncommitted selections on page 129 Raven by default displays the Ann
106. 87 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Reconfiguring an existing recorder Multiple recorder windows When you release the scroll thumb at any point other than at either end of the scrollbar the thumb begins to crawl to the left This movement occurs because as the view remains fixed at a particular time its position within the buffer changes as new data are acquired and the oldest data are discarded When the scroll thumb approaches the left edge of the window representing the point at which the oldest data are discarded data begin to disappear from the left hand end of the view and are replaced from left to right by a gray background Selections and editing in a recorder window When a recorder window contains audio data you can create selections whether the recorder is running or stopped You can copy and save selec tions but Cut Delete and Paste operations are prohibited in recorder windows Reconfiguring while acquisition is stopped When a recorder is stopped you can reconfigure all of its parameters Choose Configure Recorder from the recorder window s context menu to open the Configure Recorder dialog box You can change any of the parameters in this dialog and click OK When you reconfigure a recorder any data that are already in the recording buffer are lost and any detectors in the recorder are deleted Reconfiguring while recording While a recorder is running you can chang
107. Customizing Raven either overwrite the old one or be placed in a new directory in order to preserve the old file depending on the preference you specify e Return email address to use when sending feedback to the Raven development team Raven preferences are specified in a text file named RavenPrefer ences txt which is placed in the Raven program directory when Raven is installed Each time Raven is launched it loads the preference file To change preference settings you must edit this file If Raven is running when you edit the preference file you will need to quit and restart Raven for your changes to take effect Before editing the preference file its a good idea to make a backup copy of the file in case you inadvertently damage or delete the file you re editing To edit the file double click on its icon and the file should open in your computer s default text editing program Alternatively you can open the preference file from within any text editing program that can work with plain text files sometimes called text only or ASCII files file is still named RavenPreferences txt and that it is saved as a plain text file If your word processing program asks you if you want to save the file in the program s own native file format instead you should always choose plain text or text only b When you edit the preference file make sure that the revised Each particular preference is specified by
108. Delta Time measurement Raven would display two digits to the right of the decimal point for Delta Time values and three digits for all other time values To specify the default measurement precision for time measurements uncomment and edit the following entry raven measurement basic time defaultValueFormat 0 000 To override the default measurement precision for time measurements and specify a different precision for Begin Time End Time Delta Time Max Time Min Time or Peak Time uncomment and edit the appropriate one of the following entries raven measurement basic beginTime defaultValue Format 0 000 raven measurement basic endTime defaultValueFor mat 0 000 raven measurement basic deltaTime defaultValue Format 0 000 raven measurement basic maxTime defaultValueFor mat 0 000 raven measurement basic minTime defaultValueFor mat 0 000 raven measurement basic peakTime defaultValueFor mat 0 000 To specify the default measurement display precision for frequency mea surements uncomment and edit the following entry raven measurement basic frequency defaultValue Format 0 0000 To override the default measurement precision for frequency measure ments and specify a different precision for Low Frequency High Fre quency Delta Frequency orMax Frequency uncomment and edit the appropriate one of the following entries
109. E 43 8 10 15 20 311 25 100 50 0 00 dB kHz0 000 0 500 1 000 1 500 2 000 2 500 Figure 6 3 Point selections in green as they appear in different view types Time positions of all three views are linked to each other Selec tion 1 was created by clicking in the waveform Selection 2 was created by clicking in the spectrogram Selections 1 and 2 are not visible in the spectrogram slice view because the time position is not at the time of either selection Selection 3 was made by clicking in the spectrogram slice view In the waveform selection 3 is hidden behind the time posi tion marker Deactivating and To deactivate the active selection choose Selection N Deactivate from clearing selections the selection s contextual menu or activate another selection To remove the active selection choose Active Selection Clear from the selection s contextual menu or press the Clear Active Selection button on the View toolbar To remove an inactive selection choose Selection N Clear from the selection s contextual menu You can also remove all selections by choosing Clear All Selections either from the View menu from the contex tual menu for any selection or by pressing the Clear All Selections button on the View toolbar the data in it untouched To delete a selection means to delete the data identified by that selection in the process the selection itself is cleared b To clear a selection means to remove the se
110. Input Speed Rate Conversion Display Clip Format ClipNames Schedule File Format Sample Size bits Pad Size pn amp All Channels Channels to Save Selected Channels Input Speed Rate Conversion Display Clip Format Clip Names Schedule Wexxy us 5 List File clip zvy ll dd hh mm ss bit Sound Files clip lt yy gt lt ll gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm lt ss ss gt ch lt cc gt aif Example clip 070125 125443 04 ch01 aif Start Time Now Other yyyy Figure 4 11 a The Clip Format tab and b the Clip Names tab within the recorder window Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 95 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording 9 Recorder 3 Default Windows Audio Device IF Notrecording Exportedclip 1to cl Figure 4 12 A recorder window with the Export selections to clip files option selected Problems with recording Device unavailable Unsupported audio format 96 If when you click on the Start Recording button in a recorder window Raven displays a message indicating that the audio device is unavailable check to make sure that there is not another recorder running within Raven Only one recorder at a time can be running Another possible rea son for this condition is that the audio input device has been allocated by another application If there is another audio application running you may need to quit from it in order
111. Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Table 3 1 Window properties saved in window presets window size view types parameters color schemes positions scales sizes spectrogram parameters spectrogram brightness and contrast selection table visibility and size measurement list selection label configuration selection label visibility axis visibility line title visibility position marker visibility view selection button visibility scrollbar visibility To save a window preset first configure the properties listed in Table 3 1 the way you want to save them then choose View gt Window Preset gt Save As When the Save Sound Window Preset dialog box appears enter a name for the preset and click OK X Window presets must be saved in the folder Presets Sound Window within the Raven program folder You can also create additional folders within the Sound Window folder by clicking on the New Folder icon within the Save Sound Window dialog These folders will appear as sub menus in the Window Preset menu with each submenu list ing the presets in the corresponding folder To apply a window preset that s already been saved to the active sound window choose View Window Preset Preset name When you apply a saved preset the active window is redrawn with the properties specified in the preset and any additional views are c
112. Manual Index 313
113. Nt Et LIN TT AS TT W ee FFHPSEHRHE SINITA ENA TININ HHN T SG Titi tT TIN Good Detector NEN Bad Detector 0 10 20 30 70 80 S0 100 5 False Positives FP Figure 10 3 ROC curve showing the difference between a good detector and a bad detector The ROC curve in Figure 10 3 quantifies the trade off between the percent age of TP captured and the percentage of FP captured It shows that if we need to capture at least 70 of the TP then using the good detector we would expect to also detect 20 of the FP Using the bad detector would select 7076 of the FP The particular method you choose should be determined by your objec tives and the amount of time and effort you are prepared to put into the task Bear in mind that the most important thing to know is what type of results you expect Then you can adjust the detector parameters accord ingly before beginning the detection process Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Changing a A good first step toward efficiently running a detector is to optimize the detector parameter detector s parameters with the interactive detection mode The following graph shows the effect of changing a detector parameter on the proportion of desired signals captured IP and the number of missed signals FN as well as the number of incorrect signals captured FP a no detection detection undesired signal gt d TN N desired sig
114. Or since the entire session will be recorded you can also save individual sound clips after the recorder is finished by using the File gt Save All Selections As menu item 3 Real time processing without saving the entire recording Here you set the recorder to record to memory and you also configure the recorder to save any selections as sound clips With this method you are not saving the entire recording you are only saving those selections that the detector identifies Note that using this method will not allow any post processing on non selected data so you should only use this technique when you are confident that the detector is working as antic ipated so you don t lose data This example shows step by step how to run a recorder with a configured detector that saves clips to files and then how to open and browse the results First configure a recorder to record from your selected audio input device Configure it to record to memory and to save clips to files eoe Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory rr M Export selections to clip files Input Display Clip Format Clip Names Directory Clips Browse List File clip lt yy gt ll dd hh mm lt ss gt txt Sound Files clip checc yy ll edd hh mm s 55 aif Example clip ch01 080221 070154 74 aif Start Time f Now Other Advanced Cancel 50K Figure 10 9 Configuring a recorder to record to memory and
115. Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Revision 4 10 March 2008 N Version 1 3 This manual can be printed or used online To access all online fea tures we recommend viewing with the latest version of Adobe Acrobat Reader available free at For online viewing use the bookmarks in the navigation pane on the left to navigate to sec tions within the manual Cross references in the text and index entries are hypertext links click the link to view the referenced section or page Copyright notice Raven software the Raven 1 3 User s Manual and example sounds Copyright 2003 Cornell Lab of Orni thology All rights reserved Reproduction of any part of this work in any form without permission is pro hibited The Raven software includes code licensed from RSA Security Inc Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http oss software ibm com icu4j Trademarks Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Mac and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc PostScript is a regis tered trademark of Adobe Systems Inc Java is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc Other brands are trademarks of their respective holders and should be noted as such Mention of specific software or hardware products in this manual is for informational purposes only and does not imply endorsement or recommendation of any product Cornell Univer
116. Retroactive Recording Offset 0 0 0 0 cee 93 Advanced options retroactive recording to files 0005 93 Advanced options exporting clip files while recording 94 Problems with recorditie 1 020 4v wis Sek eee eee eo ERIS Ka RE 96 Unsupported audio format 000 eee sss 96 Spectropraphic Analysis 5 aves scx et dose ook 97 About this chapter oov ivi a p 3 elu tebe yes er sees 97 About spectrographic views eeeeeeeeeeee nn nn 97 Configuring spectrographic views eee 100 Window type cese due ved i aq hye ER ice ET Teide eid rps 101 WindoW SlZe wen e eh hos e header At eae eed oe ee 103 Beta Kaiser window only 0 00 cece eee eae 104 3 dB Bandwidth si ene a ee apes tun ee PT ke ee E E 104 Choosing the window size 0 nh 105 Time grid Window Overlap and Hop Size 220000 eee eee 106 Frequency grid spacing and DFT size uuau aaau 108 Clipping level 0 0 000 teens 109 Spectrum averaging eocena re er ee e hh hme 113 Apply and Auto apply 0 000 eee eee 115 Spectrogram presets 0 2 000 ccc ee eee eee 115 Sp ctrogtam MICWS sesia tn ia uA EX a Ed Wed a ka a d RE CE uiuat 115 Brightness and contrast o cess llli ees 116 Time alignment of spectrogram data asua aaa et esee 118 Smoothed vs unsmoothed display 0 00 eee ee eee 120 Spectrogram slice views iced due eles e ee Eee E sian 12
117. Sound Failure to understand concepts such as sampling rate and sample size can lead to digitized sig nals that are poor in quality or distorted in various ways In this chapter you ll learn how to choose whether to record to memory to a file or to a file sequence e create and configure a recorder window e create and work with real time signal views in a recorder window Overview of signal acquisition Recording modes Raven acquires records audio signals via recorders A recorder is repre sented on the Raven desktop by a recorder window that can display one or more views of a signal in real time as the signal is being acquired A recorder window is like any other Raven sound window except that it has additional controls for starting and stopping recording Raven provides three different recording modes which differ in where the signal is stored as it s recorded Record to memory When recording to memory audio data are not automatically saved to disk files but reside only in a portion of Raven s temporary memory allocated as a recording buffer You can specify the size of the buffer in seconds when you configure a recorder During recording audio data are stored in the buffer until the buffer is full and then the oldest data are continually discarded to make room for new data being acquired For example if the buffer size is 30 seconds the default the buffer will always contain the most recent 30 seconds of data
118. TES i E Interactive Detectors Figure 10 23 The ChestnutSidedWarbler aif sound window with the vertical position parker in the waveform view positioned at 5015 Units This reading will become the amplitude threshold for our detector Next make a selection which encloses the most rapid rise or fall of the waveform that you would like the envelope detector to follow Ideally the rise should be from zero to the maximum value of the waveform In this example we ve used the Delta Time measurement to compute the width of the selection for us The time width c is 09575 s which we will use as the value of the smoothing time constant See Figure 10 24 238 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version File Edit View Window Tools Help 4 ajo en Interactive Detectors Selection Table Figure 10 24 After selecting the most rapid rise fall of the waveform selection 1 in red we use the Delta Time measurement highlighted in purple in the selection table to gain a value for the smoothing time con stant After running the amplitude detector on ChestnutSidedWarbler aif with the previously determined settings amplitude threshold of 5015 Units smoothing 09575 you should get something si
119. The detection input dialog This allows you to choose the full sound on which you d like to run the detector Running a detector You can also run a detector within a recorder To do this first open a within a recorder recorder window and then configure an interactive detector that you would like to run Next start the recorder and watch as the detector finds signals according to the configured parameters and creates corresponding selections in the recording There are three ways to process detections from a recording 1 Post processing This process involves running a recorder to a file sequence and then running a full detector on the file sequence after the recorder has finished running For this you must record to a file sequence completely open the file sequence in a sound window and then run a detector on the file 2 Real time processing while saving the entire recording In this case you will save the entire recording but will run the detector while the 222 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Example of running a detector within a recorder Chapter 10 Detection recording is running To set up this type of recording session run the recorder to record to a file sequence making sure to record to file red button This will ensure that the times in the selection table correspond to the times in the file sequence In addition to saving the entire file sequence you can also save individual sound clips as the recorder is running
120. When a recorder is running you may observe a flickering gray band at the right hand edge of some real time views This band is more evident in recorder windows that are displayed at large sizes or that contain many views when the time axis is zoomed in and on slower computers This band represents the view s processing latency which is the difference between the current time by default the right hand edge of the window and the last time for which Raven has displayed data in the view The pro cessing latency is always greater than zero because it takes some time for Raven to build the visual image of the data to be displayed in the view Real time views scroll at a fixed rate irrespective of the rate at which Raven builds images for display When a view scrolls and no new image data are available for display Raven draws a gray band to fill in the time interval for which the image is not yet available As soon as the image is computed it replaces the gray band Processing latency is typically longer for spectrogram or spectrogram slice views than for waveforms because spectrograms require more calculation than waveforms The processing latency hence the width of the gray band varies from moment to moment for each view as Raven rapidly switches among the various tasks involved in updating the views in the recorder window When the processing Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 75 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Window preset latency i
121. a eee 30 The view toolbar ran n e a aaa i EE a a re 30 The play toolbar ed buen ds Eee We R tee te A ae 31 The spectrogram tool ba z ee erene riie ba Ea hk a e EIE Re E E ORKES 32 The Side Panel ciccssakak vedas ves aeaea hua a aS BERS ROS EORR 33 Docking Controls js vetet ewe pel vr De eed HP EE Weeds aa whoo Od 34 Vertical separator bar 0 000 ee 35 Show all h de all 5 za neret His Re Gade tacts See Re RO BURRAN ER 35 Side panel tabs a nxiose ee eee Soe ae eee uir Se g 36 Information panel 0 00 eee 36 Mouse measurement field 00 0c eee eee 37 Changing the Appearance of the Raven Window suees 38 Selectable look and feel 000 0c 38 Selectable desktop background color 0 00 e eee eee 38 Selectable tooltip color 00000 38 Sound Windows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation 39 Aboutthis chapfer 2 ck oie eraai bea ee eet as Pee Ea aria ERIS Ea RE 39 Using Contextual Men s ese seg de a e as te o eee OR 39 Basic Layout of a Sound Window eee 40 The active view 20 2 0 ce rr 41 Moving resizing and closing a sound window 000 else 41 Scrollbars 414 uet een en Re ath CL eI em 42 Axis units in views llle rr 43 Position markers 00 000 cece ete 44 Centering a position S astas a See eee eG eed le bk each DESCR E Rs 44 Positions control view appearance and behavior
122. aces You can also open these items from the File menu Open section in File menu on page 23 Save Sound Save Sound File As Save Selection Table Save Selection Table Save Active Selection As Save All Selections As Save Selected Channels As Save Workspace Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 29 Chapter 2 The Raven Window 30 There are 7 buttons with various Save functionality in the toolbar You can save certain items through the File menu as well Save section in File menu on page 23 Print Sound Page Setup If you d like to print a sound or adjust the page settings before printing the last two buttons provide an easy way to do so Of course you can always go through the File menu to access these options as well Print section in File menu on page 23 The edit toolbar The edit toolbar is typically located underneath the file toolbar although if you unlock the toolbars and move them around the location could be different This toolbar contains buttons related to editing filtering and amplifying sounds and selections More information on these topics can be found in Chapter 6 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Edit r ut All Filter Around All linda AIGO D p kedo Cut L copy to Paste r1 Arr i li fy Filter All With ers Active Selectic on Wit f Del lete Filter Ji It ctive Selec tio 1 AH Cil 10 Colortin Select All Filter Aroun id A tive Selection Pr
123. ain ing 25 and 75 of the energy in the selection The computation of this measurement is similar to that of Center Time except that the summed energy has to exceed 25 of the total energy instead of 50 For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selections in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units seconds 3rd Quartile Time spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The point in time that divides the selection into two time intervals contain ing 75 and 25 of the energy in the selection The computation of this measurement is similar to that of Center Time except that the summed energy has to exceed 75 of the total energy instead of 50 For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selections in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units seconds IQR Inter quartile Range Duration spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The difference between the 1st and 3rd Quartile Times Units seconds The following measurements are based on the amplitude values of the individual samples that make up the audio data Max Amplitude waveform The maximum of all the sample values in the selection Note that this mea surement can be thrown off slightly by interpolation The value plotted on the edge of the selection in monotonic data is not exactly the same a
124. ain some of these Open options have keyboard shortcuts listed to the far right if you prefer using those Close section in File menu The Close section contains commands used to close files and other items that you were working with You can choose to close an individual sound file close a selection table more on these in Selection Tables in Chapter 6 page 135 or to simply close all the files open on the Raven desktop Save section in File menu There are many options for saving your work several of which were men tioned in Chapter 1 Getting Started In the Save section you can save sound files selection tables and workspaces that have already been saved somewhere To save items for the first time or to save a file under a new name choose Save as Saving as is available for sound files selection tables active selections all selections selected channels and workspaces Print section in File menu In the Print section you can choose to print a sound file print sections of the file or make changes to the page setup which will adjust the printed output Remember that the printer Properties button in the Print dialog may not correctly display or change the page orientation page settings should only be adjusted through the File gt Page Setup menu item Export section in File menu This section has options for exporting images discussed in Exporting images
125. ain lobe of the spectrum of a sinusoid at the point where the power is 3 dB lower than the maximum power in the spectrum Figure 5 7 She BW Frequency Figure 5 7 Spectrum of a pure tone sinusoidal signal The 3 dB band width is the width BW in Hz of the spectrum s main lobe at the point where the power is 3 dB less than the maximum power in the spectrum Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Choosing the window size Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis When you change the window size or the window type the 3 dB Band width field is immediately updated to display the corresponding band width For a given window type improved time resolution shorter windows inevitably results in poorer frequency resolution larger band widths You can edit the 3 dB Bandwidth field to specify a desired value directly When you press lt Enter gt click on another field in the dialog or click OK or Apply Raven will choose the window size that results in the closest available approximation to the 3 dB Bandwidth value you entered For further discussion of the tradeoff between time and frequency resolu tion in spectrograms see Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spec trum Analysis In a spectrogram where you are typically interested in frequency varia tions with time the best choice of window size depends in part on the nature of the signal and on what features you are most interested in observing or measuring If you a
126. al ampli tude is measured as voltage which is directly proportional to the sound pressure In the frequency domain the amplitude of a signal is repre sented as a function of frequency The frequency domain representation of a pure tone is a vertical line Figure B 1b Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis a Pressure b Amplitude 0 f 1 t Frequency Hz Figure B 1 Time domain and frequency domain representations of an infinitely long pure sinusoidal signal a Time domain t is the period of the sinusoid b Frequency domain f is the frequency of the sinusoid Any sound no matter how complex can be represented as the sum of a series of pure tones sinusoidal components Each tone in the series has a particular amplitude and a particular phase relationship i e it may be shifted in time relative to the others The frequency composition of com plex signals is usually not apparent from inspection of the time domain representation Spectrum analysis is the process of converting the time domain representation of a signal to a frequency domain representation that shows how different frequency components contribute to the sound Frequency domain representations of sounds are often more intuitively interpretable because the mammalian auditory system specifically the cochlea performs a type of spectrum analysis in converting vibrations of the eardrum into
127. alculated as needed You can specify a window preset to apply when you first open a sound file in the Configure New Sound Window dialog box Figure 1 3 page 4 You can change the name of the default window preset by editing the Raven Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 63 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation preferences file as described in About Raven preferences in Chapter 11 page 252 If you make changes to the properties of a window to which you ve applied a preset you can save the changes to the current preset by choos ing View gt Window Preset gt Save Preset name Window presets take precedence over other presets that x affect the appearance of the contents of a window Thus if you apply a window preset spectrogram parameters the measurement list and the color scheme are all set as defined in the specified window preset even if they were previously set to different values by choosing spectrogram measure ment or color scheme presets Multiple line views Raven can display views that have a time axis i e waveforms and spec within sound trograms across multiple lines Figure 3 19 The values shown on the windows time axis of a multiline view start at the left end of the top line go to the right end of that line and continue on from left to right on subsequent lines like lines of text on a page Sound 1 BlackCappedVireo aif Spectrogram 1 Line 2 6 Spectrogfam 1
128. als Launch Raven by double clicking on its icon Depending on how you installed Raven there may be an icon for it on your desktop in your Start menu Windows in your dock Mac OS or you may have to open the Raven folder to find it After launching the Raven software you will be greeted by the Raven window Figure 1 1 with its four main components Raven s menu bar appears just below the title bar of the Raven window on Windows computers and at the top of the screen on Mac OS computers The control toolbar contains controls for common Raven operations When you position the mouse pointer over a control in the toolbar a tooltip appears giving the name of the tool On the left side of the Raven window is the side panel The side panel con tains tools that let you control various aspects of how signals are displayed and played back To the right the main area of the screen is the Raven desktop This area is your workspace and will contain open sounds and other files Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 1 Chapter 1 Getting Started Figure 1 1 The Raven window showing the four main components menu bar control toolbar side panel and the desktop For more information on the Raven window layout and functionality please visit Chapter 2 The Raven Window Opening a sound file To open a sound file choose File gt Open Sound Files or type lt Ctrl O gt Windows or Comman
129. alues below some threshold are assigned to white and the rest become black In this case the threshold between black and white is determined by the brightness control With the contrast con trol all the way to the left Raven displays up to 200 shades of gray The box next to each control tells you what percent contrast or brightness you ve set If you prefer you can type a percentage number into a box instead of moving the slider Each view in a sound window has a particular color scheme A color scheme consists of a spectrogram colormap and particular colors for items such as active and inactive selection borders and fills dots and lines in waveforms A spectrogram colormap defines the relationship between power values in the spectrogram and colors used to display them Raven provides six pre defined colormaps Grayscale Hot Cool and Standard Gamma II Bone and Copper Figure 3 18 To change the colormap of a spectrogram choose Color Scheme Colormap name from the spectrogram s context menu or from the View menu when the spectrogram is active Views in a sound window are by default linked to each other x by color scheme If you change the colormap or any other item in a view s color scheme the affected colors will also change in any other views that are linked to it by color scheme 1 The Standard Gamma II color map is included in Raven courtesy of Research Systems Inc a Kodak Company Raven Pro 1 3 U
130. alysis frequency 284 analysis resolution 287 289 annotations 153 creating 153 deleting 154 entering values 154 155 Fill Down 155 naming 153 renaming 153 anti aliasing filter 274 audio file formats 11 Audio Format Not Supported error 96 audio input configuring under Mac OS 301 configuring under Windows 299 301 audio input device choosing 16 audio input device plug in 72 audio input plug ins 272 Auto apply checkbox in Color Scheme Editor 249 in Configure New Spectrogram dialog box 115 in Configure Spectrogram dialog box 104 Averaging parameter 113 114 axis units 43 visibility and window presets 63 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual B Background color desktop changing 38 256 Background Color Editor 38 Band Limited Energy Detector 228 Band Pass Filter 189 bandpass filters simulated by STFT 284 292 294 bandwidth 285 Bartlett window function 101 Beamforming 177 Beamogram beams 179 configuring 179 beams 179 Bearing analysis 177 bearing angles 179 Begin Time measurement 138 143 149 Beta Kaiser window parameter 104 Biased 191 Biased Normalization 191 bit depth 275 276 Blackman window function 101 BMP graphics file format 15 brightness spectrogram 60 116 118 247 and window presets 63 bug reports 267 C Canary opening files in Raven 6 Cascade Windows 68 CD open 23 ceiling color 116 118 ceiling value 116 118 Center Position button 44 45 Channel Visibi
131. am slice view significance of spectrum values 124 time position 123 spectrogram slice view blank 52 spectrogram slice views 37 58 97 98 123 124 creating with linked parameters 56 hidden time axis 57 linkage to spectrogram views 57 58 time position of 57 spectrogram smoothing 286 287 Spectrogram view 50 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Index spectrogram view 7 spectrogram views 97 98 115 116 118 120 123 brightness 60 116 118 caching of data 264 changing parameters 125 colormap 60 contrast 60 116 118 creating 60 creating with linked parameters 56 linkage to spectrogram slice views 57 58 parameters and window presets 63 significance of color grayscale values 115 smoothing 120 123 speed of calculation 277 time alignment of data 118 120 spectrograms 119 121 122 284 286 288 290 295 spectrum averaging 113 114 spectrum source data 118 spectrum time 118 Speed correction 5 speed correction during signal acquisition 88 Speed tab Configure New Recorder dialog box 89 ss tag in file name templates 80 start time for naming recorded files 81 Step Back button 160 Step Forward button 160 step increment 158 160 reconfiguring 161 STFT short time Fourier transform 284 Stop playback button 8 Stop Recording button 18 85 Stop Recording to Disk button 86 storage requirements 277 support for Raven 267 Swatches color chooser 246 T tags in file name templates
132. ample rate conversion during recording Raven can decimate a signal as it is being acquired Decimation is a way of reducing the sampling rate of a signal by retaining every Nth sample and discarding all others Raven automatically applies a low pass filter to a signal before decimating it in order to prevent aliasing in the decimated signal 90 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Why decimation is useful Decimation Factor Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording For low frequency sounds the lowest sampling rate available with a par ticular device may be many times higher than needed to represent the sig nal accurately This can lead to digitized signals that are much larger than necessary which require more storage and longer processing times Deci mation during signal acquisition is a way of reducing the sampling rate to a rate that is more appropriate for the signal Appendix A Digital Repre sentation of Sound discusses choice of sampling rate further For example most of the sounds made by blue whales or elephants are at frequencies below 100 Hz For many types of analysis of these signals sampling rates of 200 to 500 Hz are desirable However the lowest sam pling rate provided by many recording devices is 8000 Hz By choosing a decimation factor of 16 or 32 the signal can be acquired with a sampling rate of 500 or 250 Hz respectively If you click on the Advanced button at the bottom of the Configure Recorder dia
133. ams bearing angles A smaller hop size will create more columns in the beamo gram Record size is the number of samples of sound over which a beam will be computed It can be helpful to experiment with turning on and off the x View gt Smooth Beamogram setting as a way to explore how the Hop size and Record size settings affect the beamogram display Normalize channels If the gain imbalance between the recorded channels is large it may become the main information used in the beamformer computation Therefore unless the microphones and recording unit are carefully cal Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 181 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds 182 ibrated to produce a uniform gain normalizing the signal will probably be useful Bearing Grid Minimum bearing Maximum bearing Number of bear ings The Minimum bearing and Maximum bearing values in degrees define the range over which the series of individual beams bearings will be calculated It is generally useful to restrict the range to the direc tional region most likely to contain the source The Number of bearings is the number of beams that will be computed A larger number of beams will usually produce a more accurate mea surement The resolution of the beamformer system is defined by the difference between the Maximum and Minimum bearings divided by the Number of bearings Bearing Coordinate System Reference bearing Bearings increase When the R
134. analyzed with a digital computer the signal must be acquired or digitized by a hardware device called an analog to digital A D converter or digitizer The digitizer repeatedly measures or samples the instantaneous voltage amplitude of a continuously varying analog input signal at a particular sampling rate typically thousands or tens of thousands of times per second Figure A 1 In the case of an audio signal this time varying voltage is proportional to the sound pressure at a device such as a micro phone The digital representation of a signal created by the digitizer thus consists of a sequence of numeric values representing the amplitude of the original waveform at discrete evenly spaced points in time Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 271 Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound Amplitude gt lt Time Sampling rate At Figure A 1 Sampling to create digital representation of a pure tone signal The blue sinusoidal curve represents the continuous analog waveform being sampled Measurements of the instantaneous ampli tude of the signal are taken at a sampling rate of 1 At The resulting sequence of amplitude values is the digitized signal The precision with which the digitized signal represents the continuous signal depends on two parameters of the digitizing process the rate at which amplitude measurements are made the sampling rate or sampling frequency and the number of bits used to represent each amplitude mea
135. ange how the sound windows are displayed on the desktop you can choose to tile or cascade them using the two buttons on the far right These commands can also be found listed in the Window menu Tile Cascade windows in Chapter 3 page 68 The play toolbar The play toolbar contains the playback controls The use of these controls was discussed in Playing a sound in Chapter 1 page 7 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 31 Chapter 2 The Raven Window The spectrogram toolbar ba P lt 4 Rate Ho Play Scrolling Play Looping Play Reverse Play Stop Playback Rate Figure 2 11 The play toolbar Play Scrolling Play Looping Play Reverse Play Stop These buttons control the playback of a sound For more information on using these controls see Playing a sound in Chapter 1 page 7 Playback Rate This controls the speed at which a sound is played You can speed up or slow down the playback rate of the signal By default the playback rate is set at 1 0 or the same as the recording rate Slowing down the rate makes the sound lower in pitch and slower speeding it up makes it higher in pitch and faster The spectrogram toolbar gives you access to making quick adjustments to the appearance of spectrogram displays For more detailed information on spectrograms see Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Color Map Brightness Contrast Spectrogram Window Size Cate map Adjust Brightness Adjust Contrast Adjust Spectr
136. arameters defaultPreset MySpectrogram Spectrogram views that are created by applying a window preset will use the spectrogram parameters specified by the window preset not those in the default spectrogram preset Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Recorder presets Measurement presets Sound window presets Chapter 11 Customizing Raven A recorder preset saves the state of all parameters and controls on one or all of the tabs in the Configure Recorder dialog under a single preset name You can retrieve a saved recorder preset from the Preset menu within the Configure Recorder dialog Recorder presets are discussed fur ther in Note that if you configure the name of your list file with relative times in the name of its sub folder Raven will generate a new list file whenever the relative times you used are changed For example look at the following list file name templates in Chapter 4 page 83 When Raven is first installed there is no default recorder preset defined This is because a recorder preset includes the name of the default audio input device which varies among computers and thus cannot be included in a predefined recorder preset To specify a default recorder preset you must first configure a recorder with the parameters that you will use most commonly and save that configuration as a recorder preset named Default as described in Note that if you configure the name of your list file with relat
137. as the same name as an existing file in the selected recording directory by editing the following entry raven ui audioRecorder overwriteExistingFiles false When this preference is set to false the default when Raven is installed Raven will create a new directory for the new file rather than overwriting the existing file as described in File name collisions in Chapter 4 page 81 If you change the preference to t rue the new file will replace the old file without any warning The Memory Manager You can use Raven s Memory Manager window Figure 11 7 to see how much memory is used for each view of each file that is open and to release Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 261 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven About Raven memory allocation 262 memory by deleting selected views or sound windows You can open the Memory Manager at any time by choosing Window gt Memory Manager x Maximum Heap Size 254 MB Configure Current Heap Size 17 MB Memory Used 10 MB Memory Available 7 MB Reclaim Name Size MB 9 4 Sound 1 6 1 Sound Samples 2 4 9 Spectrogram 1 3 3 Rendering Data 0 9 Spectrogram 2 4 H waveform 1 0 4 Rendering Data D 4 Figure 11 7 The Memory Manager window When the window is first opened the tree view shown is fully collapsed In this example the win dow would initially display only Sound 1 To expand or collapse an item in the view click on the opener icon to
138. ated Thus no matter how much you stretch a smoothed spectrogram you will not see sharp edged boxes as you would with an unsmoothed spectrogram In a smoothed spectrogram the no data color is displayed before the time of the first spectrum and after the time of the last spectrum because Raven cannot interpolate power values beyond these points Spectrogram smoothing is not a substitute for the finer spectrogram grid resolution obtained by increasing the window overlap and DFT size how ever Both may make a spectrogram more esthetically pleasing but only finer grid resolution will reveal some structural details of the signal that are invisible in a low resolution spectrogram Figure 5 21 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis KHz 504 0 5 0 6 Figure 5 21 Difference between smoothed spectrogram calculated on low resolution time grid and unsmoothed spectrogram calculated on a higher resolution time grid The signal is part of a song from a Cassin s kingbird digitized at 44 1 kHz All three spectrograms use a 300 sam ple Hann window a Unsmoothed spectrogram on default time grid Time grid spacing 3 4 mS 150 samples 50 window overlap b Same spectrogram parameters as a but with smoothed display c Unsmoothed spectrogram with higher resolution time grid Time grid spacing 68 mS 30 samples 90 window overlap The rapid peri odic frequency modulation is more clearly
139. aveform as dots Figure 3 9 48 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Zooming vertically Zoom to all Zoom to selection Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Figure 3 9 A sound window with its waveform view top horizontally zoomed in enough to display individual sample points As mentioned before the spectrogram and waveform views are linked by their time scale and time positions So you ll notice that both the wave form and spectrogram views zoomed in even though only one of them is the active view To zoom vertically in the spectrogram activate that view and drag the vertical position marker to the point where you want to center the zoom Click the or button at the bottom of the vertical axis to increase or decrease magnification around the vertical position marker Notice that changing the vertical position or scale of the spectrogram has no effect on the waveform The vertical dimensions of the views are differ ent amplitude in the waveform frequency in the spectrogram so the ver tical scales of the views cannot be linked To reset the horizontal or vertical scale of a view to display the entire axis click on the corresponding Zoom To All button marked with a horizontal or vertical I beam icon Figure 3 8 page 48 The Zoom To Selection button rescales the active view so that the active selection fills the view frame If there is no active selection the Zoom To
140. aximum value of the Window Size is equal to the DFT Size Window Size slider control Adjacent to the Window Size field is a slider control that provides an alter nate means for changing the window size Sliding the control to the right increases the window size The control is logarithmic the farther the slider is moved to the right the more the window size changes in response to a given movement The window size slider is useful primarily when the Auto apply checkbox is checked see Apply and Auto apply on page 115 When Auto apply is turned on Raven recalculates the spectro gram immediately as you adjust the slider allowing you to instantly see how changes in window size affect the tradeoff between time and fre quency resolution result in unacceptable delays in redrawing the spectrogram Use of the Window Size slider with Auto apply turned on may with longer signals and or slower computers For the Kaiser window you can set an additional parameter called Beta to values between 0 and 20 For a given window size higher values of Beta result in larger filter bandwidths and smaller sidelobes 3 dB bandwidth is the filter bandwidth of the individual analysis filters in the filterbank simulated by the short time Fourier transform STFT with the selected window type and size see Appendix B A Biologist s Intro duction to Spectrum Analysis Specifically the 3 dB Bandwidth field dis plays the width in Hz of the m
141. aying detector information sli 218 Running an interactive detector in a paged sound ilssllssssn 220 Detection options 0 000 ee es 220 Running multiple interactive detectors llle 220 How to run a detector Full mode and within a recorder 221 F ll detection mode soo wedded Lada SPORE UR Sex 221 Running a detector within a recorder 0 0 0 cc eee 222 Example of running a detector within a recorder 0000 eee eae 223 Saving detected selections cc cece cee cece reece cence eseees 228 Instructions for detectors provided with Raven suse 228 Band Limited Energy Detector Energy Detector 0000 228 Amplitude Activity Detector 00 eem II 237 Customizing Raven Preferences Presets amp Memory 243 About This chapler ccce aceite ack cia KE OE TE US 243 Editing color schemes eco os eae Pee ares esee ER wes eis 243 Choosing a color scheme element to edit llli ee eee eee 246 Choosing Colors i vue gei pe PES ae ods Degas P REG EN MUSS 246 OPACIY s acne e sean eee ate ie cade ate bee eee tne dius vus 248 Color scheme presets oae ciad anaa a a a a a es 249 Auto Apply Apply Reset OK and Close nnna annaa aana 249 The Preset Manaeer co ya cire E bx ERE ERES 250 About Raven preferences cc cece cece cece eee cece ehh 252 Default presets oere ik FS ies Hits doe Risen ees S Eg
142. ayout and Playback tabs always refer to the active window the one window in which the title bar is colored The side panel s Linkage tab shows views for all sounds that are open since Raven lets you link views of different sound windows to each other You can activate a sound win dow by clicking anywhere in it with the mouse You can also activate a Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 67 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation 68 Tile Cascade windows window by choosing its name from the Window menu or by clicking on the name of one of its views in the side panel s Linkage tab When you have multiple sound windows open Raven can arrange them neatly for you on the desktop If you choose Window gt Tile Windows Raven resizes and repositions all of the windows so that they are all the same size and fill the desktop as nearly as possible without overlapping each other Figure 3 22 If you choose Window gt Cascade Windows Raven resizes and repositions all of the windows so that they are all the same size and as large as possible overlapping so that their title bars are all visible Figure 3 23 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation TOMO e Rees 9 mom meer al 4 r Figure 3 22 Examples of tiled sound windows a 2 to 3 sounds will be tiled in one column b 4 to 8 sounds will be tiled in two columns and c 9 to 12 sounds will be tiled in three columns Rav
143. beginning and end of the tone in the waveform Comparison of the spectrograms in Figure B 8 demonstrates that improved time grid spacing is not a substitute for finer time analysis reso lution which can be obtained only by using a shorter record Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis NEEEEH ee MU g 0 3 0 35 0 4 20 b 0 o e KU s 0 3 0 35 0 4 C 6 M s 0 3 0 35 0 4 d 6 4 Wiz s 0 3 0 35 0 4 Figure B 8 Different effects on spectrograms of changing record length window size or time analysis resolution and time grid spac ing The signal is a frequency modulated tone 100 mS long sampled at 22 05 kHz The tone sweeps upward in frequency from 4 to 6 kHz Spectrograms a and c have the same window size but c has finer time grid spacing higher record overlap c and d have the same time grid spacing but d has a shorter record length finer time analy sis resolution a Record length 512 points 23 2 mS 3 dB bandwidth 61 9 Hz Time grid spacing 23 2 mS overlap 0 b Waveform view with duration of tone highlighted c Record length 512 points 23 2 mS 3 dB bandwidth 61 9 Hz Time grid spacing 1 45 mS overlap 93 8 d Record length 64 points 2 9 mS 3 dB bandwidth 448 Hz Time grid spacing 1 45 mS overlap 50 Frequency grid Frequency grid spacing is the difference in Hz between the
144. ble as described in Measurement precision and format in Chapter 6 page 151 preset from the Preset menu within Raven s Measurement Chooser or by specifying a default measurement preset in the preference file the measurement precisions saved for measurements included in the preset will override precision preferences Measurement precision preferences will apply only to measurements that are not specifically included in the the preset when and if these are added to the selection table via the Measurement Chooser b If you invoke a measurement preset either by choosing a Measurement precision entries are of the form raven measurement basic name defaultValueFormat precision Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 259 Chapter 11 260 Time Frequency Customizing Raven where name is replaced by the name of a measurement type or of a spe cific measurement and precision is replaced by a string such as 0 000 The number of zeros to the right of the decimal point indicates the desired precision Raven provides measurements of four types of quantities time frequency amplitude and power For each type of measurement you can specify a default display precision You can also specify a different precision for specific measurements within each type which will override the default for the type For example if you were to specify a default precision of 0 000 for time measurements and a specific precision of 0 00 for the
145. box do For now just leave all the fields as they are and click OK or press Enter When you click OK or press Enter in the Configure New Recorder dia log box a new recorder window appears on the Raven desktop Figure 1 14 A recorder window looks and behaves like any other Raven sound window except that it has additional controls displayed in the status bar at the bottom of the window Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 17 Chapter 1 Getting Started Recorder 1 Default Windows Audio Device 25 gt Not recording record to memory button Starting and stopping the real time signal display While recording is 18 stopped Figure 1 14 A new Recorder window configured for recording one channel to memory Click the triangular green Record to Memory button Figure 1 14 to start a real time scrolling waveform display in the recorder window When you start providing an audio signal by starting playback of a tape or CD or by speaking into a microphone you should see a waveform appear at the right edge of the waveform window and scroll across to the left The Record to Memory button is replaced by a square Stop Recording button and the status field next to the button displays the message Recording to memory When the waveform reaches the left edge the oldest data are discarded to make room for the newest data Time counts up from the right side and scrolls across the view Clicking the S
146. cal scrollbars respectively increase and decrease magnification zoom in and out around the current position along that axis Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 47 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation zoom in zoom out zoom fo al zoom fo selection Figure 3 8 The zoom controls which apply to the active view The Zoom to Selection button is gray if no selection exists in the signal Zoom details Each time you click a Zoom In or Zoom Out button the corresponding axis of the active view is re scaled by a factor of 2 1 41 Thus clicking the Zoom In or Zoom Out button twice in succession changes the scale by a factor of 2 To zoom in horizontally on a view first make sure that view is active then move the horizontal position marker to the point where you want to center the zoom Click the button at the end of the horizontal scrollbar and observe how the display changes Clicking the button reverses the change Each time that you zoom in or out horizontally or vertically the corre sponding scroll thumb shortens or lengthens to indicate what proportion of the signal is visible Remember that the scroll thumb is half the length of the scrollbar when that axis s scale is set to its default value Zooming in If you click the horizontal zoom in button repeatedly the scale will horizontally eventually be stretched to the point where Raven displays the individual samples in the w
147. cal to the correlation between a and itself d Non normalized correlation between a and itself e Non normalized correlation between a and b Notice the differences in correlation value amplitudes among the plots Biased Unbiased By default a biased normalization is performed during correlations How ever you can choose to perform an unbiased normalization simply by check ing the Unbiased box The expected value of an unbiased normalization equals the quantity it estimates however this sometimes leads to large Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 191 Chapter 9 Correlation variance in endpoints because only a few data points are used To avoid large variations at correlation endpoints do not check the Unbiased box Spectrogram correlation Often the only point of interest in a spectrogram correlation plot is the maximum value of the correlation function The peak correlation value can provide a quantitative measure of one type of similarity between spec trograms O A Spectrogram Correlation 5 CSW sel 06 aif CSW sel 03 aif 0 06 0 04 0 02 s 0 06 0 04 0 02 Di M w Selection Table M craw 9 Selection View e Begin Time End Time LowFreq High Freq Peak Corr Peak Lag s 9 Hz Hz u s up 1 1 0 070 0 064 0 0 172 3 0 813 0 000 Figure 9 5 The two spectrograms shown were produced in succession during the song of a Chestnut Sided Warbler
148. central analy spacing and DFT size sis frequencies of adjacent filters in the filterbank modeled by a STFT and thus the size of the frequency bins in a spectrogram In an unsmoothed spectrogram this spacing is visible as the height of the individual boxes Figure B 6 Frequency grid spacing depends on the sample rate which is fixed for a given digitized signal and DFT size The relationship is frequency grid spacing sample rate DFT size Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 291 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Spectral smearing 292 and sidelobes where frequency grid spacing and sample rate are measured in Hz and DFT size is measured in samples Thus a larger DFT size draws the spec trogram on a grid with finer frequency resolution smaller frequency bins vertically smaller boxes The number of frequency bins in a spectrogram or spectrum is half the DFT size plus one Recall that the DFT size is the number of samples processed to calculate the spectrum of a record Thus the DFT size would ordinarily be equal to the record length However Raven s DFT algorithm requires that the size of the DFT be a power of 2 Therefore Raven automatically chooses the smallest DFT size that is a power of 2 greater than or equal to the record size The sample data in each record are then filled out with zeros zero padded to make the record length the same as the chosen DFT size Zero padding provides th
149. change the time scale of the first spec trogram Notice that the time scales of the waveform and the first spectro gram change together but the time scale of the second spectrogram does not change If you activate the second spectrogram and zoom in time its time scale changes while the time scales of the waveform and the first spectrogram remain unchanged If you scroll any of the three views their position markers will move in synchrony because all three are still linked by time position To restore linkages between views that have been unlinked or to create linkages between views that have never been linked activate the Linkage tab in the Raven side panel If the side panel is not visible click on the right pointing triangle at the top Windows or bottom Mac OS of the separator bar at the left edge of the Raven window At the top of the Linkage tab there is a drop down menu showing all of the linkable properties of the current views Click on this menu and choose Time Scale If you created two spectrograms and unlinked them as described above the tab will display three folder icons representing link age groups with names like Group 1 Signal 1 Default and New Figure 3 15 The second group may be called Signal 2 default Signal 3 default etc depending on how many signals you ve opened in the cur rent Raven session If more than one signal is open you will see a default linkage group for each signal
150. channel the selection will be defined in all selected channels When you create a selection in a non selected channel it will be created in that channel only To change the channels in which a selection is defined after it is initially created open the Selection tab in the side panel Checkboxes indicate the channels in which the active selection is defined To change the channels in which the active selection is defined check or uncheck channel check boxes Bearing analysis Beamforming Beamogram View and Max Bearing Measurement It is often useful in bioacoustic analysis to use an array of sound sensors as a means of determining the source direction of signals recorded by the array One common way of doing this is to process the sound with a beam forming algorithm Beamforming indicates only the bearing a line repre senting a specific direction along which a sound arrives at a sensor The distance between source and sensor is not computed Also the results of beamforming using a straight linear array will contain right left ambigu ities That is it will not be possible to obtain information regarding on which side of the aray the source is located However if you know the general location of the sound source relative to the array or if your array is not linear beamforming provides information that can help to determine specific bearing locations and to potentially distinguish different individu als that are producing sounds in t
151. channels If a single file is batch correlated with a folder of files the resulting table will either be a single row if the file is specified as input 1 or a single col umn if the file is specified as input 2 See Figure 9 18 for an example Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation eoo FY Batch Spectrogram Correlation 1 Peaks u Lags s a File 1 File 2 HelloDaddy aiffl HumanVoice aiff1 HumanVoice2 aif 1 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 1 CanyonWren wav 1 0 003 0 001 0 005 0 003 OOO B Batch Spectrogram Correlation 2 Peaks u Lags s File 1 File 2 gt gt CanyonWren wav 1 b MHelloDaddy aif 1 0 003 HumanVoice aif 1 0 001 HumanVoice2 aif 1 0 005 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 0 003 Figure 9 18 Correlations between one file and a folder of files a the file was specified as input 1 and the folder as input 2 b the folder was specified as input 1 and the file as input 2 Correlator example Open sound file Shipped with Raven you will find an audio file located in the Examples and selection table folder named BlackCappedVireo aif and a text file containing selections located in the Selections folder named BlackCappedVireo selections txt Opening the sound file and then opening the selection table should give you the following image Figure 9 19 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 205 Chapter 9 Correlation eoe Bs Sound 1 BlackCappedVireo aif a Be ee See eee i i g
152. choose a window preset to be applied to the new window when it is first created as discussed in Window preset and paging in Chapter 1 page 4 When you open a single file or a file sequence in a paged sound window a page navigation panel is displayed at the top of the window above any views that are displayed Figure 7 2 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 Large Datasets Paging scrollbar Scroll box Step forward Page back Step back fy Sound 2 010920 000000 aif etc 7 t a Page navigation panel Page forward Current start fime file name sequence number m i d i v Pics Mati at Ae daag aneian Hos ssi 53 54 55 56 57 58 E NU 4 D E Figure 7 2 A file sequence of five files opened in a paged sound win dow with page size of 30 seconds The entire file sequence is slightly over 13 minutes long For a single file opened in a paged window the current file name and the file sequence number are not displayed The paging scrollbar The page navigation panel contains a paging scrollbar whose length corre sponds to the entire signal including those portions of the signal that are not presently in memory The scroll box in the paging scrollbar represents the data in the current page i e the data currently in memory The length of this scroll box relative to the length of the entire scrollbar indicates what proportion of the entire signal is included in the
153. cimation The decimation factor available are 2 4 8 16 and 32 Advanced options scheduled recording 92 If you click on the Advanced button at the bottom of the Configure Recorder dialog an additional tab labelled Schedule becomes available Figure 4 10 The Schedule tab contains parameters that you can set to control when Raven begins acquiring data To hide the Schedule tab click the Simple button that appears in place of the Advanced button Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording X Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory M Export selections to clip files Input Speed Rate Conversion Display Schedule Retroactive Recording Offset 0 0 seconds Simple Figure 4 10 The Schedule tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box This tab is visible only after you click the Advanced button which is then replaced by the Simple button Retroactive The Retroactive Recording Offset field allows you to specify the time off Recording Offset set used in retroactive recording to files When a recorder is already recording to memory retroactive recording enables you to start recording to a file or file sequence beginning at a time in the recording buffer before the moment that you clicked the Record to Disk button Retroactive recording is discussed further in Advanced options retroactive recording to files on page 93 Ad
154. cision and presets exporting samples from various views to text files annotations About selections A selection is a specified portion of a signal with a start time and duration and a lower and upper frequency You can define a selection by clicking and dragging the mouse across part of a view Other ways of defining and modifying selections are discussed below Selections are shown in views by colored rectangles In earlier chapters of this manual you have seen how to select part of a waveform or spectrogram and play or zoom to that selection Selections are also used to identify parts of signals that you want to measure edit or save Selections can either be range selections or point selections A range selection identifies a continuous range of times and or frequencies A point selec tion identifies a single point in time and optionally a single frequency You can define range or point selections in any type of view Although you initially define a selection in a particular view selections are associated with a sound not with any particu lar view and are displayed in all views Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 127 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing 128 Creating and There are two ways to create a range selection One way which you ve modifying range already seen is to click and drag the mouse pointer across the portion of a selections view that you want to select The other way to create a ran
155. color and power values in a default grayscale spectrogram for two different brightness settings f and f power floor values for Brightness 1 and 2 respectively c and c power ceiling values for Brightness 1 and 2 respectively g and g color val ues associated with power P for Brightness 1 and 2 respectively Increasing the brightness arrow increases the power floor and ceiling values by the same amount The result is that the color associated with a given power P gets lighter Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 117 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Time alignment of spectrogram data 118 Color Contrast 2 hof Qa c range range Power Figure 5 16 Relationship between color and power values in a default grayscale spectrogram for two different contrast settings f f cj and C defined as in Figure 5 15 Increasing the contrast arrows decreases the range of power values between white floor and black ceiling When Raven initially displays a spectrogram the floor and ceiling values are set to values that yield acceptable spectrogram displays with a wide range of signal amplitudes The initial contrast and brightness settings are arbitrarily assigned values of 50 but if you choose to use the new Raven 1 3 power spectrum computation you may find that a brightness value of 33 might be more appropriate because the power levels are lower In Raven 1 2 this provided acceptable spectr
156. correlation of two sounds b The com plex envelope of the correlation function in a c The complex enve lope function superimposed over the correlation function For clarity of illustration the complex envelope in red is shifted slightly upward in the figure from the raw correlation plot in green and the horizontal axis has been zoomed in to show more detail 198 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Batch correlation Chapter 9 Correlation Correlation functions always contain high frequency oscillations which are related to the frequencies present in the signals being correlated If the signals are approximately sinusoidal i e at any moment most of the energy in each signal is concentrated at a single frequency as in the fre quency modulated whistles common in bird song their correlation func tion will itself be close to an amplitude modulated sinusoid In this case the complex envelope is roughly equivalent to the amplitude envelope of the absolute value of the correlation function If the signals being corre lated are spectrally complex with energy distributed over many frequen cies as in human speech their correlation function contains high frequency oscillations that are generally not sinusoidal Taking the complex envelope removes much of the high frequency oscilla tion in a correlation function which can make it easier to visually identify the peak of a waveform correlation Since the qualitative relationship betwe
157. current page The position of the scroll box within the scrollbar indicates the position in time of the current page within the entire signal The start time of the cur rent page is displayed below the scrollbar You can move the page to any point within the signal by dragging the scroll box As you drag the scroll box the displayed start time of the page is continually updated to corre spond to the position of the scroll box If the signal is a file sequence the name and sequence number of the file containing the start of the page are also continually updated as you move the scroll box When you release the scroll box at a new start time Raven loads the data for the new page posi tion as needed from the file or file sequence and updates the views dis played in the window Depending on the page size and the number and Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 159 Chapter 7 Large Datasets 160 Selections spanning pages type of views shown there may be a slight delay while Raven updates the views Clicking in the scrollbar to the right or left of the scroll box pages forward or back equivalent to clicking the Page forward or Page back button see below Don t confuse the functions of the two horizontal scrollbars in x a paged sound window The scrollbar in the page navigation panel at the top of a paged sound window refers to the time dimension of the entire signal The scrollbar and navigation controls at the bottom of the window ref
158. d O Mac OS You will then see Raven s Open Sound Files dialog box Figure 1 2 2 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started X Open Sound Files X on HE 3 Blue Whale chunk aif r Sound File Format 53 BluewWhale aif Type AIFF D BowheadyWhaleSong aif Channels 1 4 Samnle Rate NNN H7 File Name BlueWhale aif F oe o Open Sound Files Examples sy Name Date Modified A 2000Hz aif Mar 17 2003 10 33 AM MfricanForestElephants aif Mar 19 2003 12 00 PM BeardecSeal aif Aug 23 2002 10 00 AM Bird array 4 channel aif Mar 17 2003 2 39 PM 5 BlackCappedVireo aif Oct 7 2002 3 16 PM BlueWhale aif Nov 7 2002 2 32 PM BowheadWhaleSong aif Aug 23 2002 10 39 AM vt 3 CanyonWren wav Oct 21 2002 12 03 PM Format All Files Hj Cancel Open A Figure 1 2 Open Sound Files dialog box on a Windows computer top and a Mac OS computer bottom The Open Sound Files dialog box displays a scrolling list of the files and directories in the current directory The name of the current directory is given at the top of the dialog box If the current directory is not Exam ples find the Examples directory now in the Raven program directory To move up in the file system hierarchy click on the name of the current directory and select another directory from the pull down menu that appears To move down the hierarchy double click on the name of a direc
159. d display then the distinc tion between brightness contrast and the noise floor of the spectrogram data is unimportant However if you plan to do any quantitative analysis e g correlations using the spectrogram data remember that the only way to change the noise floor is to recalculate the spectrogram specifying a different Clipping Level in the spectrogram dialog box If you want to raise or lower the noise floor in a spectrogram either in the display or in the data itself you must recalculate the spectrogram with a higher or lower Clipping Level Figure 5 12 and Figure 5 13 show spectrograms and spectrogram slices that differ in Clipping Level as well as in brightness and contrast Note that if you want to have different clipping levels for your spectrogram and spectrogram slice views you must unlink those views in their spectro gram parameters Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 111 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Sound 1 BlackCappedVireo aif Figure 5 12 Effect of clipping level on spectrograms The signal is part of a song of a Black capped Vireo First row no clipping level set standard brightness 50 and contrast 50 settings spectrogram smoothing enabled Second row no clipping level set brightness set to 65 contrast set to 78 smoothing enabled The underlying power values have not changed so all measurement values will be the same as those measured in the first row Third row clipping enabled values be
160. d segment con tained within it lower view Since the two views remain linked in time position the position markers provide a reference point to show where the close up view is located within the entire signal As either view is scrolled horizontally through the signal the linked position markers iden tify the same point in time in both views 54 7 4 T 6 7 8 8 8 123 8 4 8 6 8 8 g Figure 3 14 Two spectrogram views of the file BlackCappedVireo aif that are linked in time position but unlinked in time scale The upper spectrogram shows 7 8 seconds of the signal the lower spectrogram is a close up of 2 0 seconds The highlighted rectangle identifies the same selection in both views The time position markers in both spec trograms identify the same time because the time positions are linked Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Unlinking views Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation To create two spectrograms that are unlinked in time scale as discussed in through the the above example Figure 3 14 contextual menu Restoring or creating new linkages through the linkage tab 1 Open a signal 2 Make a second spectrogram by clicking the New Spectrogram button Figure 3 10 page 50 or typing Ctrl G Windows or lt Command G gt Mac OS Place the mouse pointer on the second spectrogram activate the contex tual menu and choose Unlink View Time Scale Now try using the zoom buttons to
161. different colors and can be shown or hidden independently The Draw checkbox in the upper right hand corner of the area controls whether selections in that particular selection table are drawn or not drawn in the sound window s view s Also the arrows next to the Draw checkbox provide an easy way to scroll through the selections contained in each table see Figure 6 7 Sound 4 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif 5 Table 1 Table 2 Selection Table Draw t Selection View Channel Begin Time End Time Low Freq High Freq S S Hz Hz 0 428 0 593 0 0 22050 0 0 428 0 593 0 0 22050 0 0 704 0 787 3575 7 8045 3 0 704 0 787 3575 7 8045 3 1 168 1 374 2383 8 TT4T 3 1 168 1 374 2383 8 TT47 3 LITE TII Figure 6 7 A signal window showing three selections for two views in one selection table Table 1 Note also the Draw checkbox as well as the selection scroll arrows in the upper right corner of the table Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 137 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Sort order of view By default Raven sorts the entries in a selection table first by selection and channel entries number then by view and finally by channel This default sort order is Saving the selection table to a text file Retrieving selections from file 138 illustrated for a single channel signal in Figure 6 7 You can choose a dif ferent sort order e g by Vi
162. dows in sidelobe rejection Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 101 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 102 result in different amounts of gray fringing above and below black or very dark areas For a given window size different window functions will result in differ ent filter bandwidths see 3 dB Bandwidth on page 104 In terms of a spectrogram this means that the vertical thickness of a horizontal line rep resenting a pure tone will depend on which window function is used Figure 5 5 and Figure 5 6 illustrate the effect of different window functions on spectrogram and spectrogram slice views of the same signal Blackman 0 000 kHz S Figure 5 5 Effect of choice of window function on spectrograms The signal is a series of calls from a red breasted nuthatch digitized at 44 1 kHz All three spectrograms have the same window size 512 points 11 6 mS hop size 5 8 mS frame overlap 50 and frequency grid spacing 86 1 Hz FFT size 512 samples 3 dB bandwidths a 141 Hz b 124 Hz c 76 2 Hz Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Window size Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 100 Blackman a 50 1 21 dB Hz0 000 1 2 3 4 5 100 Hann b 50 1 21 dB 0000 1 2 3 4 5 100 J Rectangular c 50 1 21 dB H4z0 000 1 2 3 4 5 Figure 5 6 Effect of window function on spectrogram slice views These spectrogram slice views were made at the point indicated by the position marker
163. e Out Mix that appears in the audio play back Properties dialog Figure C 3 After clicking OK you should click the Select checkbox corresponding to Wave Out Mix in the Recording Control dialog To record from a CD in Windows you must select the record Changes that you make in this dialog box are reflected immediately in the signal reaching Raven You can thus start a recorder running in Raven and then use the Windows audio controls to adjust the recording level See Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording for a discussion of how to set the record level properly Recording Source loj x Options Help CD Player Line In Microphone Balance Balance Balance p I f 3 p LI F p I j 1 Volume Volume Volume Select Select v Select SigmaTel Audio Figure C 4 The Recording Source controls Controls for different devices may be displayed depending on system configuration Launch the utility program called Audio MIDI Setup located in Applica tions Utilities Audio MIDI Setup is supplied with Mac OS X Click on the Audio Devices tab to display controls for choosing a sound input device and setting the input recording level Figure C 5 For Default Input choose the sound input device that you plan to use with Raven In most cases this will be Built in Audio Under Audio Input left Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 301 Appendix C Configuring Audio Input side of window ch
164. e active sound window If the active selection is a range rather than a point the clipboard contents replace the data in the selection If there is no active selection the Paste command is unavailable Data on the clip board can be pasted into the same sound window or into a different one Create a new empty sound window by choosing File gt New gt Sound Win dow or by typing Ctrl N Windows or lt Command N gt Mac OS Next make a selection in the ChestnutSidedWarbler aif sound Go to Edit gt Copy to copy the data in the selection to the clipboard Next click on the new sound window to make it active and select Edit Paste You should now see the selection you made in the ChestnutSidedWarbler aif sound appear in the new sound window see Figure 1 8 4 Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif Figure 1 8 A selection from ChestnutSidedWarbler aif copied into a new sound window Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started Copy a selection to With both sound windows open make a new selection in the ChestnutSid an existing sound edWarbler aif signal Copy this selection by choosing Edit gt Copy click in the middle of the second sound window to create an active selection and paste the new selection there by choosing Edit Paste Figure 1 9 Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif Figure 1 9 A second selection from ChestnutSidedWarbler aif copied and pasted into the middle of the sound i
165. e files against another of the files 208 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 3 Batch Spectrogram Correlation 1 Peaks u Lags s Chapter 9 Correlation File 1 File 2 gt gt BCVO01 aif 1 BCVO02 aif 1 BCV03 aif 1 BCVO04 aif 1 BCVOS aif 1 BCVO6 aif 1 BCV07 aif 1 BCVO08 aif 1 BCVO09 aif 1 BCV10 aif 1 BCV11 aif 1 BCV12 aif 1 BCV13 aif 1 BCV14 aif 1 BCV15 aif 1 BCV16 aif 1 BCV17 aif 1 BCV18 aif 1 BCV19 aif 1 BCV20 aif 1 BCV2 1 aif 1 BCV22 aif 1 BCV23 aif 1 BCVOl aifll BCVO2 aiffl BCVO3 aifll BCVO4 aiffl BCVOS aifll BCVO6 aifl BCVO07 aif l 1 0 019 0 121 0 042 0 132 0 093 0 183 0 019 1 0 036 0 349 0 209 0 169 0 033 0 121 0 036 1 0 076 0 206 0 246 0 131 0 042 0 349 0 076 1 0 218 0 164 0 052 0 132 0 209 0 206 0 218 1 0 169 0 225 0 093 0 169 0 246 0 164 0 169 1 0 062 0 183 0 033 0 131 0 052 0 225 0 062 1 0 083 0 265 0 227 0 091 0 189 0 394 0 181 0 096 0 274 0 257 0 125 0 13 0 274 0 108 0 031 0 463 0 039 0 514 0 147 0 135 0 082 0 289 0 057 0 436 0 048 0 261 0 149 0 376 0 015 0 121 0 01 0 113 0 125 0 089 0 02 0 256 0 073 0 216 0 049 0 129 0 151 0 116 0 008 0 22 0 014 0 164 0 139 0 092 0 008 0 275 0 06 0 229 0 049 0 158 0 142 0 219 0 026 0 492 0 038 0 311 0 167 0 123 0 047 0 169 0 027 0 38 0 054 0 182 0 2 0 12 0 015 0 37 0 014 0 239 0 136 0 076 0 04 0 209 0 037 0 244 0 043 0 266 0 123 0 317 0 072 0 184 0 095 0 169 0 219 0 266 0 059 0 205 0 108 0 231 0 058 0 156 0
166. e its update rate and display latency see Update Rate on page 75 and Latency on page 75 Other parameters cannot be changed without first stopping the recorder Choose Configure Recorder from the recorder window s context menu to open the Display tab of the Configure Recorder dialog In the dialog there is an asterisk on those tabs that can be modified while the recorder is running Raven allows you to create multiple recorders with different parameters If you need to switch back and forth repeatedly between different sets of parameters e g different sample rates or different destinations for acquired files you can keep multiple recorders open on the Raven desk top and switch among them as needed However only one recorder at a time can be running Advanced options acquiring from recordings at altered input speeds 88 Raven can correct for alterations in the speed at which a recorded sound is played during acquisition Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording It is sometimes necessary or useful to acquire sounds from a recording that is being played back either slower or faster than the original recording speed For example ultrasonic signals of bats and dolphins cannot be properly digitized using most computer sound cards because these cards can only digitize sounds up to 22 kHz half the maximum sampling rate on most sound cards without aliasing One solution is to sh
167. e number of characters that are written to represent that unit in the file name For example if the template is setl lt nn gt the resulting filenames will end with two digit sequence numbers while set1 nnn would result in filenames ending three digit sequence numbers Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Start Time File name collisions Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording For hour minute second and date tags you can specify decimal values See Table 4 2 for examples Table 4 2 Examples of file names generated by various file name templates assuming a start time of 10 30 00 and a file size of 20 seconds Template Resulting file names BCV lt hh gt lt mm gt lt ss gt aif BCV 103000 aif BCV 103020 aif BCV 103040 aif BCV 103100 aif BCV hh mm mm aif BCV 1030 00 aif BCV 1030 33 aif BCV 1030 67 aif BCV 1031 00 aif BCV hh hhhh aif BCV 10 5000 aif BCV 10 5056 aif BCV 10 5111 aif BCV 10 5167 aif BCV n aif BCV 1 aif BCV 2 aif BCV 3 aif BCV 4 aif BCV nnn aif BCV 001 aif BCV 002 aif BCV 003 aif When you enter a filename containing date or time tags the string labelled Example below the Audio File s field shows what the filename would be once the relevant date and time values are substituted for the tags You can either specify that Raven use the date and time given by the com put
168. e results on differ Detection options Running multiple 220 interactive detectors ent pages in the sound recording use the page scroll bar at the top of the screen to advance one page in the recording The detector will then create selections for that page based on the input detection parameters Once you are satisfied with the results of a detector you can choose to run it on an entire recording To do this you can press the Run Full button in the corresponding box on the detector tab in the side panel If you display the contents of the detector tab in the side panel you will see some boxes containing basic information about the detector s cur rently open These boxes also give you the ability to access or change some other detector information Configure This button allows you to change the detector parameters via the standard configure dialog box Once the parameters are changed and the OK button is pressed the detector will be run again on the currently displayed page or the entire sound if it is all in memory Note that recon figuring the detector will cause all current selections to be deleted Run Full Pressing this button causes Raven to run the detector with the current set of parameters on the entire sound recording The results are stored in the selection table associated with this detector While the detec tion is running the Configure Button will be grayed out When the detec tion is completed the Config
169. e right number of samples to match the chosen DFT size without altering the spectrum of the data The spectra that constitute a spectrogram produced by a STFT are imper fect in several respects First as discussed above each filter simulated by the STFT has a finite band of frequencies to which it responds the filter is unable to discriminate different frequencies within this band According to the uncertainty principle the filter bandwidth can be reduced thus improving frequency resolution only by analyzing a longer record which reduces temporal resolution Second the passbands of adjacent filters overlap in frequency so that some frequencies are passed though partially attenuated by more than one filter Figure B 9 Consequently when a spectrum or spectrogram is constructed by plotting the output of all of the filters a signal consisting of a pure tone becomes smeared in frequency Figure B 9d Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Filter Ao output amplitude a Input frequency f Filter Ap output amplitude 1 Input frequency fo f Filter c Output amplitude Input frequency fo d Amplitude Frequency fo Figure B 9 Spectral smearing resulting from overlapping bandpass fil ters a A single hypothetical bandpass filter centered at frequency f When the input to the filter is a pure tone at frequency fo the output amplit
170. e selection table color and will inherit their inac tive selection fill opacity from the inactive selection fill color Opacity in the color scheme n Selection tables other than the default first table will get their 248 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Figure 11 5 Two spectrogram views showing the effect of varying opacity of the Active Selection Fill color In the upper view the opacity is set to 15 the default value in the lower view it is set to 80 Color scheme You can save the current color scheme as a color scheme preset which you presets can then apply later to any sound window without having to specify the Auto Apply Apply Reset OK and Close colors of all of the elements in the color scheme individually Commands for saving and applying color scheme presets are in the color scheme Pre set menu which is accessible from the View menu from the contextual menu for any view and from within the Color Scheme Editor dialog box To save the current color scheme as a preset choose Preset gt Save As To apply an existing color scheme preset choose the name of that preset from the color scheme Preset menu When the Save Color Scheme Preset dialog box appears enter a name for the preset and click OK Color Scheme within the Raven program folder You can also create additional folders within the Color Scheme folder by clicking on the New Folder icon within the Save C
171. e table If there are enough rows in the table such that they cannot all be seen then a vertical scrollbar is provided to allow you to scroll to other rows Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 201 Chapter 9 Correlation eoe PY Batch Spectrogram Correlation 1 Peaks u Lags s File 1 File 2 gt gt HelloDaddy aif 1 HumanVoice aif l HumanVoice2 aif l HumanVoiceRevisited aif 1 HelloDaddy aif 1 1 0 179 0 411 0 474 HumanVoice aif 1 0 179 1 0 247 0 142 HumanVoice2 aif 1 0 411 0 247 1 0 255 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 0 474 0 142 0 255 1 Figure 9 14 A batch correlation table showing peak correlation values for each file pair using linear power values in the correlations To view the correlation function of a single correlation just double click on any peak or lag value in the table Raven will launch a new correlation window showing the correlation function in one view along with the two files that were correlated each in their own views see Figure 9 15 This window is identical to the one that would be shown if a correlation had been run on the individual files 202 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation A Batch Spectrogram Correlation 1 Peaks u Lags s File 1 File2 gt gt HelloDaddy aif 1 HumanVoice aif 1 HumanVoice2 aif 1 HumanVoiceRevisited aif 1 1 0 179 0 411 0 474 0 179 1 0 247 0 142 0 255 1 0 411 0 247 1 0 142 0 255 Selection n Channel
172. e time frequency uncertainty principle 287 Time grid spacing and window overlap llli 290 Frequency grid spacing and DFT size 0 sees 291 Spectral smearing and sidelobes 0 0 0 e eee eee 292 Window Tunctions mela wild RI Rei Aor EN te anes 294 lur further readins cossos rei erered owes UP REIR NE ELE YS 296 Configuring Audio Input estes deed epu ans 299 Aboutthis appeHdix 2 225 2933 ees ed SiGe yest eee eee 299 Windows 98 2000 and XP 1 ccc cc ccc ccc cee eect eer 299 hiETu 0 Cur 301 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual ix Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 About this chapter The Raven window Menu bar Control toolbar Side panel Raven desktop Getting Started This chapter introduces the major features of Raven using some of the sound files supplied with the program as examples Many details of how these features work are deferred until later chapters We recommend that you read this chapter at the computer and try the examples as they re dis cussed We assume you know how to browse for files on your computer and have installed Raven as discussed in the Raven README file In this chapter you ll learn how to understand the basic layout of the Raven window e open an existing sound file using Raven understand the sound window e play all or part of a sound file copy part of a sound file save all or part of a sound file e save your workspace e record new sign
173. e view shows only one slice and represents power at each fre quency on a line graph The relationship between spectrogram and spectrogram slice views is explained in more depth in Chapter 5 Spectro graphic Analysis Selection Spectrum view These show the average spectrum of a sound over the time interval defined by a user made active selection More information about selec tions and how they affect this view type can be found in Selection spec trum views in Chapter 5 page 125 New views are created by using the appropriate buttons located on the control toolbar Figure 3 10 new M new spectrogram slice I E lu liu new spectrogram ON spectrogram Figure 3 10 The new view buttons on the control toolbar Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Size Time Grid Overlap Hop Size Averaging 4 BM MM R 65536 _ Auto apply ox I Apply Reset Close Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Open a sound file like ChestnutSidedWarbler aif The sound window shows a spectrogram and waveform view by default To create a new view like a spectrogram slice view simply click on the New Spectrogram Slice button in the control toolbar Alternately you can choose View gt New gt Spectrogram Slice View or type lt Ctrl L gt Windows or Com mand L gt Mac OS The Configure New Spectrogram Slice View dialog box should appear Figure 3 11 Configure Ne
174. ections Configure Detector 1 2 122 Figure 10 26 The detector run with a smaller lowpass filter value showing the lag that can occur Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 241 Chapter 10 Detection 242 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter11 Customizing Raven Preferences Presets amp Memory About this chapter This chapter explains how to use Raven preferences to configure many aspects of Raven s default appearance and behavior We discuss general Raven preferences and specific information on the following topics e editing Raven color schemes e default Raven presets ethe preset manager power spectra calculation method e default workspace directories measurement precision e overwrite behavior for records ethe memory manager Raven program and documentation updates how to troubleshoot Raven and make it run faster eand contacting the Raven development and support team Editing color schemes It is possible to customize the color scheme used in Raven Figure 11 1 shows an example of two color schemes that differ in spectrogram color map background color axis color and waveform line color Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 243 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven R Sound 1 BlueWhale aif 50 4 ETE PX E Figure 11 1 The same sound window displayed with two different color schemes 244 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven By using the Color Scheme Ed
175. eed Ede Solely ao 266 Performance tips llli es 267 Contacting the Raven development and support team 267 Setting your return address l l ees 267 Bug FePOrtinGs 2 5s e cada tea toed dataa tele i EE epis tes 268 Outgoing mail Server 2 ee eee hk ee 269 Problems sending feedback 0 0 0 ee eae 269 Digital Representation of Sound 271 About tis appendix i pica ded rea xe ERES PECES NS METERS 271 Digital sampling 2 did xd da ots Paes Pa pd Aran end oak snarl nee UR 271 Sampling Idle 254 ie vido eU KE ERAR RE ICA REC EHE CE Ea Me ace 272 Aliasing and the Nyquist frequency leise 272 Sample size amplitude resolution eee 275 Specifying sample sizes when acquiring and saving signals 276 Storage requirements iso Be Wanda Tier alegre aid Roe e EC alae Shs 277 A Biologist s Introduction to SPEU ANI SIS cece Bh avecwieninene mb eq oed 279 About this appendix ics o sk ewe Ra EIER ROUEN ELA eO Rc a 279 Whatsound 18 2sxckkeklastvekhbektteebbe4 aa khe EE ERR FEE Ea d 279 Time domain and frequency domain representations of sound 280 Spectral analysis of time varying signals spectrograms and STFT analysis 283 Record length bandwidth and the time frequency uncertainty principle 285 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix C Making spectropr miiszics oda tinea or RR cee koe eee ER 286 Analysis resolution and th
176. eference bearing is set to zero degrees the array is set to be perpendicular to a line pointing toward the source However this may or may not be the physical case in every situation If the array is not straight the beamogram coordinates will be in line with the array coordinates for the actual array Using information about the possible location of the sound source relative to the array can provide a more accurate beamforming result Altering the Reference bearing angle alters the orientation of the array relative to the sensor for the purposes of the beamformer calculation The direction of rotation of the bearing grid that results from altering the reference angle can be specified as either clockwise or counter clockwise in the Bearings increase box Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds X Configure Beamogram 1 Preset Medium Array Filtering Beamforming View Channels Time Grid Bearing Grid Hop size 16 samples Minimum bearing 00 degrees Maximum bearing 160 0 degrees Record size 512 samples Number of bearings 1300 Normalize channels Bearing Coordinate System Reference bearing o 0 degrees Bearings increase Counterclockwise LA ap oc amy mem cow Figure 8 9 Parameters contained on the Beamforming tab in the Con figure Beamogram dialog These parameters were used to create the beamogram shown in Figure 8 7 View channels You can create differe
177. eferences Figure 2 9 The edit toolbar Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Delete These buttons contain basic editing commands that can also be applied by selecting the Edit menu Undo Redo items in Edit menu on page 24 and Editing section in Edit menu on page 24 Select All Filter Around Active Selection Filter Out Active Selection Filter Active Selection With Filter Around All Filter Out All Filter All With Amplify To quickly perform filtering or amplification you can use these buttons Alternately you can perform the same tasks by accessing the Edit gt Filter menu or Edit gt Amplify item Filter Amplify items in Edit menu on page 24 if you prefer The view toolbar This toolbar contains buttons that will create new views as well as adjust the way sound windows and views will appear For more information on these topics see Chapter 3 Sound Windows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 2 The Raven Window 3 I I t E lu lu I CO RS IAA SA EIU E E Cascade Wini lows Ki Asavetarm View vew Waveform View Tile Windows Vertical ly New Spectrogram View Tile Windows Horizontally ni rrr Hem Y Tile Windows New Spectrogram Slice View Zoom Out Y New Selection Spectrum View Zoom In Y New Beamogram View Zoom Out X Fanm In z oom in X Clear Selection LX ENEA Zoom to All Clear All Selections Zoom to Selecti
178. eform s envelope exceeds a threshold value To approximate the envelope the detector computes the absolute value of the waveform and passes it through a lowpass filter The envelope signal is then tested against the threshold Raven does not display the actual envelope data To configure the detector first choose the amplitude threshold based on the waveform amplitude Then set the smoothing time constant equal to the most rapid rise or fall of the waveform that you would like the enve lope detector to follow see Figure 10 22 N Configure Detector Preset Envelope Detector S Amplitude Threshold 15015 Units Smoothing 0 09576 S V Cancel Figure 10 22 The dialog box to configure an amplitude detector To demonstrate the use of the amplitude detector we will walk through an example First open the ChestnutSidedWarbler aif file included in the Raven Examples folder Next we will choose the amplitude threshold by moving the vertical position marker until it intersects a set of events typi cal of those which you would like to detect but above the noise and clutter you would like to reject Then read off the amplitude threshold value from the y axis on the left In this example the reading is 5 015 kUnits or 5015 Units See Figure 10 23 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 237 Chapter 10 Detection Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version File Edit View Window Tools Help AE semHH em8 EEE St I ln lu xj amp e je mim mF
179. en Pro 1 3 User s Manual 69 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Sound 1 j Sound 2 BeardedSeal aif 7 Figure 3 23 An example of cascaded sound windows Here the win dows are stacked on each other with all title bars visible Apply current To apply all of the active window s layout to all currently open windows window layout to all choose View gt Apply To All Window layout includes all of the information windows that would be stored in a sound window preset including window size view visibility and scale spectrogram parameters and spectrogram brightness and contrast A complete list of window properties affected by the Apply To All command is given in Table 3 1 Raven does not check whether the sampling rate of the data x on the clipboard is the same as that of the destination sound If the sample rates do not match the resulting sound will probably not be what you intended It is up to you to ensure that the sampling rates match 70 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 About this chapter Signal Acquisition Recording This chapter describes how to acquire digitize signals with Raven and assumes that you are familiar with basic Raven concepts and operations as described in earlier chapters In order to make good recordings with Raven you should be acquainted with the basic concepts of digital sound representation discussed in Appendix A Digital Representation of
180. en always records to memory when recording to a file or file sequence Adjusting recording 86 level so that the recorder window can display real time views during acquisi tion To begin recording to a file or file sequence click the Record to File button The Record to File button is then replaced by the square red Stop Recording to File button If the recorder is not already recording to mem ory recording to memory and to a file or file sequence begins immediately and all views in the window begin displaying data If the recorder is already recording to memory when you click the Record to File button recording to memory continues and recording to the specified file or file sequence begins While recording to a file Raven displays the name of the file and a progress bar at the bottom of the recorder window to indicate how much of the file has been recorded If you re recording to a single file file record ing stops when the file has reached the size specified in the Configure Recorder dialog see File Size on page 78 If the recorder was recording to memory before file recording started it continues recording to memory after file recording stops When a file in a sequence has reached the speci fied size recording to disk continues uninterrupted with the next file and continues until you click the Stop Recording to File button some of the recorded sound just after it has been recorded you can use the Raven scrolling p
181. en change some parameters and want to revert to the saved values click the Reset button or select the name of the preset from the Preset menu again If you want to save changes you ve made under the name of the last preset you loaded choose Preset gt Save Preset Name Spectrograms displayed by Raven have a logarithmic power color axis That is the color by default grayscale values shown in the cells of an unsmoothed spectrogram represent the logarithm of the power at the cor responding frequency for each spectrum in a spectrogram Hence the color value is proportional to the power expressed in decibels relative to an arbitrary reference power The numeric values for relative power level associated with each point are displayed in decibels dB in the mouse measurement field at the bottom Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 115 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 116 Brightness and contrast of the signal window These decibel measurements are relative to an arbi trary spectrogram bin reference value of 1 surements In other words the dB values given by Raven do not represent absolute sound levels Raven s amplitude mea surements can be used to obtain accurate relative measure ments within signals Raven 1 3 does not display calibrated sound amplitude mea The section on Spectrogram brightness and contrast in Chapter 3 page 60 provides a basic introduction to the operation of the spectrogram b
182. en the appearance of the complex envelope and the raw correlation plot depends somewhat on the signals being correlated you should exper iment with the type of signals that you work with in order to get a feel for the relationship between the two types of plot Raven s batch correlator provides a mechanism for automatically perform ing the same correlation operation on an arbitrarily large number of files and saving the results For example a batch spectrogram correlation lets you perform correlations of many files at a time using a set of spectro gram parameters that you specify only once The batch correlation process runs in the foreground so you have to wait for it to finish before you can perform any more analysis within Raven but you can use other applica tions while the batch correlator is running To run the batch correlator choose Tools gt Batch Correlator from the menu bar This will display the batch correlation configuration dialog Fig ure 9 12 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 199 Chapter 9 Correlation eoe Batch Correlation Configuration r Choose Files Folders File or Folder 1 Browse File or Folder 2 Browse r Output Options Mi Write Results to Text File BatchCorrOutput txt Browse v View Summary of Results r Correlate Waveform am J Spectrogram Parameters Options _ Band pass filter from Hz to Hz V Normalize Unbiased Complex e
183. energy preset the block size is about three times the maximum duration The hop size parameter determines how much smoothing is performed in the noise estimation computation Choose a hop size value roughly between the maximum duration and the noise block size The Black CappedVireo energy preset has the hop size set to 0 499 seconds slightly less than the maximum duration of 0 597 seconds An appropriate value for the noise percentile parameter depends on the characteristics of the noise and clutter in your data A higher percentile will result in a higher noise estimate For the BlackCappedVireo energy preset the default 20th percentile was used and appears to give a reason able noise estimate You may wish to play with higher and lower values to see which gives the best result for your data Once the Noise Power Estimation parameters have been determined go back to the SNR threshold parameter For an approximation of this Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 235 Chapter 10 Detection 236 parameter you can measure the average power of a typical noise block Figure 10 21 shows a typical detection and a typical noise block The dif ference in average power is 10 5 dB The BlackCappedVireo energy preset rounds this to 10 dB Note that the noise block in Figure 10 21 actually contains a large amount of signal This is why the SNR threshold as computed here is so low The actual SNR of the recording is much higher than 10 dB
184. ent in the acquisition process Figure A 4 which results in quantization noise in the digitized signal The more bits used for each sample the less quantization noise is contained in the digitized signal If you listen to a signal digitized with 8 bit samples using high quality headphones you can hear the quan tization noise as a low amplitude broadband hiss throughout the record ing Signals digitized with 16 bit samples typically have no detectable hiss The ratio between the value of the highest amplitude sample that can be represented with a given sample size and the lowest non zero amplitude is called the dynamic range of the signal and is usually expressed in deci bels dB The dynamic range corresponds to the ratio in amplitude between the loudest sound that can be recorded and the quantization noise The dynamic range of a digitized sound is 6 dB bit 1 The dynamic range of a signal in decibels is equal to 20 log A max Amin where Amay and Amin are the maximum and minimum amplitude values in the signal For a digitized signal A A j 2 where n is the number of bits per sample Since log 2 0 3 the dynamic range of a signal is 6 dB bit Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 275 Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound Figure A 4 Digitizing error with a hypothetical 2 bit sample size 2 bit samples can represent only four different amplitude levels The blue sinusoidal curve represents the continuous analog wave
185. enu for example Undo Filter or Redo Paste Editing section in Edit menu The main section of the Edit menu contains commands to Cut or Copy a selection to the clipboard Paste a selection from the clipboard or Delete a selection These editing options all deal with sound samples and more information about these processes can be found in Editing a sound in Chapter 6 page 132 Filter Amplify items in Edit menu Also in the Edit menu you can choose to Filter and or Amplify parts of signals More details on these processes can be found in Filtering and amplifying sounds in Chapter 6 page 133 Copy Image Of Similar to the Export Image Of function in the File menu you can choose to copy image information to the clipboard from within the Edit menu Selecting Copy Image Of allows you to copy an image of the entire Raven window a particular sound window or certain views within a sound win dow to the clipboard for use in other applications Select All Choosing this menu item selects all information displayed in the Raven sound window In cases where you need to make changes or edit all the Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The View menu Chapter 2 The Raven Window information displayed this bypasses the time and effort required to indi vidually select everything Also if the sound window is zoomed to a sub set of the entire sound only the visible subset of the current view will be selected View
186. er Peak Power spectrogram spectrogram slice The maximum power in the selection In a grayscale spectrogram the maximum power in a selection is the power at the darkest point in the selection Units dB re 1 dimensionless sample unit The following eight measurements are considered robust signal measure ments They should not vary much based on the exact bounds of the selec tion that a user or detector creates Unlike the selection based measurements which rely entirely on the time and frequency endpoints of the selection these measurements take into account the energy that is stored in the selection so small changes in the borders of the selection rectangle should have little effect on the computed measurement values For an in depth description of the robustness of these measurements and more detail regarding the research behind them see http www birds cor nell edu brp research algorithm automated and robust measurement of signal features Center Frequency spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The frequency that divides the selection into two frequency intervals of equal energy For the spectrogram view the Center Frequency f is the smallest discrete frequency within the selection which satisfies the ine quality fi c ty Formula 6 3 3 Si fZ 2 ty XE f ft t J ferit ti Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing where S is the value of the spectro
187. er 3 Sound Windows Visibility Views Link age amp Navigation also explains how to configure Raven to display com binations of views other than the default waveform and spectrogram when a signal is first opened The sound playback controls can be found in the right hand end of the control toolbar Figure 1 6 Make sure the ChestnutSidedWarbler aif sound window is open as directed in Opening a sound file on page 2 To play the sound click the Play button or press lt Ctrl Shift P gt Windows or lt Command Shift P gt Mac OS Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 7 Chapter 1 Getting Started Making a selection Playing a selected part of a signal Scrolling playback and position markers scrolling play ba Rate 1 0 play stop playback rate Figure 1 6 The playback controls in the control toolbar As the sound plays a vertical green line the playback cursor moves across the waveform from left to right to show you what part of the signal you are hearing To stop playing at any time click the Stop button When the selection finishes playing or when you click Stop the playback cursor dis appears To choose a portion of the signal click and drag your mouse from one point in the sound to another a point in either the waveform or spectro gram view Raven will mark your selection with a colored rectangle For more about making selections see Chapter 6 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing
188. er s internal clock Now or you can specify some other date and time like when the recording was actually made if you are acquiring from tape Times are specified using a 24 hour representation 1 PM would thus be represented as 13 When recording to a file or file sequence if a file to be created has the same name as a file that already exists in a given directory Raven by default creates a new subdirectory and puts the new file there in order to avoid overwriting the old file The new subdirectory is named Record ings date time where date and time identify the time when the directory was created using the format lt yyyy gt lt 11 gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm gt lt ss gt see Table 4 1 for more details When this happens Raven displays a message showing the name of the file and the directory into which it was placed Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 81 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Alternatively you can configure Raven to overwrite existing files when file names collide by editing an entry in the Raven preference file as described in The Preset Manager in Chapter 11 page 250 Recording to a file sequence If you choose Record to File Sequence the File Names tab appears Fig ure 4 5 The File Names tab contains the same fields as shown on the File Name tab used for single file recording see File naming on page 78 with the addition of a List File field X Configure New Recorder Preset
189. er the waveform or spectrogram view Figure 3 13 For a complete explanation of why no data are visible in the spectrogram slice view when the position marker is at the start of the signal see Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analy sis Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Sound 2 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif s Figure 3 13 The same sound window as shown in Figure 3 12 but with the time position marker the vertical magenta line moved to a position in the waveform and spectrogram data The spectrogram slice view now displays the data from the time designated by the time position marker Selected view Remember that the active view in a sound window is marked by the high dictates toolbar lighted view selection button to the left of the view for example the spec content trogram view is active in Figure 3 13 The activated contents of the control toolbar are dictated by which view is active in the current sound window For example if a spectrogram view is active the brightness and contrast sliders in the spectrogram toolbar become active Figure 2 12 on page 32 If any of the other views are active the brightness and contrast sliders are grayed out because they have no relevance in those cases Linking and unlinking views Two views that share a dimension such as time or frequency can have their positions and scales either linked or unlinked by that dimension When t
190. er to the horizontal axis of the active view for the current page Moving the page incrementally the Page and Step buttons The Page Forward Page Back Step Forward and Step Back buttons Fig ure 7 2 move the current page to a new location within the entire signal by large or small increments The amount that the page moves forward or back through the signal depends on the values that were entered in the Page increment and Step increment fields of the Configure New Sound dialog box see Configuring a new paged sound window on page 158 By default paging forward or back moves the page by 90 of the page size resulting in a 1076 overlap between successive pages Stepping for ward or back moves the page by 1076 of the page size by default resulting in a 90 overlap between successive pages Jumping directly to a particular time within a signal To jump to a particular page start time within the entire signal enter a time value in the Page Start Time field in the page navigation panel Fig ure 7 2 and press Enter You can enter a time either in units of seconds or minutes and seconds or hours minutes and seconds The latter two formats use colons to separate the units for example 1 02 03 to repre sent 1 hour 2 minutes and 3 seconds The current file indicator jumping to a particular file in a sequence For file sequences the page navigation panel displays the name of the file containing the start of the curre
191. ertical center is located at the center frequency of the bandpass filter whose output power is represented by the darkness of the box The size and visibility of the boxes on the screen depends on the size of the entire spectrogram on the screen which in turn depends on the size of the sound window and the signal length which affects the time dimen sion only and on the display scale determined by the zoom controls Figure 5 20 shows an unsmoothed spectrogram of the entire time and fre quency range of a 1 8 second signal and a portion of the spectrogram after a zoom individual cells of the spectrogram are indistinguishable in the full scale view but are clearly visible in the magnified portion Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 121 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 122 kHz Figure 5 20 Unsmoothed spectrogram views at two different magnifi cations The signal is a song of a chestnut sided warbler Both views are made with a 512 sample Hann window and 50 overlap The upper view shows the entire song the lower view is zoomed to the selection The individual spectrogram cells are clearly visible in the lower panel In a smoothed spectrogram the color of each individual display pixel is determined by bilinear interpolation between the power values calculated at the grid points i e the centers of the boxes shown in an unsmoothed spectrogram Each time the spectrogram is resized the color values for individual pixels are recalcul
192. eters in the Configure Recorder dialog or in the current tab are immediately set to the saved values If you then change some parameters and want to revert to the saved values choose the name of the preset from the Preset menu again If you want to save changes you ve made under the name of the last preset you loaded choose Preset gt Audio Recorder gt Save preset name or Preset gt tab name gt Save preset name The recorder window real time views during recording 84 When you click OK in the Configure New Recorder dialog anew recorder window appears on the Raven desktop Figure 4 6 with the window lay out that you specified on the Display tab If you chose recording to mem ory in the Configure New Recorder dialog only the triangular green Record to Memory button appears at the bottom of the window If you chose recording to a file or file sequence the Record to Memory and round red Record to Disk buttons both appear at the bottom of the win dow Except for the two record buttons at the bottom of the window a recorder window looks and behaves exactly like any other Raven sound window It can contain multiple views that can be linked to each other in various ways By default a new recorder window contains a single waveform view You can make selections in a recorder window and see correspond ing measurements in the selection table Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Creating real time signal views Recording to memory
193. ew Channel Selection from the Sort Rows By menu in the selection table s contextual menu Figure 6 8 shows selections sorted by view then by selection for a single channel signal sh Y Selection Table m Draw 4d Selection View Channel Begin Time End Time Low Freg High Freq 5 5 Hz Hz 1 gt 1 1 0 428 0 593 0 0 220500 LIE H 1 1 0 704 0 787 35757 80453 B H 1 1 1 168 1 374 2383 8 tf 47 3 1 1 1 0 428 0 593 0 0 22050 0 m 1 1 0 704 0 787 3575 7 8045 3 L1 3 1 1 1 168 1 374 2383 8 ef 47 3 Figure 6 8 The same selections shown in Figure 6 7 sorted by view then by selection You can also choose to have the selection table sorted in ascending order of any one of the displayed measurements by clicking on the column header for that measurement To sort in descending order shift click on the header Choose File gt Save Selection Table As to save the measurements that are visible in the selection table as a tab delimited text file for easy import into statistical spreadsheet or other programs You can also retrieve selec tion information later within Raven as described in the following section If you try to save a selection table file that does not include x values for Begin Time End Time Low Frequency and High Frequency Raven will warn you that you won t be able to retrieve the selections later and will ask if y
194. ew selection buttons To deselect a channel that is already selected either click again on or to the right of its channel number in the Layout panel or lt Ctrl gt click or Command click on its yellow view selection button If there are multiple channels selected in order to deselect a channel that is already selected from the Layout panel you must Ctrl click on or to the right of its channel number Moving channels to display in different order By default the channels will be listed top to bottom from 1 to n How ever you can choose to rearrange the order in which the channels are dis played To do this select the channel you wish to move and then click to drag and drop the highlighted channel up or down in the channel list This will change the order the channels are displayed in all views in the sound window If you choose to save the channels after rearranging them the channels will be saved in the new order Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 173 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds Lines h co Channels ISI BS IST IS a Components Axes C Line Titles Position Markers Scrollbars Selection Control Points Selection Labels v Selection Table RI Saving a subset of channels from an open signal 174 Figure 8 2 Shows a 4 channel sound displayed in a window right with channels 1 3 selected in the Side Panel left as indicated b
195. f large files while others are made into sequences of many small files Other recordings are separated into smaller clips of relevant information by using detectors or browsing and making selections by hand and saving the selections into individual files All of these cases fall into a broad category of having a lot of data to manage or having a large dataset Raven offers many features for working with large datasets including pag ing performing batch operations and handling streams This chapter includes sections on the following topics e Paging e Batch operations Opening file sequences Opening multiple sound files in multiple windows eStreams Opening sounds with altered speeds Paged sound windows enable you to open sounds that are too large to fit in the memory available to Raven In a paged sound window Raven loads only a specified amount of the sound called a page into memory at one time The portion of the entire signal that is presently in memory is called the current page A paged sound window includes a page navigation panel that enables you to jump easily to any other part of the signal that s not presently in memory Paged sound windows can be used to display single sound files or file sequences except that you cannot perform editing operations that alter b Paged sound windows behave like non paged windows the audio data i e Cut Paste Delete Filter or Amplify Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual
196. f updates are found Raven will display a dialog showing how many update files are available and their total size Figure 11 8 You can then choose whether or not to download the updates Separate dialogs are shown for program files and documentation files If you choose not to download update files you can always download them later You can check for updates at any time by choosing Help gt Check for Updates Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 265 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Download Raven program updates x There are 2 updated program files to download The download size is 2 3 KB For a full description of the updates please visit http www birds cornell edu brp raven updates Do you want to download these updates now Figure 11 8 The download update files dialog There is no separate installation procedure required once the update files have been downloaded but you need to restart Raven for the updates to take effect If you do not restart immediately the updates take effect the next time you start Raven WINDOWS On Windows computers after updates are successfully downloaded Raven will ask if you want to restart Raven immediately If you click Yes Raven automati cally quits and restarts itself Troubleshooting Raven Online resources Several online resources can help you if you run into a problem with 266 Reporting a bug Raven The first place to check is the Raven Pro FAQ which lists common
197. file to open then shift click on the name of the last file The names of the two files you clicked and all files between those two will be highlighted and will be shown in the File Name field Each file name in the File Name field will be enclosed in double quotation marks You can type the names of the files that you want to open in the File Names field with each name enclosed in double quotation marks like myFile wav and a space between successive quoted file names After you click OK in the Open Sound Files dialog box the Configure New Sound Window dialog box appears Figure 7 6 In the Multiple Files pane Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 163 Chapter 7 Large Datasets at the bottom of the Window tab click on Open as file sequence in one window After choosing either to open the file sequence in its entirety in a single window or in a paged sound window see Configuring a new paged sound window on page 158 click OK A new sound window will appear displaying all of the audio data from all of the sound files specified in the Open Sound Files dialog box or data from the first page of the file sequence When Raven opens a sequence of files that were individually specified as opposed to given in a list file the order in which data from the different files are displayed is determined by the lexicographic order of the file names When data from more than one file in a sequence are visible in a view Raven displays dashed gree
198. files for file sequences 82 161 163 Il tag in file name templates 80 Lock DFT Size 109 Lock Hop Size in Configure Spectrogram dialog box 108 lock icons in Configure New Spectrogram dialog box 108 Lock Overlap in Configure Spectrogram dialog box 108 lock toolbar 29 Look and Feel changing 38 256 Low Frequency measurement 138 143 150 Lowpass filter time lag 240 M magnitude spectrum 281 282 Max Frequency measurement 146 Max Power measurement 146 Max Time measurement 149 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Index maximum heap size 263 See also memory allocation Measurement Chooser dialog box 143 144 152 measurement list and window presets 63 measurement presets Italic See also Default para font gt measurements presets 151 default 255 measurements 26 135 143 choosing 143 format 151 precision 151 precision default 259 261 presets 151 Memory allocation out of memory errors 263 memory allocation 262 heap size 262 maximum heap size 263 Memory Manager 261 265 Current Heap Size 263 Memory Available 263 memory usage list 264 memory usage summary 263 Memory Used 263 Reclaim button 265 reclaiming unused memory 265 memory usage list 264 memory usage summary 263 Memory Used 263 Menu bar 1 21 menu bar 1 2 21 Min Time measurement 149 mm tag in file name templates 80 most recently used files 23 Mouse measurement field 37 mouse measurement field 37 Move View Do
199. form being sampled At each sample time vertical lines the actual amplitude lev els are rounded to the nearest value that can be represented by a 2 bit sample horizontal lines The amplitude values stored for most sam ples dots are slightly different from the true amplitude level of the sig nal at the time the sample was taken Specifying sample Raven lets you specify the sample size for a signal when you first acquire sizes when it and again when you save the signal to a file The set of sample sizes that acquiring and are available during acquisition is determined by the sound input plug in saving signals that you select sound acquisition is discussed in Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording While Raven is actually working with a signal samples are always represented by 32 bit floating point values When you save a signal with a sample size other than the sample size that the signal had when it was acquired or opened Raven scales the values to the sam ple size that you select when you specify the format of the file saving files is discussed in Chapter 1 Getting Started For example if you open a file containing 8 bit samples and then save the signal with 16 bit samples each sample value will be multiplied by 2 This scaling ensures that a full scale value in the original signal is still a full scale value in the saved sig nal even if the sample size differ Although you can acquire a signal with 8 bits and the
200. from the submenu The copied image can be pasted into documents in any program that works with graphic images Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 15 Chapter 1 Getting Started Recording a sound acquiring input Selecting an audio input device Create new recorder 16 Raven obtains its audio input from an audio source e g a tape recorder CD player or microphone connected to a particular port on an audio input device installed on your computer e 2 microphone or line input port of an internal sound card or USB sound input device Raven can acquire a signal directly to a file to a sequence of files or to memory only without saving to disk While Raven is acquiring input you can see multiple views waveforms spectrograms spectrogram slices scroll by in real time This section covers acquiring a signal to memory Recording to a file or file sequence is discussed in Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording and also covers decimating the input signal acquiring it at a lower effective sample rate You use controls supplied by the operating system to choose and config ure the audio input device that Raven will use Appendix A Digital Rep resentation of Sound discusses how to choose a particular audio input device on each operating system Before proceeding further you should refer to the appendix to ensure that your system is properly configured Connect an audio source e 2 tape recorder CD player or microp
201. g and storing Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven the spectrogram data only once Even though there is only one copy of the cached spectrogram the Memory Manager will show a duplicate size entry for each view that uses the cached data You can delete a view or close a sound window by selecting its entry in the Memory Manager list then clicking Remove Reclaiming unused memory When you delete a view or close a window the memory that was used for that object eventually becomes available for re use i e it is removed from the Memory Used Category and added to Memory Available This occurs eventually rather than immediately because Raven only reclaims unused memory when it needs to You can force Raven to reclaim unused memory at any time by clicking the Reclaim button in the Memory Manager win dow Clicking Reclaim will force Raven to display the most up to date possible data on memory usage Raven program and documentation updates Automatic updates Installing updates From time to time the Raven development team releases software and documentation updates that fix errors in Raven or the Raven User s Man ual By default Raven will automatically attempt to contact the Raven update server via the Internet to see if any new update files are available each time you start the program To disable this behavior edit the follow ing entry changing its value to false raven updates automatic true I
202. g speed when opening file It is sometimes necessary or useful to acquire sounds from recordings played at speeds slower or faster than the speed at which they were recorded as discussed in Advanced options acquiring from recordings at altered input speeds in Chapter 4 page 88 Sounds that were acquired with the appropriate speed correction in Raven 1 2 and subsequent ver sions as discussed in that section require no further corrections How ever if you have sound files that were acquired at altered input speeds with older versions of Raven or with another program that did not correct for the altered input speed you can correct the speed when opening the file The Speed tab in the Configure New Sound Window dialog box Figure 7 8 allows you to specify the factor by which the sound was slowed down or sped up relative to normal speed when it was acquired The Configure New Sound Window dialog box is displayed after you choose one or more files to open in the Open Sound Files dialog box Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 167 Chapter 7 Large Datasets Configure New Sound Window Window Speed The stored sound is amp At normal speed O Slowed down by a factor of O Sped up by a factor of Cancel Figure 7 8 The Speed tab in the Configure New Sound Window dialog box If you provide the appropriate speed correction factor when opening the file then Raven will display time and frequency axes of views
203. ge selection is to click once at one edge or corner of the selection and then shift click at the opposite edge or corner In a waveform all of the time between the initial click and the shift click will be selected In a spectrogram a rectangular region will be selected with the locations of the click and shift click defin ing diagonally opposite corners Shift clicking provides a way of selecting a section that is too long to be displayed in the window at the current scale Click once at the beginning of the section and then use the scroll thumb to move the view so that the end of the desired section is visible and shift click there The entire section will be selected even though one end of the selection is beyond the edge of the window When you first create a selection the selection is displayed with a dashed border that is red by default You can change the color used to draw new selections as described in Editing color schemes in Chapter 3 page 61 By default a selection label appears near the top left corner of the selection displaying the selection ID number Selection control points As soon as you release the mouse button selection control points appear at the edges and at the center of the selection In spectrogram views selec tion control points also appear at the corners of a selection Selection con trol points are small squares that you can grab and move with the mouse to adjust the boundaries of the select
204. ger i Management Preset Manager EH Tile Windows I Tile Windows Horizontally Ej Tile Windows Vertically Cascade Windows Alir riria nmrnr J rn VVinidow organization Look and Feel b Background Color Appearance Tooltip Color 1 Sound 1 AfricanForestElephants aif Window selection Figure 2 5 Contents of the Window menu Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The Tools menu Chapter 2 The Raven Window Management This section of the Window menu contains advanced commands to control aspects of Raven s performance You can find more information about these options in Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Preferences Presets amp Memory Window organization Tile and Cascade Windows are two ways to organize sound windows on the Raven desktop Details about these commands can be found in Tile Cascade windows in Chapter 3 page 68 Appearance The appearance of the Raven application and desktop area can be adjusted For more instructions on personalizing Raven s appearance see Selectable look and feel desktop background color tooltip color in Chapter 11 page 256 Window Selection If you have multiple sound windows open on the Raven desktop they will be listed in the Window menu Choosing one of them from the bottom of the Window menu will activate that window and bring it to the front This makes it easier to find exactly the sound window you need Tools Correla
205. gram correlation parameters llle 195 Waveform correlations i ok e RR REA TAA ER PEE EE Seen wen 196 Complex envelope 2 0000 cee en 197 Baten COL ANON ss tein CERE aka Rod ICE Cie eee ia ee 199 Input and OUtpUt x ses eie gat Rouen ade ea EAE RR 200 Running the correlator llli n 201 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Cotrelator exami ple eminsen eres idee REV eee eee sea ie EIS 205 Open sound file and selection table 00 000 ee eee eee 205 Save selections into anew folder uaaa cece eae 206 Run batch spectrogram correlation 1 0 0 0 00 cee eee 207 The correlation table 2 ke E RR RR Rr 208 DCLECHON Sou Pt HRS CERO SH alee UD Rats 211 About this chapters ty v ye ga ECC ER Rs 211 The three run modes of Raven detectors cece eee cee cence 211 FOMUSCIS o sues ad EEEE cues aed pe te Shee E ERE EE 214 For developers 3 vue ese di iuro Ee erg din taal ensem quus 214 Installing third party detectors lille 215 Tradeoffs involved with using detectors 0 cc cece eee eee eee 215 Results of detecting in less than perfect recordings 000 215 Receiver operating characteristic anuau aaaea 216 Changing a detector parameter 000 cea 217 How to run a detector Interactive detection cee e eee eee 218 Running a detector on an existing sound file 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 218 Displ
206. gram power spectral density at dis crete time t and discrete frequency f It can also be stated that the Center Frequency is the smallest discrete frequency in which the left side of the formula exceeds 50 of the total energy in the selection For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selections in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units Hz 1st Quartile Frequency spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The frequency that divides the selection into two frequency intervals con taining 25 and 75 of the energy in the selection The computation of this measurement is similar to that of Center Frequency except that the summed energy has to exceed 25 of the total energy instead of 50 For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selections in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units Hz 3rd Quartile Frequency spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The frequency that divides the selection into two frequency intervals con taining 75 and 25 of the energy in the selection The computation of this measurement is similar to that of Center Frequency except that the summed energy has to exceed 75 of the total energy instead of 50 For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selectio
207. hapter 8 page 175 Opening file sequences Using a list file Raven allows you to open multiple sound files as a file sequence provided that the files have the same file format e g AIFF or WAVE sample rate and number of channels When files are opened as a sequence the audio data in the files are concatenated into a single sound signal that opens in one window A sound window containing data from a file sequence looks and behaves the same as a single file sound window except that there is no file name displayed in the title bar Figure 7 4 and Cut Delete and Paste operations are prohibited You can open a sound file sequence either by giving Raven the name of a list file or by manually choosing a set of files to be opened as a sequence A list file is a plain text file filename extension txt that lists the names of a series of sound files to be opened together as a sound file sequence A list file is created automatically by Raven when you record to a file sequence see Recording to a file sequence in Chapter 4 page 82 You can also create a list file manually in a word processing or text editing pro gram Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 161 Chapter 7 Large Datasets 162 To open a file sequence using a list file choose File gt Open Sound Files or type lt Ctrl O gt Windows or lt Command O gt Mac OS In the Open Sound Files dialog box that appears Figure 1 2 page 3 choose or type the name of the li
208. hat do not change the length of a sound Copy Filter and Amplify can apply to some channels and not to others If a sound window contains any data you can paste into it only if the number of channels in the window is the same as the number of channels of data that were placed on the clipboard by a Copy or Cut operation If a sound window is empty either a new window or one from which all data have been deleted its number of channels is undefined and you can paste any number of channels into it Selecting channels for editing operations By default all editing operations apply to all channels If you want an operation such as copying to apply only to some channels you must first select those channels for editing In the following descriptions the Com mand MacOS key functions in the same way as the Ctrl Windows key Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds To select a channel for editing click the channel number s to the right of the check box in the side panel s channel panel of the channel s that you want to save the channel number s will become highlighted in yellow lt Ctrl gt click or Command click can be used to select more than one channel A channel can also be selected by holding down the Ctrl or Com mand key and clicking the view selection button see Figure 3 2 page 41 To select additional channels Ctrl click or Command click in their vi
209. he Configure Recorder dialog View Configure Recorder If you have made changes to your window layout and you d like to preserve them as part of your recorder preset you must first save your changes as a new window preset View Window Preset Save Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 83 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording As and then select that window preset on the Display tab of the Config ure Recorder dialog before you save the recorder preset sets Audio Recorder within the Raven program folder You can also create additional folders within the Audio Recorder folder by clicking on the New Folder icon within the Save Sound Window dialog These folders will appear as submenus in the Preset gt Audio Recorder menu with each submenu listing the presets in the corresponding folder Audio recorder presets must be saved in the folder Pre To save a preset for a single tab configure the parameters on that tab then choose Preset tab name Save As from the dialog s menu bar For example to save a preset for the Input tab while showing the Input tab choose Preset Audio Recorder Input Save As When the Save dialog appears enter a name for the preset and click OK To retrieve a preset for the entire recorder dialog choose Preset Audio Recorder gt preset name To retrieve a preset for the current tab choose Preset tab name preset name When you retrieve a preset all of the param
210. he Raven window you might realize that it would be convenient to have a list of contextually ori ented commands readily available Well luckily for our users there IS such a list A context menu is a menu of useful commands that apply to wherever your mouse pointer is positioned at that time To activate a con text menu simply right click using your mouse and the menu will appear Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 39 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation j Sound 1 AfricanForestElepha n r Hide View Delete View Color Scheme gt Configure View Axes Choose Measurements Configure Selection Labels Active Selection Paste Selection Clear All Selections Figure 3 1 An example of a context menu when the mouse pointer is over a waveform view The menu gives you many command options relevant to the mouse location and is accessible by a simple right click of the mouse Basic Layout of a Sound Window This section contains information regarding the general makeup of sound windows To review how to open a sound window refer to Opening a sound file in Chapter 1 page 2 40 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual View Selection Button The active view Moving resizing and closing a sound window Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Figure 3 2 A basic sound window containing two views a waveform view top and a spectrogram view bottom with the view axes both
211. he positions of two views are linked moving the position of either one by moving the corresponding scroll thumb or by moving the position marker within the window causes the positions of both views to move together When the scales of two views are linked changing the scale of either one using the zoom buttons causes both views to be re scaled In the examples you ve seen so far waveform and spectrogram views have been linked by time position and in time scale When you open or record a signal and create multiple views each view is initially linked in position and scale to every other view that shares its dimensions For example waveforms and spectrograms are initially all Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 53 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Unlinked views linked to each other in time position and time scale and spectrogram and spectrogram slice views are linked in frequency position and frequency scale Spectrograms and waveforms cannot be linked in frequency because waveforms have no frequency dimension In some situations it can be useful to work with views that are unlinked from each other in particular ways For example Figure 3 14 shows two spectrogram views of a signal that is 53 seconds long The views are linked in time position but unlinked in time scale Unlinking the time scales makes it possible to view simultaneously an eight second portion segment of the signal upper view and a close up of a two secon
212. he same region Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 177 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds bearing Figure 8 6 A visual representation of an array the black squares along the y axis a sound source the black circle and the bearing of the sound relative to the origin of the graph Beamogram view Beamforming in Raven provides a means for determining sound source locations as bearing lines relative to a 2 dimensional multi channel array of sensors The result of Raven s beamforming process is a set of angles displayed in a beamogram view that represent potential bearing angles between a reference direction and potential bearing line directions Raven iteratively tests all possible locations within a range of angles specified in the beamogram configuration Areas of higher energy on the beamogram indicate the relative likelihood that specific bearing angles represent actual sound source bearings 178 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual X Raven Pro 1 3 Bete Varren Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds De Ge View www ook tp BlululkE NM WPN E Cewrepent ID 5 Ri Sounds Foster 551608 Scharscay 012 50 46 390 te Lit os 6 0 1 s 11 1 13 T 13 Max bearing measurement Configuring a beamogram Eemi Vow Chea Depo Tw Ere Tri Lew Pe Hye m 1 Fi t 1 TE 1 1 35 1 1115 Figure 8 7 5 channel synthesized
213. her Tab delimited txt or Comma separated Value csv format To finish click Save Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The specific axis values contained in Raven views are not included in the exported text files That is only sample power values are exported the specific values on the x and y axes are not included For 2 dimensional Annotations Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing data the sample values are organized in a single column with reference to the x axis values of the Raven view but not the actual values represented vertically Multi dimensional data is exported as power values but in this case columns represent the Raven view s y axis values and rows repre sent the Raven view s x axis values Creating renaming and deleting annotation columns In addition to the measurements provided by Raven you can define addi tional columns in the selection table to contain annotations that you enter interactively Each annotation column has a name that you define g Song Type or Individual ID and can contain any information you want Figure 6 12 irj Sound 1 BlackCappe dVireo aif Ir a IU I A A A A Selection Table BlackCappedvireo selections txt Selection View Channel Begin Time End Time Low Freq High Fea Unit Type 8 8 Hz Hz Z 15 456 17 067 1126 4 9181 85 E z2 i2 E 1 1 16 084 16410 19456 764581 1 16 708 16927 14851 5327 21 1 1 17 649 20
214. hirdFile wav frogSounds fourthFile wav OQ GOG QG QO When specifying directories in list files the forward slash and back slash characters may be used interchangeably On a Mac consider the list file Applications RavenPro1 3 Sounds MyL ist txt that contains the following entries sound wav examples CanyonWren wav birds Chickadee wav users Amanda Sounds rugbyGrunt wav When opening this file sequence Raven will look for the following files Applications RavenPro1 3 Sounds sound wav Applications RavenProl 3 examples CanyonWren wav Applications RavenProl 3 Sounds birds Chickadee wav Applications RavenPro1 3 Sounds users Amanda Sounds rug byGrunt wav You can manually specify a set of sound files to open as a sound file sequence by choosing multiple files from within the Open Sound Files dia log box There are three ways to choose multiple files to open as a sequence Click on the name of the first file you want to open in the list of files Then select additional files to open by clicking on their names while holding down the Ctrl key The names of all of the files you clicked will be highlighted and will be shown in the File Name field Each file name in the File Name field will be enclosed in double quotation marks Fig ure 7 5 e If the names of the files you want to open are listed consecutively with no intervening file names in the file list click on the name of the first
215. hn 12 Saving Your Warkspace siea aana V aol E eaim betas se 13 Saving a WOIKSpace rosa i Enana PEDE OAA ane Ee read wb e eA dA 13 Opening a workspace 0 0c e ee es 13 PHOlls l cti ks ris Di ac e ix x cU ee E I iS e UE 15 Exporting images to files llle 15 Copying images to the clipboard llle 15 Recording a sound acquiring input cece ec cc eee ce eee eee 16 Selecting an audio input device llli 16 Create new recorder 22 60 cee ee hh hh hh des 16 The Recorder Window 00 0 0 cece rn 17 Starting and stopping the real time signal display llle 18 While recording is stopped 000 20 llle 18 More abo ut recording skr ek eme p als eke aot puce ent KG 19 The Raven Window leere 21 About this chapter sits i ero eC E RD Ra RUN eR DER RR DR Re 21 The Men bar osare reren eek RERFCKRRE da KR AR Rd C EPA ES CERE ER 21 The File MON so oc dos o TR os Tob e RO Ee Pee RU OE R ere 22 The Editmentu zzi ox cir dE am rs duca e eed bee wed VERTS RUE 24 The Vion memi sie opto eee P oe ppt pardus 25 The Window menu ssssseeee rr 26 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual i Chapter 3 The Fools menus sereas ma vedo aD duel uber b UC Se e 27 The Help m nu 2 05 eee be ee keen be ee ER ERU UBAG UU EIS EA 28 The Tool bats vis Gene a EVEI EVE X t A NE 29 Theile to0lbat sp tuos rehenes E Ben EUR ae eee at ES 29 The edit toolbar ee sa ieina a e a e e y r E
216. hone to the appropriate port of the audio input device you selected To ready Raven for acquiring a signal click on the Record button on the control toolbar Figure 1 12 You can also press Ctrl R Windows or lt Command R gt Mac OS or choose File gt New gt Recorder Doing so will display the Configure New Recorder dialog box Figure 1 13 record button File Edit View Window Tools Help E Lu lu Figure 1 12 The Record button located in the control toolbar of the Raven desktop Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The Recorder Window Chapter 1 Getting Started Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory RA Export selections to clip files Input Display Device Default Windows Audio Device v Device Configuration Sample Rate 44100 M Hz Channels Left Right Sample Format 16 bit signed PCM v Advanced Figure 1 13 Raven s Configure New Recorder dialog box Use fields in the Configure New Recorder box to acquire the signal to memory or to one or more files to choose which input device and device configuration to use and to specify how to display the sound while it s being acquired For now to give you a feel for Raven s capabilities we ll go over how to record sounds to memory without saving them to disk and what you can do with the signal as it s coming in Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording explains in detail what each of the fields in this dialog
217. hoose to unlink views within a sound window by selecting this submenu Details on how this works and when you might want to do this can be found in Linking and unlinking views in Chapter 3 page 53 Configure view Views can be adjusted in several ways The color scheme can be changed and the display axes of the view can be adjusted For more information on how to adjust views see Chapter 3 Sound Windows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation This section may also have more menu items available depending on the active view spectrogram views for example will have entries allowing you to adjust spectrogram parameters and smoothing Detectors You can select and run interactice detectors by choosing this item Measurements Labels You can choose to make measurements of displayed information in the selection table and to label individual selections in the views More infor mation on this can be found in Chapter 6 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing Selections After making selections there are many things you can do with them including copying clearing and pasting them Some of these commands can be found in the Active Selection submenu Basic selection copying was discussed in Copying Part of a Sound in Chapter 1 page 10 and you can find more details on selections and various ways to work with them in Chapter 6 Selections Measurements Annotations amp Editing Window Memory Mana
218. how correlation functions are calculated how to use the correlation function and specify options common to both spectrogram and waveform correlations about issues and options specific to each type of correlation about batch correlation Overview of Correlation Correlation types Correlations are performed by sliding two inputs either two spectro grams or two waveforms past each other in time At each time offset a correlation value between the inputs is calculated These correlation values are then plotted versus time in a correlation plot to show a measure of simi larity between the inputs The time axis of the plot is shown relative to the first input so a peak at a positive time offset indicates that the first signal is ahead of the second Raven provides the capability to run correlations between either two spec trograms or two waveforms Correlating spectrograms Usually when correlating spectrograms the most important information provided is the peak correlation value which shows the similarity between the spectrogram images Correlating waveforms Waveform correlation can help determine the time offset also called lag at which two signals most closely resemble each other as shown in Figure 9 2 Calculating Correlation Functions Spectrogram correlations For each time offset At Raven calculates either a normalized or non nor malized correlation value C4 between two spectrograms If the Normalize opt
219. ice of sample size Raven always represents signals internally with 32 bits per sample If you choose an input sample size other than 32 bits the input values are re scaled to 32 bit samples for more on rescaling of sample values see the footnote under Sample Size on page 77 Buffer Size 74 The Display tab Figure 4 2 allows you to configure the recorder window and is displayed for all three recording modes X Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory _ Export selections to clip files Display Buffer Size seconds v Update Rate Hz Latency 1 seconds Window Preset Default Figure 4 2 The Display tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box The buffer size determines how much of the signal is retained in memory and can be visible in the recorder window during signal acquisition You can specify buffer size either in seconds or minutes You can use the drop down list to choose time units of seconds or minutes The default buffer size is 30 seconds Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Update Rate Latency Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording During recording audio data remain in memory for the duration of the buffer and are then discarded to make room for new incoming data If you re recording to memory data that are discarded from the buffer are lost permanently unless you re acquire them When recording to a file or a file sequence data that a
220. ice view is linked to the time positions of waveform and spectrogram views As you move the time position marker of a spectrogram view any spectrogram slice view that is linked to it is continually updated to show the cross section of the spectrogram at the time position marker does not have a time scale since the time axis of the underly Even though a spectrogram slice view has a time position it ing spectrogram is not displayed Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 57 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation By default new spectrogram and spectrogram slice views are also linked to each other by frequency position and frequency scale When you move the frequency position of a spectrogram the frequency position of any linked spectrogram slice views move as well and vice versa Similarly when you zoom the frequency scale of any spectrogram slice view the fre quency scale of any linked spectrogram zooms as well It is important to remember that the frequency scales of spectrogram and spectrogram slice views are rotated 90 from each other Controlling how views are displayed Deleting a view Changing the order in which views are displayed Hiding and showing window components 58 Using tools and commands in the side panel s Layout tab and in the View menu you can rearrange the order of views and hide or show the non data components of views such as the axes and position markers Another way to hide a view i
221. icular fre quency bands of a selection or an entire sound window You can also amplify all or part of a sound by any specified factor including factors less than 1 Amplifying by a factor less than 1 attenuates the sound Raven allows you to filter out or filter around a selected frequency band in a sound When you filter out a frequency band frequency components in that band are removed from the signal When you filter around a fre quency band frequency components outside of that band are removed leaving only the frequencies in the selected band The filtering operation can be performed on the entire signal or on a time interval that you select To filter out or around a particular frequency band make a spectrogram of the sound and then use the mouse to select the frequency band to be fil tered To filter the selected frequency band over just the selected time interval choose Edit gt Filter gt Around Active Selection or Edit gt Fllter gt Out Active Selection To filter the selected frequency band over the entire length of the sound choose Edit gt Filter gt Around All or Edit gt Filter gt Out All If there is no active selection the Edit gt Filter menu is not available Raven allows you to save named presets for bandpass or bandstop filters covering a specified frequency band To define a new filter choose Edit gt Filter gt Active Selection With gt New Filter or Edit gt Filter gt All With gt New Filter
222. ift the fre quencies in the recorded input sound down below 22 kHz during acquisi tion by playing the sound back at a reduced speed recording that can be played back at altered speed If you need to record ultrasonic signals directly into Raven from a live source you need to have a sound card that provides a sampling rate at least twice the highest frequencies in the sig nal For further information about sampling rates see Sam pling rate in Appendix A page 272 Input speed adjustment is useful only when acquiring from a When working with signals that are too low in frequency to be audible it may be convenient to play the tape back at a high speed during acquisi tion so that you can hear the signals as they are acquired If you click on the Advanced button at the bottom of the Configure Recorder dialog an additional tab labelled Speed becomes available Fig ure 4 8 The Speed tab lets you specify whether the sound to be acquired is at normal speed or slowed down or sped up by a specified factor rela tive to normal speed To hide the Speed tab click the Simple button that appears in place of the Advanced button For example to shift signals from 150 KHz down so that they could be acquired by a sound card with a maximum bandwidth of 22 KHz you could play the recording at 1 8 normal speed during acquisition 150 KHz 8 18 75 kHz In this case you would specify in the Speed tab that the recording was slowed
223. ile sequence in one window Open in separate windows Ce QE A Figure 10 14 Choosing to open the list as a file sequence as opposed to opening each sound in a separate window Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 227 Chapter 10 Detection O06 R Sound 1 clip ch01 080221 085856 96 aif etc J sO 0 5 1 1 5 2 2 5 a mt HB Figure 10 15 The clip files opened in a file sequence Saving detected selections Once you are satisfied with the selections created by your detector you can save your selections as a text file by selecting File Save Selection Table As or File Save Selection Table In the Save dialog you must provide a name and path for the text file to be saved The default folder is the Selections folder within the Raven folder To save sound clips of the selections you must select File gt Save All Selec tions As or you can use the shortcut lt Ctrl Shift A gt In addition to saving the detections you may wish to save the detector set tings as well in case you wish to run the detector again on the same or dif ferent data Some Raven detectors provide a preset menu to allow you to save parameters If a preset menu is not provided then you should record these settings on your own Instructions for detectors provided with Raven Band Limited Energy Detector Energy Detector 228 The Energy Detector supplied in Raven is a time frequency energy detec tor I
224. ilities Console Please copy the contents of that file to your bug report If Raven is running slowly or stalling when you perform large operations there are several ways to speed it up First it is important to run Raven with sufficient memory By default Raven runs with a maximum memory allocation size of 256 megabytes If your computer has more RAM than this you may wish to increase the amount Raven can use To do this open the Memory Manager Window gt Memory Manager then click on the Configure button From there you can increase your maximum memory allocation from 256 megabytes to a larger value such as 512 megabytes The next time Raven is launched it will use the new value for the maxi mum memory allocation size Real time signal displays can tax a computer s CPU especially on slower computers If necessary you can reduce the load placed on your CPU by these displays by making them smaller and or hiding their axes If you re working with a large number of selections creating or manipulat ing a selection can make Raven run slowly You can fix that by adding the following line to RavenPreferences txt raven ui selections drawOnlyActiveWhileModifyingWithMouse true This will make Raven run faster by making your other selections disap pear momentarily whenever a selection is created or modified They will reappear when you release your mouse button Another way to make Raven run faster while working with selections is t
225. in ning with the row for which the annotation has been entered 3 Choose Fill Selected Cells gt Down from the contextual menu for the annotation column or press Ctrl D Windows or Command D Mac OS To fill a series of consecutive annotation cells with the value in the bottom cell choose Fill Selected Cells gt Up or press Ctrl D Windows or Com mand D Mac OS Using the Annotate Selection command You can enter annotation values into the Annotate Selection dialog box Figure 6 13 for a selection by choosing Annotate from the contextual menu that appears for the selection displayed in any view Depending on whether the selection is active the menu command will either be dis played as Active Selection N gt Annotate or Selection N gt Annotate By default Raven displays each selection s ID number in selection labels in views To toggle display of selection labels on and off use the checkbox in the component list of the side panel s Layout tab Figure 2 13 page 34 Selection labels can display selection IDs and or any combination of mea surements or annotations that are shown in the selection table To choose which measurements are included in selection labels as well as specifying font size and a string to use as a separator between items in selection labels choose Configure Selection Labels from the View menu or any view s contextual menu To add a measurement or annotation to selection labels highlight that
226. in Figure 5 5 midway through the second call All three spectra have the same window size 512 points 11 6 mS and fre quency grid spacing 86 1 Hz FFT size 512 samples 3 dB band widths a 141 Hz b 124 Hz c 76 2 Hz The appearance of sidelobes in spectra of finite length signals the use of window functions to reduce their magnitude and differences among the various window functions are discussed further in Appendix B A Biolo gist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis The Window Size parameter controls the length of each data record that is analyzed to create each of the individual spectra that together constitute the spectrogram You can specify window size either in number of sam ples from the digitized signal or in time units seconds or milliseconds by choosing the preferred unit from the drop down menu The default unit is samples If you specify window size in seconds or milliseconds Raven uses the number of samples that most closely approximates the window size that you enter The maximum value of the Window Size parameter depends on whether the DFT Size parameter is locked as discussed in Frequency grid spacing and DFT size on page 108 When DFT Size is unlocked Window Size can Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 103 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Beta Kaiser window only 3 dB Bandwidth Amplitude 104 be set to a maximum of 65 536 samples 216 When DFT Size is locked the m
227. indow 3 Real time detection and the recorder Within the recorder window Raven can run a real time detector that can find signals of interest as they are recorded This can be a useful way of detecting events as they occur These events can then be reviewed further in the recorded file sequence The real time detector can also be used to avoid recording to a file sequence by saving the detected signals as individual sound clip files for later review Note that for those users who are not fully familiar with Raven detection processing we recommend that you record to file sequences so that the entire dataset is available for review in case the detector does not perform as you intended You can run real time detection at the same time that you save to file sequences or you can post process the file sequence by running a detector on the full sequence Real time detection is available in Raven by starting an inter active detector in the recorder window before starting the recorder See Figure 10 2 212 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Interactive Detectors k Cornell BL Energy 10 0 30 0 Spectrogram 1 Detector Active Clear Selections Configure Run Full Close Figure 10 1 The Run Full button in the detector tab on the side panel Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 213 Chapter 10 Detection S Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version Eile Edit View Window Tools Help Interactive Detectors Recorder 2 Default Wi
228. ing also called hop size is the time between the beginnings of successive records In an unsmoothed spectrogram this interval is visi ble as the width of the individual boxes Figure B 6 Successive records that are analyzed may be overlapping positive overlap contiguous zero overlap or discontiguous negative overlap Overlap between records is usually expressed as a percentage of the record length Figure B 8 illustrates the different effects of changes to record length and time grid spacing The signal is a frequency modulated tone that sweeps upward in frequency from 4 to 6 kHz sampled at 22 05 kHz Spectrograms a and c both have a record length of 512 points 23 2 mS 3 dB band width 61 9 Hz a was made with 0 overlap time grid spacing 23 2 mS whereas c was made with an overlap of 93 8 time grid spacing 1 45 mS In the low resolution spectrogram a each box is as wide as one data record which in turn is one quarter of the length of the tone The result is a spectrogram that gives an extremely misleading picture of the signal Spectrogram c with a greater record overlap is much smoother than the one with less overlap and it more accurately portrays the contin uous frequency modulation of the signal It still provides poor time analy sis resolution however because of its large record length notice the fuzzy beginning and end of the spectrogram image of the tone and the poor alignment with the
229. ing entry in the preference file raven preset colorScheme defaultPreset Default To change the default to a different color scheme preset edit this entry For example to use a sound window preset called MyColors by default change the default measurement preset entry to raven preset colorScheme defaultPreset MyColors color scheme s specified in the window preset take prece dence over the default color scheme preset See Sound Window Presets in Chapter 3 page 61 When a window preset is applied to a sound window the You can now choose between several predesigned look and feel schemes On Windows the list includes Metal CDE Motif Windows or Windows Classic On Mac OS the list includes Metal CDE Motif or Mac OS X sometimes known as Aqua Raven 1 3 s standard appearance is Metal on Windows and Mac OS X on Mac OS but you can adjust the cur rent scheme at any time by choosing Window gt Look and Feel You can also change the background color of the desktop by choosing Win dow Background Color which will open the Background Color Editor Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven panel You can set the color of the main Raven screen this way Raven will save the color in the preferences file so that it can be applied on subse quent invocations of Raven You can also change the color of Raven s tooltips the helpful signs that pop up when you hover the mouse cursor over a button
230. ing multi channel sounds lssselee eae 172 Saving a subset of channels from an open signal 200 ee eae 174 Exporting channels i2 osa RE RR ERR ERR ERO ERU a E RU es 175 Saving selected channels eres 175 Batch channel export 000 020s 175 Creating selections in multi channel sounds Luuuuu 176 Bearing analysis Beamforming Beamogram View and Max Bearing Mea surement iu e a tite atau rre eg teu PEN qu hr ui ar epi ere 177 Beamogram view 1 6 ee ae 178 Max bearing measurement lissleeeee eae 179 Configuring a beamogram 0 n 179 Beamogram parameters illie 180 Hints for working with beamograms aaua eee ees 183 Correla toning end rci o re x apa dei ota ae 185 Aboutthus chapter i c cosia vo rehire Ub tiet DEEE ERDERTRE TARDES 185 Overview of Correlation ois vies e E EI S Ves aa 185 Correlation types csse ase egere ROUES ERR RERO RO Eur Gea nats 185 Calculating Correlation Functions lee 185 Spectrogram correlations 0 0 eh 185 Waveform correlations 0 00 cette 187 Using the correlation tool 10 isoliert Seek eee eee 188 Band Pass Filtet ix oed RD Ree ae ale se base 189 Normalization lisse m 190 Blased Unbiased x ricos e re BRAWN aee Bate erbe GrP RE 191 5pectr pram currelaBon iode cube EC EN ROC E WEAR aes KE EA 192 Scale of spectrogram power values llle 194 Spectro
231. ing the following entry in the preference file f raven workspace defaultWorkspace Workspaces Default wsp The notation means that the remainder of the specified pathname is within the Raven program directory If you want to use a default work space that is located elsewhere you must specify a complete path as in raven workspace defaultWorkspace C MyRavenStuff MyDefault wsp A default workspace is useful for changing the initial appearance of the Raven window For example the main Raven window is by default ini tially 750 pixels wide and 550 pixels tall If you want Raven to always start with a window that fills the entire screen you can launch Raven expand the window to full screen and then save the workspace Then edit the preference file to specify that workspace as the default Thereafter Raven will start with a full screen window In addition to window size the work space will save information on the state of the side panel visibility size which tab is selected and so on Remember that a workspace file saves the entire state of x Raven including all of the sound windows that are open If you just want to save the size and layout of the main Raven window save the workspaces when no sound windows are open Default directories You can specify the default directories that Raven uses when you open and save sound files selection files or workspace files When Raven is 258 Raven Pro 1 3 Use
232. ion or Wave form Correlation depending on your selected option as shown in Figure 9 13 The progress bar in the status window shows the progress of the entire batch process Clicking the Cancel button stops the batch correla tion E e o Spectrogram Correlation Correlating files in BCV with files in BCV Percent Completed 42 2 96 Elapsed Time 00 00 07 Completion Time 00 00 09 29 817 of 1936 correlations completed Figure 9 13 The correlation status window for a batch spectrogram correlation in this case The batch correlator computes correlations for each possible pair of files in the two input sets When all of the correlations have been calculated Raven displays a window containing the correlation table Figure 9 14 The title of the window specifies whether the correlation was of waveform or spectrogram views The correlation table contains a peak correlation value in correlation units for each pair of files Clicking on the Lags radio button will change the view to show the lag values in seconds or time offsets at which the peak correlation values occur The columns of the correlation table may be resized by positioning the mouse pointer on the line between the column headings and then drag ging the line to a new position The window itself may be resized in order to show more columns or the horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the window may be used to scroll to different columns in th
233. ion is selected each correlation value is calculated using the following Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 185 Chapter 9 Correlation n FFT gt 2 E p Y Ar f t 1f 1 n FFT n FFT Y X0 Y XO t 1f 1 t 1f 1 Formula 9 1 Cat where n equals Nj N gt 1 and N4 and N are the numbers of frames in the two spectrograms FFT equals the number of frequency bins which must be the same for the two spectrograms being correlated X and Yt at are the amplitude values in this case the power of the spectrogram in the two spectrograms at frequency f and times t and t At respectively The normalized correlation value for spectrograms can vary between 0 and 1 A correlation of 0 means that the non zero values in the two spec trograms do not coincide at all a correlation of 1 indicates that the two sig nals are identical given the time offset At Successive correlation values are calculated by incrementing the value of At in steps equal to the time grid resolution which must be the same for both spectrograms in effect sliding the two spectrograms past each other in time If normalization is turned off only the numerator of Formula 9 1 is used A Spectrogram Correlation 10 sel 02 aif sel 04 aif 0 15 j 9 Figure 9 1 A spectrogram correlation between two calls of a Black capped vireo 186 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation Waveform For each time offset Raven calculates either a nor
234. ion or move the selection Figure 6 1 When you move the mouse pointer over a selection control point the mouse pointer changes to an icon indicating the directions that you can move that control point At any given time one control point may be active The active control point is shown as a solid square inactive control points are shown as open squares For example the bottom right control point in Figure 6 1 is active the others are inactive The active control point can be moved using the arrow keys on the keyboard To activate a selection control point click on it Once one of a selection s control points is active you can activate successive control points for that selection by repeatedly pressing the lt Tab gt key Whenever the mouse is over a view containing an active selection one of the selection control points called the extender point will be displayed at a slightly larger size than the others The extender point is always the closest control point to the current position of the mouse pointer For example in Figure 6 1 the upper right corner control point is the extender point You can move the extender point to a new location in a view by shift clicking at that location Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing FS Sound 4 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif N ESSEN Figure 6 1 An active uncommitted range selection The bottom right control point is active The top right control poi
235. is Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Clipping level Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis fixed for a given digitized signal and a parameter of the STFT called DFT size The relationship is frequency grid spacing sampling frequency DET size where frequency grid spacing and sampling frequency are measured in Hz and DFT size is measured in samples DFT size is constrained to be a power of 2 that is greater than the current window size The DFT Size and frequency Grid Spacing fields in the Configure Spectro gram dialog box are linked you can specify the frequency grid spacing either directly by choosing a value from the Grid Spacing drop down menu or you can choose a value from the DFT Size drop down menu The DFT Size menu displays powers of 2 greater than or equal to the cur rent window size Larger DFT sizes correspond to smaller frequency grid spacings Lock DFT Size Next to the DFT Size drop down menu is a button marked with a padlock icon When this button is unlocked the default Raven adjusts the DFT size as you change the window size in order to maintain a consistent rela tionship to the window size subject to the constraint of being a power of 2 For example in the default spectrogram parameters the DFT size is the smallest power of 2 greater than or equal to the window size If you increase the window size from 512 to 513 Raven changes the DFT size from 512 to 1024 If you manually choose the DFT size to be for
236. ited aif 1 0 299 0 717 0 061 0 Figure 9 16 A correlation table saved as a file and subsequently opened using Microsoft Excel If you are correlating the contents of a folder with itself the peak correla tion value for X Y and Y X will be in the same table but one lag will have a positive value and the other a negative value as shown in the lag section of the spreadsheet of Figure 9 16 For multi channel files correlated in the batch correlator each channel is displayed as its own row or column Figure 9 17 If the same files were correlated using Tools gt Correlator the resulting batch correlation table would not be created and all channel correlations would be in their own windows For ease of viewing the results you should use the batch corre lator when dealing with multi channel files eoo By Batch Spectrogram Correlation 1 Peaks u O Lags s File 1 File 2 gt gt Bird array 4 channelLaif 1 Bird array 4 channel aif 2 Bird array 4 channel aif 3 Bird array 4 channelaif 4 Bird array 4 channel ai Bird array 4 channel ai Bird array 4 channel ai Bird array 4 channel ai 1 0 378 0 321 0 507 0 378 1 0 538 0 298 0 321 0 538 1 0 322 0 507 0 298 0 322 1 204 Figure 9 17 A correlation table with results from a multi channel file correlation In this correlation the input files are both the same Bird array 4 channel aif so each channel of the file is correlated with itself and with the other
237. itor you can change any of the color scheme elements listed in Table 11 1 Table 11 1 Editable elements of a color scheme active point selection active selection border active selection fill axis background gram Slice line inactive point selection inactive selection border inactive selection fill line title no data playback cursor position marker waveform dot waveform line ors for the default selection table For other tables the colors are determined by the color set for the table All three colors are set to the table color and the opacity is set to the opacity of the inactive selection fill from the color scheme See Opacity on page 248 The inactive selection colors in the color scheme set the col To open the Color Scheme Editor Figure 11 2 choose Color Scheme Edit from the View menu or from the contextual menu for any view Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 245 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Choosing a color scheme element to edit Choosing colors 246 S Color Scheme Editor x Preset Color GE Active Point Selection Opacity 255 Swatches Recent BESSEN CC BENE NENNEN NNENEI L EEEEESL L BESSEN UN T T TETTE A o a r EEEEESL BEEN NNENEES BESSEN N a a a a N a a a LI mam OO mamm mam OOO mame LOO eo O T TET RN MEE AN a a a UN BESEL O
238. ive times in the name of its sub folder Raven will generate a new list file whenever the relative times you used are changed For exam ple look at the following list file name templates in Chapter 4 page 83 Then uncomment the following entry in the preference file by deleting the Ld raven preset audioRecorder defaultPreset Default A measurement preset saves a list of measurements to be displayed in a selection table along with their respective formats and precisions You can retrieve a saved measurement preset from the Preset menu within the Measurement Chooser dialog Measurement presets are discussed further in Using measurement presets in Chapter 6 page 151 Raven is installed with a measurement preset named Default which is initially specified as the default by the following entry in the preference file raven preset measurementList defaultPreset Default To change the default to a different measurement preset edit this entry For example to use a measurement preset called MyMeasurements by default change the default measurement preset entry to raven preset measurementList defaultPreset MyMeasurements measurements specified in the window preset take prece dence over the default measurement preset See Sound Window Presets in Chapter 3 page 61 When a window preset is applied to a sound window the A sound window preset saves information about the layout of a sound window such as
239. k View 55 Window Preset gt Preset name 63 Window Preset gt Save Preset name 64 Window Preset gt Save As 63 view selection button 41 312 visibility and window presets 63 views deleting 58 display order of 58 multiple lines 64 65 W wav filename extension 11 WAVE file format 11 77 Waveform view 50 waveform view 7 What s New 28 window See sound window Window gt Background Color 38 256 Window Look and Feel 38 256 window components hiding 58 See components window showing 58 window functions 101 103 104 294 295 Bartlett 101 Blackman 101 Hamming 101 Hann 101 Hanning 101 rectangular 101 triangular 101 Window menu Memory Manager 262 window overlap 107 290 291 window overlap in spectrograms 107 Window preset 4 window presets 25 63 and recorder windows 76 precedence over other presets 64 window size 63 choosing 289 Window Size parameter 103 104 Window Size slider control 104 Window Type parameter 101 windows bring to front 27 Windows menu 68 Workspace files opening with missing moved sound file s 13 Workspace Resolver Dialog 14 Workspaces opening drag and drop 13 workspaces 13 default 258 opening 13 saving 13 Raven 1 2 User s Manual wsp filename extension 13 Y yy tag in file name templates 80 Z Zoom In button 48 Zoom Out button 48 Zoom to All button 49 Zoom to Selection button 49 Raven Pro 1 3 User s
240. kers positioned at the start of the signal left edge of horizontal scrollbar and the lowest frequency bottom end of vertical scrollbar of the spectrogram The vertical scrollbar refers to the spectrogram view because the spectrogram is the active view Each view that Raven displays has a horizontal and vertical scale associ ated with it The scale determines the relationship between the dimen sional units shown along that axis e g seconds or kilohertz of the view and display units e g pixels centimeters or inches on your computer screen The scale at which the entire extent of an axis just fits in the view pane is called the default scale for that axis When you first open a sound file the time scale of the waveform view is set to the default When you first create a spectrogram information on creating views will be discussed later in the chapter the frequency scale is set by default so that the entire frequency range of the signal fits vertically in the spectrogram pane The scale and position of the horizontal and vertical axes of any view can be changed using the zoom controls and scrollbars as described in the next section However more precise control of scale and position is avail able in the Configure View Axes dialog box Figure 3 7 To display the Configure View Axes dialog box choose Configure View Axes from the contextual menu for any view or from the View menu for the active view You can enter precise values fo
241. lay button to do this If you use the play button you will hear the current buffer from its beginning not the sound as it is being recorded Also if you are using a microphone to record you should not attempt to play the sounds as they are being recorded because the out put sounds from the speakers will feed back into the micro phone If you are recording from a tape player and would like to hear In order to avoid distortion in recorded signals it is important to adjust the recording level appropriately You adjust the recording level using controls provided by your operating system as discussed in Appendix C Configuring Audio Input Ideally the level should be adjusted so that the minimum and maximum excursions of the waveform view are close to the vertical limits of the waveform scale without actually reaching those limits If the recording level is set too low some features of the signal may not be visible in signal views If the recording level is set too high the acquired waveform will be clipped Clipping occurs when the magnitude of the original analog wave form exceeds the maximum magnitude that can be represented with the given sample size and recording level The result is that waveforms get truncated or clipped in the digital signal Figure 4 7 When viewed in the frequency domain i e in spectrogram or spectrogram slice views clipped signals include spurious harmonics not present in the original analog
242. le acquisition the file name can be a simple text string that you type directly into the Sound File field or it can be a file name template that incorporates date and time information that Raven fills in at the time acquisition starts as discussed below For file sequences you must specify a file name template that Raven uses to build a unique name for each file in the sequence A file name template contains some combination of date time and sequence number tags Table 4 1 When each file in a sequence is created Raven substitutes the Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 79 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording 80 corresponding value for each tag in the template to generate the file names Table 4 1 Date time and sequence tags used in acquired file names Minimum and maximum values for date and time tags are shown in brackets Tag Definition lt yy gt year 2 digits minimum 11 month 1 12 2 digits minimum dd day 1 12 2 digits minimum hh hour 0 23 decimals permitted 2 digits minimum mm minute 0 59 decimals permitted 2 digits minimum ss second 0 59 decimals permitted 2 digits minimum n integer sequence number starting at 1 The date and time values substituted for tags in the template depend on the Start Time setting as discussed under Start Time on page 81 The number of characters that occur within a date time or sequence tag determine th
243. le Names tab 78 82 File Size parameter 78 Input tab 72 74 304 Latency parameter 75 Rate Conversion tab 91 recorder presets 83 Retroactive Recording Offset parameter 93 Sample Format drop down list 73 Sample Rate drop down list 73 Sample Size parameter 77 Schedule tab 92 Simple button 89 92 Sound File s parameter 79 Speed tab 89 Start Time parameter 81 Update Rate parameter 75 Window Preset drop down list 76 Configure New Sound Window dialog box 63 158 162 Configure New Spectrogram dialog box 102 104 106 108 115 3 dB bandwidth 104 Apply button 115 Auto apply checkbox 115 Averaging parameter 113 114 DFT Size parameter 108 Frequency Grid Spacing parameter 108 Overlap parameter 107 Preset menu 115 Time parameter 107 Window Size parameter 104 Window Size slider control 104 Window Type parameter 101 Configure New Spectrogram Slice View dialog box 51 Configure New Spectrogram View dialog box Window Size parameter 103 Configure Paging dialog box 161 Configure Recorder dialog box See Configure New Recorder dialog box Configure Recorder contextual menu 88 Configure Selection Spectrum dialog box 101 Configure Spectrogram dialog box See Configure New Spectrogram dialog box Configure Spectrogram Slice dialog box 101 Configure Spectrum dialog box 101 Configure View Axes dialog box 46 Configuring a beamogram 179 contextual menus 58 contrast spectrogram 60 116 118 and window p
244. le filter Figure B 9 a STFT spectrum of any signal even a pure tone contains sidelobes Frequency Figure B 10 Frequency response of a hypothetical bandpass filter from a set of filters simulated by a short time Fourier transform show ing sidelobes above and below the central lobe or passband The mag nitude of the sidelobes relative to the central lobe can be reduced by use of a window function see text Note that a spectrum produced by passing a pure tone through a set of overlapping filters is shaped like the frequency response of a single one of the filters see Figure B 9 The magnitude of the sidelobes relative to the magnitude of the central lobe in a spectrogram or spectrum of a pure tone is related to how abruptly the windowed signal s amplitude changes at the beginning and end of a record A sinusoidal tone that instantly rises to its full amplitude at the beginning of a record and then instantly falls to zero at the end has higher sidelobes than a tone that rises and falls gradually in amplitude Figure B 11 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis a E 140 i al f f i j me a 120 se eR 100 Vv Y v j 9 0 p e 1 p Frequency o Figure B 11 Relationship between abruptness of onset and termina tion of signal in one record and spectral sidelobes Each panel shows a signal on the lef
245. le uses the BCV folder as both input 1 and input 2 To perform the batch correlation choose Tools gt Batch Correlator which will display the appropriate dialog box For both input files choose Browse and select the new folder you created BCV it should be in the Selections folder in your Raven directory Next adjust the name of the output text file to read BlackCappedVireo specCorr txt and make sure that spectrogram under the correlate section and normalize under the options section are selected After veryifying your inputs with Figure 9 21 select OK to begin the correlation Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 207 Chapter 9 Correlation e o Batch Correlation Configuration r Choose Files Folders File or Folder 1 BCV File or Folder 2 BCV Browse r Output Options v Write Results to Text File BlackCappedVireo specCorr txt M view Summary of Results r Correlate O Waveform spectrogram r Options f Band pass filter from Mi Normalize Unbiased Complex envelope fe Linear Power O Logarithmic Power Cancel OD Figure 9 21 The Batch Correlation Configuration dialog with informa tion filled in to correlate the selections contained in the BCV folder against themselves The correlation After running the correlation you should get a 44 x 44 table of correlation table values Figure 9 22 where each cell in the table represents the correlation of one of th
246. lection leaving Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 131 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Renumbering selections Editing a sound When you initially create selections Raven assigns selection ID number in the order that you create the selections beginning at 1 To renumber selec tions beginning at 1 in the order determined by the current sort order of the selection table choose Renumber Selections from the selection table s contextual menu created is not the order in which they occur in the sound or if some selections were cleared creating gaps in the number ing sequence Sort the table by Begin Time then renumber to create an uninterrupted series of selection IDs in time order Renumbering is useful if the order in which selections were Undoing changes 132 The clipboard can hold only one item at a time whenever you Cut or Copy the data that go into the clipboard replace what was there before You can delete the data in the active selection either by choosing Edit gt Delete by pressing the Delete button by pressing Ctrl Delete Windows or lt Command Delete gt Mac OS or by pressing the Delete key on your key board when a selection control point is active Cut Copy Paste and Delete operations apply only to the time dimension of a sound window If you select a region for one of these operations in a spectrogram the operation applies across all frequencies in the signal f
247. lities as linkable properties 57 channels hiding 171 showing 171 Channels list side panel 171 check for updates 28 Choose Measurements View menu 143 Clear Active Selection View menu 131 Clear All Selections View menu 131 Clear Selection N selection contextual menu 131 Clip exporter 94 Clip File Format 251 Clip File Names 251 303 Index clipping during recording 86 87 close all files 23 selection table 23 sound file 23 Collapse Selection Table button 135 color choosers 246 HSB 247 RGB 248 Swatches 246 color scheme spectrograms 26 Color Scheme Editor 245 248 color scheme presets default 256 color schemes 60 250 and window presets 63 as linkable properties 57 Auto apply checkbox 249 brightness 247 color choosers 246 248 editing 61 245 249 elements 245 HSB color chooser 247 hue 247 opacity 248 presets 249 RGB color chooser 248 saturation 247 Swatches color chooser 246 colormap See spectrogram colormap colormaps relative power 61 Command backspace 132 Command L 51 Command O 2 42 Command R 16 Command Shift P 7 Command shift Z 132 Command Z 132 Components pane side panel 58 components window 58 Configure New Recorder dialog box 16 Advanced button 89 92 Buffer Size parameter 74 Channels checkboxes 73 Device drop down list 72 Directory parameter 79 Display tab 74 76 File Format tab 76 File Name tab 78 Fi
248. ll initially display presets of the appropriate type for the dialog box from which you invoked it To choose a different preset type to manage use the Preset Type drop down list The list box will show the names of all of the presets and folders presently defined for the selected preset type To rename or delete a preset click on its name in the list then click the appro priate button To create a folder within the currently selected preset type click New Folder To move a preset or folder into or out of a folder sim ply drag its entry within the list About Raven preferences 252 You can control the default appearance and behavior of many parts of Raven by setting preferences You set preferences by editing the Raven pref erence file with a text editing program or word processor Raven allows you to specify preferences for the following Default presets for spectrogram parameters recorder parameters win dow layout view color scheme and measurement list Power spectra calculation method that Raven will use Default workspace to open when Raven is launched Default directories that Raven will use for opening and saving files Default precision for measurements displayed in the selection table Behavior of audio recorders when creating files If a file created by an audio recorder has the same name as an existing file the new file can Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The Raven preference file Chapter 11
249. log an additional tab labelled Rate Conversion is displayed Figure 4 9 You can hide the Rate Conversion tab by clicking the Simple button which replaces the Advanced button 1 Aliasing is a type of distortion that occurs when sounds that are being digi tized contain energy at frequencies that are more than half the sampling rate Aliasing is explained more fully in Aliasing and the Nyquist frequency in Appendix A page 272 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 91 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording X Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Memory v _ Export selections to clip files Input Speed Rate Conversion Display Schedule Input Sample Rate 44100 Hz Decimation Factor h Output Sample Rate 414100 Hz Cancel Figure 4 9 The Rate Conversion tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box This tab is visible only after you click the Advanced button which is then replaced by the Simple button The Rate Conversion tab displays the Input Sample Rate which is the rate selected on the Input tab see Sample Rate on page 73 a drop down menu from which you can choose a decimation factor and the resulting Output Sample Rate The Output Sample Rate is the sampling rate of the signal that will be acquired A decimation factor of N means that every Nth sample is retained resulting in a sampling rate of 1 N times the input rate Thus a decimation factor of 1 implies no de
250. low 60 dB clipped to Infinity dB spectrogram smoothing enabled Measure ment values will differ between this view and the first row Fourth row clipping enabled values below 60 dB clipped to Infinity dB spectro gram smoothing disabled Without smoothing more of the clipped spectrogram is visible Fifth row clipping enabled values below 60 dB clipped to 0 dB spectrogram smoothing enabled Since values were only clipped to 0 dB more of the clipped values are vislble than in the third row 112 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Spectrum averaging Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis eoe Sound 1 BlackCappedVireo aif kHz0 000 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E D H Bg I Figure 5 13 Effect of clipping level on spectrogram slices All three slices are on a single 256 point frame approximately 1 378 seconds into the Black capped Vireo song shown in Figure 5 12 The signal was digitized with 16 bit resolution and thus has a dynamic range of 96 dB The highest power values are near 90 dB so there is little perceptible noise inserted by the digitization process First row no clipping level set Second row clipping level 60 dB with values clipped to 60 dB Third row clipping level 60 dB with values clipped to Infinity dB Notice the dropouts in the slice view For this reason we recommend against clipping spectrogram slice views to Infinity dB but for analysis purposes you may want to clip spectrograms to Infinity
251. lower and upper frequency limit that will filter the data before it is correlated Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 189 Chapter 9 Correlation 190 Normalization In most applications filtering is advisable for both waveform and spectro gram correlations By selecting a frequency band corresponding to the rel evant signal s you reduce the effect of any other noise or signals on the correlation values The effect of filtering on the correlation function for both waveforms and spectrograms depends very much on the particular signals being corre lated If neither file contains much energy outside the frequency band occupied by the signals filtered correlations may not differ much from unfiltered correlations If there is a significant amount of energy outside the frequency band of interest the difference between the filtered and unfiltered correlations can be much larger Also it is important to note that filtering may either raise or lower correlation values depending on the particular signals being correlated If Normalize is checked the sum of the products of the data values from the two signals is divided by the square root of the product of the sums of values from the two signals as indicated in Formula 9 1 and Formula 9 2 The units in the numerator and denominator cancel and the correlation value is scaled to a dimensionless value For spectrograms which contain only non negative amplitude values the normalized correlation va
252. lue is always between 0 and 1 For waveforms which can contain positive nega tive and zero values the normalized correlation varies between 1 and 1 If Normalize is left unchecked the correlation is calculated as the sum of the products of the data values from the two signals i e just the numera tor of Formula 9 1 and Formula 9 2 A non normalized correlation is given in arbitrary units Normalizing a correlation will compare the overall 2 dimensional shape of signals but will ignore any amplitude differences Examples of normalized and non normalized correlations and how the overall amplitude level affects the correlation values can be seen in Figure 9 4 Unless your appli cation requires that similarity measurements incorporate information about the absolute amplitude levels of the signals you should most likely leave the Normalize option checked Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation 20 a 0 000 20 kU 04 20 b 0 000 20 kU 01 1 Normalized a a a b c 0 00 1 j 8 0 113 0 05 0 05 0 1 200 Non normalized 000000 a d 200 oJ S 0 113 0 05 0 0 05 0 1 400 Non normalized a b 8 000000 eJ 8 0 113 0 05 0 05 0 1 Figure 9 4 Comparison of normalized and non normalized correla tions a Waveform of a portion of song from a Chestnut Sided Warbler b The same waveform amplified by a factor of 2 c Normalized corre lation between a and b This correlation is identi
253. m a Mac to a Windows machine The MacBinary format stores both parts of a Mac file in a single file that can be transferred to a Win dows computer with no loss of information Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 1 Getting Started Note that while Raven Pro can open sound files saved by Canary in the Canary file format and in the AIFF file format Raven Pro cannot open files saved by Canary in the MATLAB SoundEdit Text or Binary formats Understanding the Sound Window Playing a sound By default when you first open a sound file Raven shows you a sound window that contains two views of the sound see Figure 1 5 The waveform upper view displays an oscillogram or graph of the sound showing amplitude versus time The spectrogram lower view represents time on the horizontal axis frequency on the vertical axis and relative power at each time and frequency as a color by default grayscale value Spectro gram views are discussed further in Spectrogram views in Chapter 5 page 115 Figure 1 5 A sound window showing a waveform view top and a spectrogram view bottom In addition to waveforms and spectrograms Raven can also display spec trogram slice views of a signal and selection spectrum views which show the average spectrum of a selected portion of a signal Spectrogram slice views and selection spectrum views are discussed in View Types in Chapter 3 page 50 Chapt
254. m to define the signal in the frequency domain 3 and squaring the magnitude of each resulting Fourier coefficient The resulting values are used to create the columns of gray scale or color values of the pixels that make up Raven s spectrogram view The following measurements all make use of power spectral density or spectrogram val ues Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Average Power spectrogram spectrogram Slice selection spectrum The value of the spectrogram s power spectral density as it appears in each pixel or bin of the spectrogram averaged over the selection that is the frequency time rectangle that forms a selection in Raven The values of the spectrogram s power spectral density are summed and the result is then divided by the number of time frequency bins in the selection In the spectrogram slice view Average Power is the value of the power spectrum the power spectral density of a single column of spectrogram values averaged over the frequency extent of the selection The values of the power spectrum are summed between the lower and upper frequency bounds of the selection and the result is divided by the number of fre quency bins in the selection Units dB Delta Power selection spectrum The difference between the value of the power spectrum power spectral density in power per unit frequency at the upper and lower frequency limits of the selection c
255. malized or non normal correlations ized correlation value between two waveforms If the normalize option is selected each correlation value is calculated using n gt Ce yia 1e Formula 9 2 CA a where n equals Nj N gt 1 and N4 and N are the numbers of digitized samples in the two waveforms x and y 4 are the values of sample num bers t and t At of the two waveforms respectively If the two signals differ in length the shorter signal is zero padded to the length of the longer sig nal The correlation value for waveforms can vary between 1 and 1 If you choose to plot the complex envelope of a waveform correlation the val ues that are plotted vary between 0 and 1 as discussed in Spectrogram correlation on page 192 A correlation of 0 means that the signals are orthogonal a correlation of 1 indicates that the two signals are identical a correlation of 1 indicates that the signals are identical in magnitude but opposite in phase Successive correlation values are calculated by incrementing the value of At in steps equal to the inverse of the sampling frequency in effect sliding the two waveforms paste each other in time If normalization is turned off only the numerator of Formula 9 2 is used Although Formula 9 1 and Formula 9 2 are written in the x time domain Raven actually performs these computations in the frequency domain This improves the performance of the correlator 1 Whether
256. me interval This interval may encompass the full length of a signal or it may consist of some shorter part of a signal Spectral analysis of time varying signals spectrograms and STFT analysis Most signals of biological interest change over time in frequency spectral composition Indeed the changes in spectrum over time are often among the most interesting aspects of such signals But in order to create a spec trum we must examine an interval of time there is no way to measure a signal s instantaneous spectrum An individual magnitude spectrum of a signal provides no information about temporal changes in frequency composition during the interval over which the spectrum is made If we were to make a single magnitude spectrum over the entire duration of a spectrally varying signal such as a typical bird song we would have a rep Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 283 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis 284 resentation of the relative intensities of the various frequency components of the signal but we would have no information about how the intensities of different frequencies varied over time during the signal To see how the frequency composition of a signal changes over time we can examine a sound spectrogram The spectrograms produced by Raven plot frequency on the vertical axis versus time on the horizontal the amplitude of a given frequency component at a given time is represented by a color by
257. me position No data are avail able for display in a spectrogram slice view when the time position is at the very start of the signal before the time of the first spectrum in the underlying spectrogram Significance of the The power values shown at each frequency in a spectrogram slice view spectrum values displayed are expressed in decibels relative to an arbitrary power value of 1 The numeric values for frequency and relative power level at the fre quency where the mouse pointer is located are displayed in hertz Hz and 124 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis decibels dB in the mouse measurement field at the bottom of the signal window Raven 1 3 does not display calibrated sound amplitude mea surements In other words the dB values given by Raven do not represent absolute sound levels Raven s amplitude mea surements can be used to obtain accurate relative measure ments within signals Selection spectrum views Significance of the spectrum values Raven updates selection spectrum views whenever the active selection changes If there is no active selection or if the active selection is shorter than the window size specified in the current view parameters selection spectrum views display a text message indicating why no spectrum is shown By default selection spectra are shown in red to distinguish them from spectrogram slice views shown in blue by default You can specify a
258. measurement at a time Measure ment presets also save the format and precision of the measurements that are displayed To save a measurement preset first choose the set of measurements to be displayed in the selection table as described in Choosing measurements to display on page 143 Then choose Save As from the Preset menu in the Measurement Chooser dialog Figure 6 11 When the Save Measure ment List dialog appears enter a name for the preset and click OK Measurement presets must be saved in the folder Presets Measurement List within the Raven program folder You can also create additional folders within the Measurement List folder by clicking on the New Folder icon within the Save Measurement List dialog These folders will appear as submenus in the Preset menu with each submenu listing the presets in the corresponding folder To apply a saved measurement preset to the selection table choose the name of the preset from the Preset menu in the Measurement Chooser dialog and click OK Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 151 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing X Choose Measurements Preset Displayed Measurements Available Measurements End Time Average Power Begin Time Center Frequency Low Frequency Center Time High Frequency Delta Frequency Delta Power Delta Time Energy Auto apply o Apply Reset Close Figure 6 11 The Measurement Chooser dialog box
259. method and run comparisons between the methods see Power Spectra Cal culation Method in Chapter 11 page 257 Since all three spectrographic views start with calculating spectra of a series of records most of the parameters that must be specified for all three view types are the same The next section briefly explains each parameter Configuring spectrographic views To create a new spectrogram spectrogram slice or selection spectrum view click on the appropriate New View button in the view toolbar Fig ure 5 3 or choose a view type from the View New menu new a new spectrogram slice i S u lu new spectrogram ie spectrogram Figure 5 3 The New View buttons in Raven s view toolbar 100 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis A dialog box appears containing parameters for configuring the requested type of spectrographic view Figure 5 4 The dialog boxes for configuring spectrogram and spectrogram slice views are identical except for their titles The dialog boxes are identical because both view types cal culate a spectrogram of the entire sound the only difference between spectrogram and spectrogram slice views is in how the data are displayed see How the spectrographic views are related on page 98 The dialog box for configuring a selection spectrum view is the same except that it lacks the Averaging parameter The remainder of this section explains each of the parameters
260. milar Figure 9 8 shows two normalized spectrogram correlation plots using linear and logarithmic power values The peak correlation values are marked on the y axis by the horizontal magenta line The spectrograms are shifted in time to show the best alignment of the images as indicated by the peak correlation lag which is the vertical magenta line 194 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation BOO B Spectrogram Correlation 1 sel 16 aif sel 02af B Spectrogram Correlation 2 sel 16 aif sel 02 a 0 1 1 j e t Figure 9 8 A comparison between a correlation using linear power val ues on the left and the same correlation using logarithmic power val ues on the right Spectrogram You can configure the view and results of spectrogram correlations see correlation Figure 9 9 as you would adjust display parameters for typical spectro parameters grams In general increasing the overlap will decrease the hop size and increase the number of frames in the spectrogram for a more detailed cor relation Decreasing the overlap will oppositely affect the hop size and number of frames Increasing the window size will result in more fre quency bins in the FFT and a more detailed analysis of frequency but at the cost of time resolution Decreasing the window size will oppositely affect the frequency bins and time resolution For more information on configuring spectrogram display parameters see Appendix B A
261. milar to Figure 10 25 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 239 Chapter 10 Detection 240 S Raven Pre 1 3 Bala Version Te L R View idaw fects Heip tau cS BS SEBARAN BHR FeCRaCHE BSSSBSBBSFe iugulo KRHRAKRBS Wier acts Detectors Jurphtede Detector Weoweform 1 w Clear Selections ee Cit Bec Tite Lawfreg High freq D pa os 1 r6 2 MET 1 005 112 23080 0 1215 132 23040 0 1715 1t 1215 12 0 220800 1215 12 Jot 13514 1 23080 5 1314 1 27040 0 1216 1 Y 27000 taia 13 2200 0 xr 3 Hi Booed wee eww Se m Figure 10 25 The selections made by the amplitude detector There are a few transients but not bad overall There can be significant time lag between the input of the gt lowpass filter and its output the envelope Since the selec tions are computed using the envelope the selections can appear to lag the waveform when they are drawn in Raven This effect becomes more pronounced as the lowpass fre quency is reduced If we run the detector with a smaller lowpass frequency we will see how the selections can start to be shifted slightly to the right from where you might intuitively place them Again this is because the detector is detect ing on the envelope signal which lags the waveform slightly see Figure 10 26 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Xx Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version Amplitude Detector Waveform 1 vj Detector Active vj Clear Sel
262. mogram is the active view and choose View gt Beamogram Configuration or right click anywhere on the beamogram view and choose Beamogram Configuration from the context menu X Configure Beamogram 1 Array Filtering Beamforming View Channels Sensor 1 X 10 0 Y 0 0 Sensor 2 X 17 0 Y 10 0 Sensor 3 X 50 0 Y 0 0 Sensor 4 X 60 0 Y 0 0 Sensor 5 X 80 0 eax 0 0 T Auto apply OK Apply Reset Close Beamogram parameters Figure 8 8 The Configure Beamogram dialog showing the different parameter tabs Medium Array etc across the top Incidentally these are the array settings used to create the beamogram in Figure 8 7 When creating a beamogram view Raven needs to know certain informa tion about your recording setup Information about these parameters can be entered into the Configure Beamogram dialog on any or all of the tabbed pages see Figure 8 8 More information about these parameters is below Medium Sound speed refers to the speed of sound within the recording medium typically either air or water The speed of sound varies in these media based on a number of parameters including the temperature and density of the media However a useful approximate value for the speed of sound Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds in air is 330 meters second and in saltwater a useful approximate value is 1500 meters second Array On this tab yo
263. moving the sound window To move the window around simply click and drag on the title bar To minimize the window to reduce the whole window to a short title bar at the bottom of the Raven window click on the Minimize icon in the title bar Clicking on a minimized window s title bar expands it again Clicking on the maximize icon makes the window fill the entire Raven desktop When the window is maximized you ll notice the Maximize but ton changes into a Restore button Clicking this Restore icon restores the sound window to its previous size and position Clicking on the Close icon closes the window if you close it you ll have to reopen the sound file again by choosing File Open Sound Files by typing Ctrl O Windows or lt Command O gt Mac OS or by using the Recent Files section of the File menu You can also resize the window by clicking and dragging on an edge or any corner of the window On Mac OS you must drag from the bottom right corner to resize the window The horizontal and vertical scrollbars in a Raven sound window always refer to the active view The length of the horizontal scrollbar in a wave form or spectrogram view corresponds to the total duration of the sound that is in Raven s working memory The length of a scrollbar s scroll thumb Figure 3 4 relative to the length of the entire scrollbar indicates what proportion of the corresponding axis is visible in the view pane 1 If you opened the
264. n duration compared to the overall recording Detection can be a useful tool when compared to the alternative process of manually browsing days of record ings in order to find small samples of interesting sounds Automatic detection software may be able to reduce the amount of time that it takes to analyze a recording Whereas detection is the process of identifying these signals of interest an individual detector is the mecha nism in which a detection algorithm is implemented in order to detect spe cific signals of interest Users must be aware of trade offs that they will need to make before deciding if detection is the correct approach for their analysis In this chapter you will learn about ethe three modes of Raven detectors e trade offs involved with using detectors e running an interactive detector running a detector in full mode and while recording saving detected selections instructions for detectors provided with Raven The three run modes of Raven detectors In order to shorten the amount of time that users take to analyze their recorded datasets Raven has a detector infrastructure built around Raven s extensible software architecture Raven provides an Application Programming Interface APT as well as a reference implementation of a specific detector meant to both get users started with detection and get developers on the road to creating their own detectors Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 211 Chapter
265. n file boundary markers Figure 7 4 between the data from each file Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif etc Figure 7 4 The files ChestnutSidedWarbler aif and LarkSparrow aif from the Raven Examples folder opened as a file sequence The dashed green vertical line shows the boundary between the two sound files 1 In lexicographic ordering numbers precede letters For example if you were to open two files named abc wav and abl wav as a sequence the data from ab1 wav would be displayed first followed by the data from abc wav 164 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 Large Datasets Opening multiple sound files in separate windows You can open more than one sound file at a time with each sound appear ing in a separate window by choosing multiple files from within the Open Sound Files dialog To display the Open Sound Files dialog choose File gt Open Sound Files There are three ways to choose multiple files to open Click on the name of the first file you want to open in the list of files Then select additional files to open by clicking on their names while holding down the Ctrl key The names of all of the files you clicked will be highlighted and will be shown in the File Name field Each file name in the File Name field will be enclosed in double quotation marks Fig ure 7 5 e If the names of the files you want to open are listed consecutively with no intervening file names in the
266. n save it x with a larger sample size the saved signal will retain the smaller dynamic range and audible quantization hiss of the 8 bit signal This is because the quantization noise is scaled along with the desired signal when 8 bit signals are scaled to the larger sample size 276 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound Storage requirements The increased frequency bandwidth obtainable with higher sampling rates and the increased dynamic range obtainable with larger samples both come at the expense of the amount of memory required to store a dig itized signal The minimum amount of storage in bytes required for a digitized signal is the product of the sample rate in samples sec the sam ple size in bytes one byte equals 8 bits and the signal duration sec onds Thus a 10 second signal sampled at 44 1 kHz with 16 bit 2 byte precision requires 882 000 bytes 10 sec x 44 100 samples sec x 2 bytes sample or about about 861 Kbytes of storage 1 Kbyte 1024 bytes The actual amount of storage required for a signal may exceed this minimum depending on the format in which the samples are stored The amount of time that it takes Raven to calculate a spectrogram of a sig nal depends directly on the number of samples in that signal Thus spec trograms take longer to calculate for signals digitized at higher rates However the sample size at which a signal is acquired or saved does n
267. n the bottom window Saving All or Part of a Sound You can save the active signal in a sound file either in WAVE format file name extension wav or in AIFF Audio Interchange File Format file name extension aif format WAVE files can be opened by most other programs that work with audio data AIFF files can be opened by most Macintosh programs that work with audio data and some programs on other platforms To choose a file format WAVE or AIFF and a sample size for the file to be saved use the Files of Type drop down menu in the Save As dialog box Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 11 Chapter 1 Getting Started Saving a signal Figure 1 10 Choice of sample size is discussed in Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound audio data Information that is specifically for use with Raven such as selection tables and layout parameters is not saved in these files b Files saved in WAVE or AIFF formats contain only the actual To save a sound choose File gt Save Sound N or File gt Save Sound N As Choosing Save Sound N simply saves the sound under the same filename in the same location as the last time the sound was saved If the sound has never been saved Raven asks you to specify a location and name for the file Choosing Save Sound N As allows you to specify a new location and or name for the file to be saved Figure 1 10 X Save Sound 1 As Save In C Examples v
268. nal parameter no detection defection b undesired signal lt TN desired signal Eu ui i parameter c no defection detection undesired signal parameter d no detection a detection undesired signal lt a desired signal TN FN N parameter Figure 10 4 a The signal to noise ratio is high enough that all of the TP can be captured without capturing any of the true negatives TN b The signal to noise ratio is lower so that it becomes impossible to cap ture all the TP without either capturing some FP and or rejecting some of the FN Changing the parameter setting alters the ratios of TN FP and FN TP c To capture all the TP you will also capture most of the FP Because of the high number of FP that would have to be weeded out this is a time consuming task d By not capturing any TN you will also be rejecting the majority of the FN Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 217 Chapter 10 Detection How to run a detector Interactive detection Running a detector First open the sound file making sure that the appropriate view is active on an existing sound file in the window Next open the detector by selecting View gt Interactive Detectors gt Detector Name from the toolbar or by opening the view s context menu and selecting Interactive Detectors gt Detector Name with a page size that is large enough to capture one or more of the signals of interest bu
269. ndows Audio Device gt Cornell BL Energy 1000 0 3500 0 Spectrogram 2 v Clear Selections Configure Close ay Layout Linkage Selection Wi Recording to memory Playback Detection Figure 10 2 Real time detection in progress Forusers For users Raven comes with sample detectors that are described in more detail in How to run a detector Full mode and within a recorder on page 221 These detectors run on a specific view of a sound If the correct view is not opened Raven will prompt you to open the required view prior to running the detector Some Raven detectors have the ability to save presets from the user interface while others have presets that can be set by opening a separate file and setting parameters For developers Raven comes with the detector infrastructure and API capable of support ing detectors written in either Java or Python running in the Jython inter preter Java detectors can use JNI or Java Builder for MATLAB to include algorithms written in other languages The Python detector Cornell Band 214 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Installing third party detectors Chapter 10 Detection LimitedEnergy is supplied as an example for developers to use in the cre ation of additional detectors Different detectors can be associated with different views In a spectro gram view the energy detector detects changes in energy in a given fre quency band In a waveform
270. ng Started 20 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 2 About this chapter The Raven Window The Menu bar In this chapter you ll learn about the three main parts of the Raven Win dow and how to adjust the appearance of the application Topics include ethe Menu bar ethe Toolbars ethe Side panel and mouse measurement field e changing the appearance of the Raven Window The menu bar appears below the title bar on the top left of the Raven win dow on Windows computers and at the top of the screen on Mac OS com puters Figure 2 1 Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version File Edit View Window Tools Help menu bar Figure 2 1 The Menu bar on a Windows computer Each entry on the menu bar contains specific commands and controls to help you utilize all Raven s tools The following is a brief discussion of the menu bar entries that is intended to familiarize you with each menu item and its contents Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 21 Chapter 2 The Raven Window 22 The File menu New Open Sound Files S Open From CD amp Open Recent Folder Ef Open Selection Table E Open Workspace Close Sound 1 2 Close Selection Table Close All Save Sound 1 fh Save Sound 1 As Save As List File Save Selection Table Save Selection Table As Save Active Selection As Save All Selections In Current Table As Save Selected Channels As Save Workspace Save Workspace As
271. ng and recording devices to a frequency domain representa tion or spectrum When the signal and spectrum are represented as a sequence of discrete digital values a version of the Fourier transform called the discrete Fourier transform DFT is used The input to the DFT is a 282 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis finite sequence of values the amplitude values of the signal sampled digitized at regular intervals The output is a sequence of values specify ing the amplitudes of a sequence of discrete frequency components evenly spaced from 0 Hz to half the sampling frequency Figure B 3 Raven implements the DFT using an algorithm known as the fast Fourier transform FFT Y T magnitude Xo X4 Xo Xa gt ET gt Ao Ay A2 Aul A a Frequency fo fy fo fue Figure B 3 Schematic representation of the discrete Fourier transform DFT as a black box The input to the DFT is a sequence of digitized amplitude values Xp X1 X2 Xy4 at N discrete points in time The number of input values N is called the DFT size The output is a sequence of amplitude values Ao A A Avg at N 2 discrete fre quencies The highest frequency fi is equal to half the sampling rate 7 1 2T where T is the sampling period as shown in the figure The output can be plotted as a magnitude spectrum In practice a spectrum is always made over some finite ti
272. ng and showing window components 0 00 e ee eee eee 58 Changing the Appearance of a Sound Window ssss 60 Spectrogram brightness and contrast llli eee 60 Color schemes of sound windows llle eese 60 Editing color schemes ea ersi wela oit eni he eh 61 Sound Window Presets e soa censa a a eee eae 61 Multiple line views within sound windows sss sene 64 Grouping views with multiple lines llli 65 Working with more than one sound 00 0 e eee ee eee 67 Tile Cascade windows 0 000 ee eae 68 Apply current window layout to all windows 0 00 esee 70 Signal Acquisition Recording 71 About this chaptet ic 020i esas cao Meet Va Vaters ava dx cet EA E aS OER 71 Overview of signal acquisition ccc eee cece cece cece eens 71 Recording modes ents 71 Creating a recorder liiis hr 72 Recording IN puts ick IU RC UU CR EU ewe ad e e dd dene 72 Device tec o es oa pes AEA ote che vada D END EE d 72 sample Rates dadana ee dal Va eee e dla a ead aa ea 73 Channels 1d ure Er ep eU ete Oda dor 100 ede ien e den But 73 Sample FORMAL ots ne aah ah a hud alana Pa Roo oe SOC AR ZR Le Hae ag 73 Recording Displays icici soa cs ca Ee QekbA E ERR EIEEE CREE ERE vi s ad 74 B tfer olZe 4 4 gun AEE EN E EE A EEE med AEE TSD 74 Update Rates ex bees ae Re ge quae ale Wed Kalba ee PU RORIS Rina 75 CIENCY e epp dp eee Pedes Dod
273. nked to it by Color Scheme By default all views of a signal are linked to each other by Color Scheme Channel Visibilities In multi channel signals see Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds hiding or showing particular channels of a view will also hide or show those channels in other views that are linked by Chan nel Visibility Number of Lines Changing the number of lines displayed for a view see Multiple line views within sound windows on page 64 automati cally changes the number of lines displayed for any other views that are linked by Number of Lines By default all views in a signal that display a time axis are linked to each other by Number of Lines Additionally spectrogram spectrogram slice and selection spectrum views can be linked by spectrogram parameters If two views are linked by spectrogram parameters then changing the parameters for either view automatically changes both views Views that share a linkable property can be linked even if they are in different signal widows This can be useful for example in setting views of different signals to the same scale When you request a spectrogram slice view Raven actually calculates an entire spectrogram of the signal but only displays one slice at a time A spectrogram slice view thus has a hidden time axis Which slice of the underlying spectrogram is displayed is determined by the view s time position By default the time position of a spectrogram sl
274. ns in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units Hz IQR Inter quartile Range Bandwidth spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The difference between the 1st and 3rd Quartile Frequencies Units Hz Center Time spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The point in time at which the selection is divided into two time intervals of equal energy For the spectrogram view the Center Time t is the small est discrete time within the selection which satisfies the inequality J 2 amp 2 ty Formula 6 4 gt S fZ Y gt Sif f fit t pP Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 147 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Measurements based on waveform 148 values where S is the value of the spectrogram power spectral density at dis crete time t and discrete frequency f It can also be stated that the Center Time is the smallest discrete time in which the left side of the formula exceeds 50 of the total energy in the selection Note that the accuracy of this measurement is limited to the resolution of the spectrogram as deter mined by the DFT size For the spectrogram slice view the procedure is the same except that the summation over time is not necessary since selections in the slice view occupy only one time bin Units seconds 1st Quartile Time spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The point in time that divides the selection into two time intervals cont
275. nt Chooser dialog box Figure Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 143 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing 6 10 The left list shows the measurements that are currently displayed in the selection table The right list shows all of the measurements that are available in Raven To add a measurement select the name of the mea surement in the right list and then click the left pointing arrow between the two lists to add it to the left list To remove a measurement select its name in the left list and then click the right pointing arrow Shift click to select multiple adjacent measurements in either list control click to select multiple non adjacent measurements When you ve finished configuring the set of measurements you want click OK the selection table is determined by the order in which they appear in the list of Displayed Measurement in the Measure ment Chooser The order in which measurement columns are displayed in 0 99 Measurement Chooser Raven Preset Displayed Measurements Available Measurements Begin Time Delta Time End Time Delta Frequency Low Frequency lt lt Peak Amplitude High Frequency Peak Time gt gt Max Amplitude Max Time A Min Amplitude Y Figure 6 10 The Measurement Chooser dialog box Measurements In Raven Power Spectral Density is computed by based on spectrogram values 1 defining the signal in the time domain by selecting it 144 2 taking a Fourier transfor
276. nt is the extender point Committed vs uncommitted selections When you first create a selection it is uncommitted An uncommitted selec tion is temporary it disappears as soon as you click somewhere else in one of the sound window s views to create a new selection Thus there can only be one uncommitted selection in a sound window at any one time To commit a selection press the Enter key when any one of the selection s control points is active Once a selection is committed it will persist in the signal until you explicitly clear it When you commit a selection its border changes from a dashed to a solid line The active selection When you first create a selection it is active After a selection has been committed it becomes inactive when you define a new selection which then becomes active Thus only one selection at most can be the active selection Active and inactive selections are highlighted in different colors By default the active selection is highlighted in red inactive selections are highlighted in cyan Figure 6 2 Only the active selection has control points Certain operations such as playback zoom and editing apply only to the active selection To activate an inactive selection point to the selection and choose Selection N Activate where N is the selection num ber from its contextual menu Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 129 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing kHz Figu
277. nt page To move the start of the page to the beginning of a particular file choose the name of that file from the file name drop down menu You can create a selection that spans boundaries between pages by shift clicking Click once at the start or end of the interval you wish to select then page forward or back as needed and shift click at the other limit of the interval Once the selection is created you can copy or save it as you would with any selection in a non paged window Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 7 Large Datasets Reconfiguring You can change the page size and the page and step increments for a paging foran paged sound window at any time by choosing Configure Paging from existing window the contextual menu for the page navigation panel right click with a 2 Batch Operations button mouse or Control click on a Mac You can then enter new val ues for any of the page configuration parameters in the Configure Paging dialog box Figure 7 3 0090 Configure Paging Page size 30 seconds HJ Page increment 90 percent HJ Step increment 10 percent F OED Cancel Figure 7 3 The Configure Paging dialog box which is used to recon figure paging for an existing paged sound window Raven has a batch channel exporter which operates on subsets of channels from a collection of sound files More information on this feature includ ing how to use it can be found in Batch channel export in C
278. nt subsets of channels to use with the beamformer calculation and compare the results Depending on the quality of signals received by each sensor it may be useful to view different combinations of sensor signals in the Beamogram view Each combination is called a Chan nel The limit on the number of different combinations that can be viewed simultaneously is equal to the number of channels in the sound Channels are added to the end of the list and are removed from the end of the list Hints for working A A useful way to work after setting the initial parameters is to steer the with beamograms beamformer by adjusting the reference bearing and the min and max bear ings Begin with a large number of bearings 200 or more to create a high resolution As mentioned before filtering the signal can also be helpful Figure 8 10 gives a graphical representation of how orienting the beam former can work Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 183 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds Maximum bearing Sound Reference Source Pad bearing Figure 8 10 Orienting the beamformer using the Maximum Minimum and Reference bearing parameters 184 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 About this chapter Correlation This chapter explains how Raven s correlation tool works Correlations are a way to perform quantitative comparisons between spectrograms or waveforms In this chapter you ll learn some general information about correlation e
279. nual 263 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven 264 restart Raven If you do not restart immediately the change will take effect the next time you start Raven the largest value that the JVM will attempt to allocate to the heap The largest heap size that actually can be allocated may be less than the Maximum Heap Size shown if there is not enough memory available that is not being used by other programs including the operating system or if there is insuf ficient physical memory installed in the computer The Maximum Heap Size shown in the Memory Manager is Take care to set the maximum heap size to a realistic value If the value is set beyond the range of the computer s physical memory Raven may fail to start If this happens you need to contact Raven support to correct the problem The memory usage list The bottom portion of the Memory Manager window Figure 11 7 dis plays a list of all of the sound files presently open and the size of each one in megabytes 1 megabyte Mbyte 1024 kilobytes 1 kilobyte Kbyte 1024 bytes To the left of the name of each sound e g Sound 1 Sound 2 etc is an opener icon the shape of the opener icon depends on the oper ating system under which you re running Raven Clicking on the opener icon or double clicking on the entry name expands the entry for the sound The expanded entry contains an entry for the sound samples that constitute the signal and one entry fo
280. nvelope Linear Power Logarithmic Power Reset Cancel ok Figure 9 12 The batch correlation configuration dialog Input and output For Raven s batch correlator you must specify which files are to be used as input and where the output file should be saved The input files must all be stored in the same folder and the output file can be saved in a folder which can be different from the input folder For batch correlation there are two sets of file inputs see Figure 9 12 Each set can consist of a file or folder If you choose a folder then all files within that folder will be used as input to the batch correlation process After you select the input files or folders you must select the output options see Figure 9 12 The default settings are to save the output to a text file and to view the results within the Raven window One of these options must be chosen for the correlator to run You can change the out put folder and name by using the Browse button or just enter the name of the output file by typing in the text box 200 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Running the correlator Chapter 9 Correlation All other options within the batch correlation configuration dialog are identical to those in the correlation configuration dialog box as discussed earlier in this chapter When you click the OK button Raven starts calculating the correlations and displays a status window titled Spectrogram Correlat
281. o turn off the Selection Fill checkbox in the Layout tab of the side panel This will remove the shading that fills selections which will reduce the load on your CPU Contacting the Raven development and support team Setting your return address Raven has an online help and discussion forum where users can address each other or the Raven team by asking questions answering posted ques tions reporting bugs or submitting feature requests Visit us at http help RavenSoundSoftware com to view the forum The Raven developers want to hear from you You can report a bug request support or suggest a feature by choosing File Email Feedback Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 267 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven 268 Bug reporting and sending email from within Raven Figure 11 9 Before clicking Send be sure to check that your correct email address appears in the From field so we can get back to you Although you can of course use your usual email program to contact us at raven _bugs cornell edu for bugs and feature requests or raven support cornell edu for support or other comments there is one situation in which you should use Raven s email feedback feature and not another program If Raven encounters an unrecoverable error it will ask if you want to submit a bug report If you report the bug using Raven s email feedback form Raven will include information along with your message that can help us find the cause of
282. o Noieede ep Seed 75 Window preset 000 000 rr 76 File F ormat needa eoo E WEIL GSA VR a P P A Na EE 76 i r P c cT 77 Sample SIze nes te ee DR ew ee e e LL 77 B Mao 4 aaa re ee a Re A A A A A E EE E 78 Pile tating oos ua E A T E o api EE M Es 78 Dre aserta oee dude E e AEE E E T E E 79 SAE E TE ENE IE TE TEE TE RE BA 79 Start lime ao be dat eats aa Geb eee dated aks N gaan Wal Get ewes 81 File name collisions 2 0 2 ee eee I 81 Recording to a file sequence sic 66 cca i edades esas ran rho 82 Using recorder presets as tw ees b Ree ERRARE AREE RECNCARES CEU TER 83 The recorder window real time views during recording 84 Creating real time signal views lille 85 Recording to memory lsseesees e n 85 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual lii Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Recording to Tiles 22 2 Ele Ba eh pb dus e gba aided ne e e Sed quet 86 Adjusting recording level 0 0 0 eee 86 Navigating and selecting data in a running recorder 000 eae 87 Reconfiguring an existing recorder liliis 88 Multiple recorder windows 0 200 0 cece cee ese 88 Advanced options acquiring from recordings at altered input speeds 88 Advanced options sample rate conversion during recording 90 Why decimation is useful liliis nh 91 Decimation Factor 2 0 0 0 e ADE E ell EREE hh 91 Advanced options scheduled recording cece eee eee e eee 92
283. oaches can be taken to explaining the fundamentals of digital spectrum analysis The approach taken in this appendix is geared specifi cally to spectrum analysis with Raven thus some of the terms and con cepts used here may not appear in other more general discussions of spectrum analysis such as those listed at the end of the appendix The discussions in this appendix assume a basic understanding of how sound is recorded and represented digitally If you are not already acquainted with concepts such as sampling rate and sample size you should read Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound before pro ceeding Sound consists of traveling waves of alternating compression and rarefac tion in an elastic medium such as air or water generated by some vibrat ing object a sound source Sound pressure is the usually small alternating incremental change in pressure from ambient pressure that results from a sound When no sound is present in a medium i e there is no propagating pressure change we say that sound pressure is zero even though the medium does exert some static ambient pressure The dimensions of pressure are force per unit Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 279 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis area The usual unit of sound pressure is the pascal abbreviated Pa one pascal equals one newton per square meter Since the smallest audible sound pressures in air are on the order of 105 Pa
284. obtain it from your network administrator or internet service provider Problems sending If for some reason you are unable to send feedback when you want to do feedback so for example because your computer is not connected to the Internet at the time or there is an unexpected problem transmitting the message you can choose File Save As to save a feedback file to be sent later To send the feedback file later do one of the following Choose File Open in the Raven Email Feedback dialog box to open the saved feedback file then click Send Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 269 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven e Send a message from your regular email program to raven bugs cornell eduor raven _support cornell edu and include the saved feedback file as an attachment Again if you have problems sending email feedback with Xx Raven that you cannot resolve contact us with your own email program or visit our help and discussion forum online at http help RavenSoundSoftware com If you do visit our forum please attach the feedback file to your post 270 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound About this appendix Digital sampling This appendix provides a brief explanation of how sound is represented digitally An understanding of the basic principles introduced here will be helpful in using Raven Before a continuous time varying signal such as sound can be manipu lated or
285. of a stored sound For more information on this see Correcting speed when opening file in Chapter 7 page 167 For now click OK at the bottom of the dialog box to accept the default set tings A sound window appears on the Raven desktop Figure 1 4 File Edit View Window Tools Help e sm o m 1 ram 1 Lines f Mew 88 Channels C Line Titles Position Markers Scrollbars Selection Playback Interactive Detectors Figure 1 4 A sound window shown on the Raven desktop The title bar of the sound window shows a sequential number starting at 1 that Raven assigns to each sound you open and the name of the file sound file by dragging its icon from an Explorer Windows or Finder Mac OS window or from the desktop and dropping the icon anywhere in the Raven desktop When Raven is running you can open any WAVE or AIFF Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 5 Chapter 1 Getting Started Opening sounds in To open a recently used sound file choose the file s name Xx from the list of recent files at the bottom of the File menu By default Raven displays the four most recent files To open a file from a folder that you recently used within Raven choose File Open Recent Folder folderName Raven also enables you to open sound files in mp3 with the exception of different file formats variable bitrate mp3 files mp4 aifc and QuickTime movie so
286. of chan nels The sound cards supplied with most computers allow you to record and play back sounds containing either one or two channels i e mono or stereo To record or play back sounds with more than two channels you need to have a multi channel sound card or external device installed on your com puter Extensible multi Raven 1 3 includes support for multi channel recording using both NI channel audio input DAQ National Instruments Data Acquisition hardware and ASIO device support Audio Stream In Out audio input devices The NI DAQ technology pro vides input capabilities of up to 32 channels with an adjustable voltage range ASIO devices provide 24 bit audio sample size capabilities Both of these are Windows platform devices Raven also supports Java Sound for Windows which provides mono and stereo recording capabilities The Macintosh version of Raven supports Java Sound and also Apple s Core Audio which provides multi channel recording capabilities with 24 bit audio sample size see Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording for more information In this chapter you will learn ethe basics of working with multi channel files how to export subsets of channels from a single file or batch of files how to create selections in multi channel files how to use multi channel files for bearing analysis Working with multi channel files Displaying and The Layout tab of Raven s side panel contains a Channels pane tha
287. ogram Favole Set Brightness Set Contrast Window Size Color Map Set Spectrogram Window Size Figure 2 12 The spectrogram toolbar Color Map Changing and Reversing To change the color map of your spectrogram simply use the Change Color Map drop box Choices include Grayscale standard Cool Hot Standard Gamma II Copper and Bone You can also choose to reverse the color map For more on spectrogram color maps see Color schemes of sound windows in Chapter 3 page 60 32 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual The Side Panel Chapter 2 The Raven Window Brightness Adjusting and Setting To adjust the brightness of the spectrogram window you can use the adjustable slider sliding the bar to the right increases brightness while sliding it to the left decreases the brightness or you can set the brightness to an exact level by entering a number 1 to 100 into the Set Brightness text box For more information on this please see Spectrogram brightness and contrast in Chapter 3 page 60 Contrast Adjusting and Setting To adjust the contrast of the spectrogram you can use the adjustable slider sliding the bar to the right increases the contrast while sliding it to the left decreases the contrast of you can set the contrast to an exact level by entering a number 1 to 100 into the Set Contrast text box For more infor mation on this please see Spectrogram brightness and contrast in Chap ter 3 page 60 Spectrogram Window Size
288. ogram displays If you set contrast to 10076 the floor and ceiling values are set equal to each other so that the spectrogram displays only two colors which are the floor and ceiling colors by default white and black In this case adjust ing the brightness moves the threshold between these two colors Each individual spectrum in a spectrogram has a time associated with it called the spectrum time The spectrum time is the time halfway through the block of samples from which the spectrum was calculated the spec trum source data In an unsmoothed spectrogram Raven displays each individual spectrum in a spectrogram so that its horizontal midpoint is at the spectrum time Thus in a waveform and spectrogram linked to each other by time position and scale the midpoint of each individual spec Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis trum is aligned with the midpoint of the corresponding source data Fig ure 5 17 Figure 5 18 Figure 5 17 Time alignment of individual spectra in a spectrogram made with window size 10 samples and time grid resolution 10 samples overlap 0 The waveform and spectrogram are linked in time position and scale and have been zoomed in to show individual samples The colored overlays identify the correspondence between spectra and the samples from which they were calculated Each spec trum is associated with the time at the midpoint of its corresponding da
289. olor Scheme Preset dialog These folders will appear as submenus in the color scheme Preset menu with each sub menu listing the presets in the corresponding folder Color scheme presets must be saved in the folder Presets If the Auto apply checkbox is checked the default Raven immediately applies any change you make to an element s color or opacity without you needing to click the Apply button For parameters that you enter by typing in a field e g Red Green or Blue values in the RGB color chooser the change is applied when you complete an entry by pressing the Enter or Tab key or by clicking in another field Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 249 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven If the Auto apply checkbox is unchecked changes that you make in the Color Scheme Editor are not applied until you click the Apply or OK but ton Clicking the OK button applies the changes and closes the dialog Clicking the Apply button applies the changes but leaves the dialog open Clicking the Close button closes the dialog without applying changes If you click the Reset button before applying changes the color and opac ity settings revert to their previous values If Auto apply is checked the Reset button will not restore the color and opacity settings in effect before you made changes The Preset Manager Table 11 2 lists all of the types of presets available in Raven You create presets by choosing Preset gt Save
290. omputed as the value of the power spectrum at the upper frequency limit minus the value of the power spectrum at the lower frequency limit Units dB Energy spectrogram spectrogram slice selection spectrum The total energy within the selection bounds For a spectrogram the energy is calculated as b h Formula 6 1 2 5X m ip Af t ty where f and f are the lower and upper frequency limits of the selection t and t are the beginning and ending frame numbers of the selection Wo is the power dB reference value S is the spectrogram poewr spectral density in frame t at frequency f in dB and Af is the frequency bin size which is equal to the sampling rate divided by the DFT size In Raven the reference power W is always equal to unity For a spectrum energy is calculated as Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 145 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Robust signal measurements 146 h Formula 6 2 p3 m i7 Af Lehi where f and f are the lower and upper frequency limits of the selection and S is the value of the power spectrum power spectral density at fre quency f in dB Units dB Max Frequency Peak Frequency spectrogram spectrogram Slice The frequency at which Max Power Peak Power occurs within the selec tion If Max Power Peak Power occurs at more than one time and or fre quency the lowest frequency at Max Time at which Max Power Peak Power occurs Units Hz Max Pow
291. on C urre nt lable gt CI le ar A I Selec tic NS A HT C 1 li jl es Figure 2 10 The view toolbar New Waveform View New Spectrogram View New Spectrogram Slice View New Selection Spectrum View New Beamogram View The first five items on the control toolbar are the New Views buttons and they are only accessible when a sound window is open These buttons cre ate new waveform spectrogram spectrogram slice and selection spec trum views respectively Also when multi channel signals are open there is a beamforming view available as well You can also create new views by accessing the View gt New submenu View section in View menu on page 25 For more information on what these views are and how to use them see View Types in Chapter 3 page 50 Clear Selection Clear All Selections Zoom to Selection Zoom to All Zoom In X Zoom Out X Zoom In Y Zoom Out Y Tile Windows Cascade Win dows If you want to quickly clear a single selection or clear all selections in a sound window you can use the first two buttons on the left You can also access these commands at the bottom of the View menu or by using the selection context menu If you d like to adjust the appearance of a particu lar view you can use the zoom buttons in the toolbar The same function ality can be acheived by using the zoom buttons on the sound window itself Changing view scales by zooming in Chapter 3 page 47 If you want to ch
292. onfig uring windows and views by enabling you to set multiple parameters in one step For example a color scheme contains color specifications for the spectrogram color map and for fifteen other display elements such as point selections border and fill for range selections position markers and so on You can alter any of the predefined colors that Raven provides and then save the entire set of colors as a color scheme preset that can be retrieved later with a single mouse click The sections below briefly describe each type of preset provide cross ref erences to further discussions elsewhere in this manual and explain how to specify a preference for the default preset A spectrogram preset saves the state of all of the parameters and controls in the Configure Spectrogram dialog under a single preset name You can retrieve a saved spectrogram preset from the Preset menu within the Con figure Spectrogram dialog Spectrogram presets are discussed further in Spectrogram presets in Chapter 5 page 115 Raven is installed with a spectrogram preset named Default which is initially specified as the default by the following entry in the preference file raven preset spectrogramParameters defaultPreset Default To change the default to a different spectrogram preset edit this entry For example to use a spectrogram preset called MySpectrogram by default change the default spectrogram preset entry to raven preset spectrogramP
293. onfigure the name of your list file with relative times in the name of its sub folder Raven will generate a new list file whenever the relative times you used are changed For example look at the following list file name templates raven lt yyyy gt lt ll gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm gt lt ss gt txt this will result in a single list file for all of your recordings with the list file s name determined by when the first recording starts raven lt yyyy gt lt ll gt lt dd gt lt hh gt lt mm gt lt ss gt txt this will result in a new list file being created in a separate folder for each new day that passes If you choose this option you may wish to configure the names of your record ings so that they will be separated into the same folders as their list files to allow you to analyze them in a more straightforward manner Using recorder presets You can use recorder presets to save and retrieve sets of parameters for the entire recorder dialog and for each tab within the dialog To save a recorder preset for the entire dialog including parameters on all tabs first configure all of the parameters on all of the tabs in the dialog the way you want to save them then choose Preset Audio Recorder Save As from the dialog s menu bar When the Save Audio Recorder Preset dialog appears enter a name for the preset and click OK After making changes to an existing recorder you can save those changes as a recorder preset in t
294. oose the Source to use for input to the audio device In most cases this will be Line In The choices listed for Source correspond to physical input jacks or ports on the computer or external audio device To adjust the recording level move the Volume slider control Changes that you make to the recording level in Audio MIDI Setup are reflected immediately in the signal reaching Raven You can thus start a recorder running in Raven and then use the Audio MIDI Setup controls to adjust the recording level See Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording for a discussion of how to set the record level properly number of channels and sample size in Audio MIDI Setup while Raven is running Doing so may result in corrupted recordings in Raven b Do not make changes to the audio input format sample rate Built in Audio Built in Audio Figure C 5 The Audio Devices screen in the Audio MIDI Setup pro gram 302 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Index INDEX A About Raven 28 acquiring a signal 18 See recording a signal acquisition See also recording a signal Activate Selection selection contextual menu 129 Activate Selection N selection contextual menu 139 active selection 129 active view 41 42 active window 67 aif filename extension 11 AIFF file format 11 77 aliasing 90 272 274 Amplify 24 Amplify Sound dialog box 134 amplifying 134 Amplitude Detector 237 analog to digital conversion 271 an
295. or the duration of the selection irrespective of the frequency limits of the selection When you modify a sound Raven adds an asterisk to the beginning of the title of the sound window to show that you ve edited the sound If the file is restricted to read only access the title bar tells you that too in a sound window that contains selections at times later than the time where the editing operation is performed those selections will no longer refer to the same data as they did before the editing operation In Raven 1 3 if you perform Cut Paste or Delete operations The most recent change to a sound window can be undone by choosing Edit gt Undo or by typing Ctrl Z Windows or Command Z Mac OS By repeatedly using the Undo command you can undo multiple changes from most to least recent You can redo a change you ve undone by choos ing Edit gt Redo or by typing lt Ctrl shift Z gt Windows or Command shift Z gt Mac OS You can redo one at a time as many changes as you ve undone By default you can undo and then redo up to five changes You can change this number by altering the user preferences see About Raven preferences in Chapter 11 page 252 for more information Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Filtering and amplifying sounds Filtering Defining your own filters Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Raven enables you to selectively filter out all energy in part
296. or to Raven 1 2 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis width or duration of the individual cells in the spectrogram Figure 5 10 Hop size can be smaller than the window size because successive windows can overlap each other Windows can also be contiguous 0 overlap or separated by time intervals that are omitted from the analysis negative overlap Window overlap is usually expressed as percent of window size For example an overlap of 50 means that each window begins halfway through the preceding window An overlap of 100 means that one win dow of data is skipped between successive windows that are analyzed 300 skips three frames and so on The relationship between hop size and window overlap is given by hop size window size 100 overlap The Hop Size and Overlap fields in the dialog box are coupled so that you can specify hop size either directly by typing a value in the Hop Size field or indirectly by typing a value in the Overlap field Using the units drop down menu you can specify the measurement units for hop size as either samples the default seconds or milliseconds If you enter a value in the Overlap field that does not correspond to an integer number of samples Raven substitutes the closest overlap value that does Figure 5 10 shows three spectrograms that differ only in hop size Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 107 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis sna Frequenc
297. or to the beginning of the first spectrum Compare with Figure 5 17 Smoothed vs Raven can display spectrograms in either of two modes smoothed the unsmoothed default or unsmoothed Figure 5 19 display 120 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Figure 5 19 Close up view of portion of two spectrogram views of a signal digitized at a sample rate of 44 1 kHz The upper view is smoothed the default the lower view is unsmoothed For both views window type Hann window size 512 points overlap 50 To switch between smoothed and unsmoothed displays click the check box next to Smooth Spectrogram in the view s contextual menu or in the View menu when the spectrogram view is active An unsmoothed view more accurately represents the actual data in the spectrogram A smoothed spectrogram may provide a more visually satis fying image In an unsmoothed spectrogram each actual data point on the spectrogram grid is represented by a rectangular gray box The width and height of the boxes depend on the hop size and frequency grid spacing respectively see Time grid Window Overlap and Hop Size on page 106 and Frequency grid spacing and DFT size on page 108 In an unsmoothed spectrogram the horizontal center of each box is located at the time that is halfway through the set of samples from which that spectrum was made see Time alignment of spectrogram data on page 118 The v
298. ost W A and Nielsen D W 1985 Fundamentals of Hearing An Intro duction 2d ed Holt Rinehart and Winston New York x 269 p A good general text on human hearing that includes some discus sion of the elementary physics of sound and an appendix that introduces basic concepts of Fourier analysis Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 297 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis 298 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual AppendixC Configuring Audio Input About this appendix This Appendix explains how to use controls provided by your operating system to select and adjust the audio device from which Raven gets its input when acquiring new signals Windows 98 2000 and XP Depending on which version of the Windows operating system you re using the icons and windows you see may appear slightly different from those shown here However the audio input controls function the same way in all versions of Windows To access the Windows audio input and output controls double click on the speaker icon that is displayed in the icon tray in the Windows task bar Figure C 1 aia apes amp b 9 03 AM Audio controls Figure C 1 The Windows icon tray Double click on the speaker icon to display the Windows audio input and output controls You may see different icons in the tray depending on how your system is config ured The Volume Control dialog appears Figure C 2 showing the volume and balance settings for
299. ot affect the speed of spectrogram calculation because Raven always con verts signals to a 16 bit representation for internal operations even if the signal was initially acquired or saved with a different sample size Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 277 Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound 278 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual AppendixB A Biologist s Introduction to About this appendix Spectrum Analysis What sound is This appendix provides some conceptual background for making and interpreting spectrogram and spectrogram slice views with Raven It introduces the short time Fourier transform STFT the mathematical technique used by Raven for making spectrograms We do not discuss the mathematics of the STFT but instead treat it here as a black box This black box has controls on its outside that affect its operation in important ways One aim of this appendix is to convey enough qualitative under standing of the behavior of this box to allow intelligent use of its controls without delving into the box s internal mechanism Specific details of the controls are covered in Chapter 3 Spectrographic Analysis A second aim of this appendix is to explain some of the limitations and tradeoffs intrinsic to spectrum analysis of time varying signals More rigorous mathematical treatments of spectral analysis at several levels of sophisti cation can be found in the references listed at the end of the appendix Several appr
300. otate Selection dialog box Figure 6 13 which lets you enter values for all annotation col umns that are currently defined If you do not want Raven to display this dialog each time you commit a selection uncheck the box labelled Show this dialog whenever a selection is committed If you check the box labelled Use specified values as defaults before you click OK then Raven will automatically enter those values in the corre sponding dialog fields when annotating subsequent selections When Raven enters default values in this dialog box you can either change the values or just press Enter or click OK to accept them xl Song Type Individual ID Oooo 1 _ Use specified values as defaults v Show this dialog whenever a selection is committed Figure 6 13 The Annotate Selection dialog box Two annotation col umns have been defined named Song Type and Individual ID Entering annotations directly in the selection table To enter an annotation value for a particular selection you can click on the annotation cell in the selection table and then type the annotation value followed by Enter To enter the same annotation value into a series of consecutive entries in a selection table Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Selection Labels Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing 1 Enter the annotation for the first entry in the series 2 Highlight the annotation cells for a series of consecutive rows beg
301. ou want to proceed If the selection table contains any unsaved changes Raven displays an asterisk at the left end of the selection table s title bar Once a selection file has been saved you can retrieve the selections by choosing File Open Selections When Raven retrieves selections from a file it uses the Begin Time End Time Low Frequency and High Frequency values read from the file Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing to create new selections in the active signal These four measurements are collectively known as the selection bounds Measurement values other than the selection bounds saved in the file are ignored Raven computes the val ues of whatever measurements are currently displayed in the selection table based on the retrieved selection bounds The file from which selection bounds are retrieved need not have been cre ated by saving measurements in Raven Any tab delimited text file can be used for selection retrieval as long as it has the right format see below This means that selection files can be created manually or by an auto mated process such as a signal detection or classification program that is not part of Raven If one or more selections already exist in the active sound window when you retrieve selections from a file Raven will ask you to choose whether to a discard the old selections before retrieving b merge the existing selec
302. ound noise calculations Noise Percentile The percentage of the Decrease Increase ranked noise that is counted as background noise Minimum Occupancy Percentage of samples Increase Decrease coefficient within a selection where the signal must exceed the background noise by a given amount Event Threshold dB Thelevel above back Increase Decrease ground noise that the sam ple must exceed To demonstrate the use of the Band Limited Energy Detector we will walk through an example demonstrating how to configure an effective set of detector parameters for the file BlackCappedVireo aif Raven comes with these parameters saved as the BlackCappedVireo energy preset Figure 10 17 shows the Band Limited Energy Detector configuration dialog with this preset loaded Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 231 Chapter 10 Detection 232 A Configure Band Limited Energy Detector Preset Target Signal Parameters Minimum Frequency 1 500 Maximum Frequency 10000 Minimum Duration 0 05224 Maximum Duration 0 59791 Minimum Separation 0 05224 Minimum Occupancy 5 Return Occupancy SNR Threshold dB 10 0 Noise Power Estimation Parameters Block Size 1 99692 Hop Size 0 49923 Percentile 20 0 Figure 10 17 The Band Limited Energy Detector configuration dialog with the BlackCappedVireo energy preset loaded Choosing the minimum and maximum frequencies is
303. ow with all components hidden By default all window components are displayed except for line titles which identify the view type and number of each view Figure 3 17 If the sound has multiple channels see Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds or a view has multiple lines channel and line numbers are displayed in line titles as well j Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif Figure 3 17 A sound window showing a waveform and a spectrogram view with line titles displayed Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 59 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Changing the Appearance of a Sound Window Spectrogram brightness and contrast Color schemes of sound windows 60 When a spectrogram view is active the brightness and contrast controls on Raven s spectrogram toolbar become active too Figure 2 12 on page 32 If your spectrogram looks too dark or light or if it s hard to pick the signal out of the background move the brightness and contrast sliders to achieve the desired appearance of the spectrogram The brightness control adjusts the overall darkness of the spectrogram for a grayscale spectrogram the default sliding the control to the right lightens the display The contrast control adjusts the number of different color by default grayscale values that are shown in the spectrogram In a grayscale spec trogram moving the contrast slider all the way to the right makes the dis play black and white all v
304. pace files could not be found Entire Workspace Browse Bj Sound 2 CSVclip aif X Look i aa ca eefe Adobe J Visual Studio Projects J AutoCAD Sheet Sets desktop ini cE My eBooks Co My Music cE My Pictures File Name Figure 1 11 Raven s Workspace Resolver Dialog top This appears if you attempt to open a workspace file with missing or moved sound files If you wish to find the missing file choosing Browse displays the Select Dialog bottom which allows you to browse for and select the sound file 14 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Printing Exporting images to files Copying images to the clipboard Chapter 1 Getting Started To print the active sound window choose File gt Print Sound N or press lt Ctrl P gt Windows or lt Command P gt Mac OS then click OK in the print dialog that appears directly to the printer without rescaling or resizing You may need to experiment with the horizontal and vertical size of the window to achieve the desired printed result For more flexi bility with printing Raven images try exporting them to files or copying them to the clipboard see below When Raven prints it sends an image of the active window By default Raven prints in portrait orientation To change to landscape orientation choose File Printer Page Setup and choose Landscape ori entation in the Page Setup dialog The currently selected print orien
305. pearance Choose Window gt Background Color to open the Background Color Edi tor panel and set the color of the main Raven screen area the desktop through Swatches HSB or RGB color definitions More about customiz ing Raven can be found in Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Preferences Presets amp Memory Choose Window gt Tooltip Color to open the Tooltip Color Editor panel and set the color of Raven s tooltips the helpful signs that pop up when you hover your mouse cursor over a button or box Note that tooltip color can only be changed when the Metal Look and Feel is in use Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter3 Sound Windows Visibility Views Linkage amp Navigation About this chapter This chapter will explain how to work with and get around Raven in more detail Before reading this chapter you should have a solid understanding of the major components and basic layout that make up the Raven win dow If you need to review this information please see Chapter 1 Get ting Started and Chapter 2 The Raven Window Topics discussed in this chapter are using contextual menus learning the basic layout of a sound window e understanding the five main view types linking and unlinking of views e controlling how views are displayed e changing the appearance of a Sound window e changing the appearance of the Raven window Using Contextual Menus As you learn more about navigating around t
306. pecify the amount of data to average in units of seconds or milli seconds rather than spectra using the units drop down menu gj averaging pu on a 44M x lI N e c co o n o sjavet ging 4 i TI Melle 20 o Aldd 0 000 HE 3B 6 8 165 10 12 a averaging 1 kHz S 7 8 165 9 10 Figure 5 14 Spectrum averaging can yield clearer spectrograms when the interval in view is long compared to the number of spectra in view All four spectrograms of a nearby common yellowthroat and a distant yellow warbler were made with Window Type Hann Window Size 512 samples Window Overlap 50 All four are linked by time posi tion a and c Averaging 1 spectrum b and d Averaging 4 spectra When viewing a longer time span views a and b the view that uses spectrum averaging provides a clearer image especially of the faint signal from a distant bird For the more magnified image c and d the view without averaging appears clearer 114 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Apply and Auto apply Spectrogram presets Spectrogram views Significance of the color grayscale values Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis If you click the Apply button Raven immediately calculates and displays the spectrogram using the parameters currently displayed in the dialog without closing the dialog Clicking OK closes the dialog before calculat
307. position moves through the data though the position location stays fixed see below and can be used to control where playback starts see Scrolling playback and position markers on page 8 The position of a signal identifies a point in the data along a particular axis such as time or frequency In contrast the position location is the point in a particular view s panel where the position marker is displayed i e from left to right or top to bottom For example when you drag a time position marker you change both the position location relative to the window and the position relative to the data since the data do not move with the marker When you click the Center Position button for an axis the posi tion marker jumps to the corresponding horizontal or vertical center of the view panel and the data move with it i e the position location changes but the position relative to the data does not 1 The one exception is when you try to drag the position marker beyond the lim its of the signal In that case the end point of the signal will move with the marker and you will be changing the position location but not the position which is set to one of its limits already Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 45 Chapter 3 Setting the scale of 46 Scale of a view view axes Visibility Views amp Navigation 1 X gt D Figure 3 6 Waveform and spectrogram views with centered position mar
308. pter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing 150 Other measurements Delta Frequency all view types The difference between the upper and lower frequency limits of the selec tion Units Hz Delta Time all view types The difference between Begin Time and End Time for the selection Units seconds End Time all view types The time at which the selection ends Units seconds High Frequency all view types The upper frequency bound of the selection Units Hz Low Frequency all view types The lower frequency bound of the selection Units Hz Length all view types The number of frames contained in a selection For waveform views the number of frames equals the number of samples in a single channel For spectrogram and spectrogram slice views the number of frames equals the number of individual spectra in the selection in one channel For selec tion spectrum views the number of frames always equals 1 Max Bearing beamogram The bearing angle with the maximum power for a specific selection The angle will be represented by the area of highest energy in the beamogram Units degrees Peak Correlation correlation The maximum value of a correlation plot This measurement is analogous to Peak Amplitude in the waveform view Units dimensionless Peak Lag correlation The time in a correlation plot at which the Peak Correlation occurs This is analogous to Peak Time in the waveform view
309. r Parameter Function Strict Setting Lenient Setting Presets A list of predefined param N A N A eter settings Intermediate Output Produces a diagnostic dis N A N A play when selected Low Band Frequency Floor of Frequency Band Select frequen Select broader Hz kHz cies as narrow frequencies as possible 230 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Table 10 1 Parameter settings for the Energy Detector Chapter 10 Detection Parameter High Band Frequency Function Ceiling of Frequency Band Strict Setting Select frequen cies as narrow as possible Lenient Setting Select broader frequencies Maximum Duration sec msec samples Maximum duration over which signal could occur Keep the dura tion as short as possible Increase the duration Minimum Duration sec msec samples Minimum Separation sec msec samples Minimum duration over which signal could occur Minimum separation between signals Keep the dura tion as long as possible Keep the dura tion as long as possible Decrease the duration Decrease the duration Noise Block Size Duration of noise block Use a shorter Increase the sec msec samples used to calculate the back duration duration but ground noise not enough to include adja cent signals Noise Hop Size sec Amount of time the noise msec samples block skips between back gr
310. r Mac OS the side panel will be docked or hidden and you will be unable to view its contents If you select the arrow pointing toward the right the side panel will become undocked and will become vis ible again If the sound window is maximized when you hide the side panel it automatically expands to occupy the entire Raven desktop when it is undocked Similar docking control arrows appear throughout the application in cases where panels can be docked to provide more viewing room for other information 34 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Vertical separator bar Show all hide all Chapter 2 The Raven Window The gray shaded bar to the right of the side panel can be moved to the left and right to control the width of the side panel itself To resize the side panel simply click your mouse over the control bar and while holding the mouse button drag the mouse to the right or left The side panel contains different sections of information Each section in the panel contains a list of items When a checkbox next to an item is checked that item will be shown in the active sound window on the Raven desktop For example if you open ChestnutSidedWarbler aif the items listed under the View section in the side panel should be Waveform 1 and Spectrogram 1 with both checkboxes checked This means that both the waveform and spectrogram views are shown in the ChestnutSid edWarbler aif sound window For a brief review of what the sound win
311. r each view that exists for that sound e g Waveform 1 Spectrogram 1 etc Each view entry again has an associated opener icon Clicking the opener icon or double clicking the entry name for a view expands the view s entry to show an entry for the view s rendering data and in the case of spectrogram and spectrogram slice views the spectrogram data Rendering data represent the graphic image displayed in a view s pane within the signal window and thus depend in part on the size of a view s pane Changing the size of a view pane or the entire window will change the size of the associated rendering data even though the sizes of the sound samples and spectrograms do not change The memory usage list only tracks the typically large memory allocations associated with sound windows and views During the course of normal operations Raven uses memory for many other relatively small internal data objects as well Consequently the Memory Used value is always somewhat greater than the sum of the sizes shown in the list Spectrogram caching may further contribute to a discrepancy between the Memory Used value and the sum of the items in the memory usage list Spectro gram caching occurs when you have requested multiple spectrograms with identical parameters e g for a spectrogram view and a spectrogram slice view or for two spectrogram views that you view at different scales In these cases Raven saves time and memory by computin
312. r s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven first installed these defaults are set respectively to directories named Examples Selections and Workspaces within the Raven program directory These defaults are specified by the following three entries in the preference file raven ui openFileChooser defaultDirectory Examples raven ui selectionFileChooser defaultDirectory Selections raven ui workspaceFileChooser defaultDirectory Workspaces The notation means that the specified directories are subdirectories of the Raven program directory You can change any of these to any directory on your hard disk by editing the corresponding entry in the preference file For example the following entry tells Raven to use the directory c MyStuff SoundFiles as the default directory for sound files raven ui openFileChooser defaultDirectory c MyStuff SoundFiles You need to use the forward slash character to separate Xx directories and subdirectories in Raven preference entries not the back slash Note that this is different than entries in list files for example Default measurement precision By editing the appropriate entries in the preference file you can specify how many digits of precision Raven should use by default for displaying and saving measurements in the selection table You can always change the precision of a measurement displayed in a selection ta
313. r the position and scale of the view s hori zontal and vertical axes Scale is specified in units per line of the view see Multiple line views within sound windows on page 64 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Sound 2 AfricanForestElephan o Taal WE j Sound 3 AfricanForestElephan n r Position 0 000 Seconds Scale f 0 000 Seconds Line Frequency Position 0 0 Hertz Scale 1000 0 Hertz Line V Auto anpy Figure 3 7 The original file top left is shown with the default time scale Below that bottom left is the sound with its time scale changed to 10 Seconds Line The Configure View Axes box is shown right with the edited time scale displayed You can see the original view shows more than 20 seconds of the signal while the bottom view with the altered time scale shows only 10 seconds of the signal across the line Changing view At the scale of magnification shown in Figure 3 6 you can t see individual scales by zooming cycles of oscillation of the waveform view top what you see is the enve lope of the entire signal In order to see more detail of a signal you must adjust the zoom level of the view In the lower right hand corner of a Raven sound window are the zoom controls for the active view Figure 3 8 But tons marked with and at the right and bottom ends of the horizontal and verti
314. r with a given set of parameters the detection accuracy could be compromised Two specific results could occur if your sound recordings are imperfect 1 You may miss some of the signals that were present in the recording a false negative or FN 2 You may have detections which are not part of the set of signals for which you were searching a false positive or FP One way to quantify your error rate is to take a sub sample of the data set and manually browse for the signals you want You can then run the desired detector on the same data set A comparison of the number of selections from hand browsing with the number of detections can then be made You will then have some idea of the accuracy that you will achieve for the whole dataset Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 215 Chapter 10 Detection In addition to comparing a hand browsed dataset with a detector run you can also compare one detector against another or even compare different parameter settings within the same detector Comparing a sub sample of your dataset can therefore allow you to make a choice between using a detector and hand browsing and will help you decide which detector with what parameters is the best to use Receiver operating The Receiver Operating Characteristic ROC curve refers to the percent 216 characteristic age of true positives TPs captured and the percentage of FPs captured ROC Curve for hypothetical detectors True Positives TP
315. rameters in Raven Grid spacing should not be confused with analysis resolution Analysis res olution for time and frequency are determined by the record length and bandwidth of a STFT respectively Analysis resolution describes the amount of smearing or blurring of temporal and frequency structure at each point on the grid irrespective of the spacing between these points The following sections seek to clarify the concepts of analysis resolution and grid spacing by showing examples of spectrograms that illustrate the difference between the two At each point on the spectrogram grid the tradeoff between time and fre quency analysis resolution is determined by the relationship between record length and bandwidth as discussed above According to the uncer tainty principle a spectrogram can never have extremely fine analysis res olution in both the frequency and time dimensions For example Figure B 7 shows two spectrograms of the same signal that differ in record length and hence bandwidth In spectrogram a with a Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 287 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis 288 record length of 64 points 2 9 mS bandwidth 496 Hz the beginning and end of each tone can be clearly distinguished and are well aligned with the corresponding features of the waveform However the frequency analysis resolution is poor each tone appears as a bar that is nearly 1200 Hz in thickness In spectrogram
316. rder leaves the audio buffer This facilitates mak ing manual selections in a recording while it is recording When a selec tion is committed the audio data in the selection is saved to a file See Figure 4 11 for images of the related Clip Exporter tabs in the recorder dia log The Clip Exporter is an alternative to the Schedule tab see Advanced options scheduled recording on page 92 with the Record To File option The Schedule tab allows a recording to be made each time the red record button is pressed However the system needs to be configured to do retro active recording in order to record sounds that are already in the buffer and the record button needs to be pressed before the end of the retroactive time limit In contrast the Clip Exporter allows a selection to be made at any time within the 30 second buffer Figure 4 12 Also the Clip Exporter is similar to Save Active Selection As however it allows all of the names that will be assigned to the files to be preconfig ured since there isn t time to fill in this information before the sound leaves the buffer The Clip Exporter can also be used in conjunction with a Xx Raven detector see Saving detected selections in Chapter 10 page 228 so that when an event signal is detected a selection is created and the selection is automatically saved to a file Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Preset Record To
317. re 6 2 A spectrogram showing multiple selections The committed active selection is outlined in red inactive selections are outlined in cyan Point selections A point selection is created by clicking without dragging the mouse in a view A point selection is always shown in a waveform view as a colored vertical line The appearance of a point selection in a spectrogram or spec trogram slice view depends on which type of view was clicked to create the selection If a point selection is created by clicking on a waveform it is shown on spectrogram views as a colored vertical line Figure 6 3 This is because a point selection created in a waveform includes all frequencies by default In a spectrogram slice view such a selection would appear as a highlighted rectangle covering the entire spectrum that is visible only when the view s time position is at the time of the selection If a point selection is created by clicking on a spectrogram or spectrogram slice view it s shown as a colored symbol in spectrogram views and as a vertical line in spectrogram slice and waveform views Figure 6 3 the view is positioned at the time of the selection A point selection is visible in a spectrogram slice view only if 130 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing oe a E 0 000 En S 10 15 0 311 25 Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 2 1 A A i Bia 0 000 fe du m
318. re gone from the buffer can be retrieved by open ing the file s that were saved during the acquisition The update rate determines how many times per second views in the recorder window are redrawn during signal acquisition The default rate is 10 Hz There is a trade off between the perceived smoothness of the scrolling real time display and Raven s responsiveness to user interaction If the update rate is too low scrolling views move in visibly discrete steps resulting in a jittery display If the update rate is too high Raven will be slow to respond to user actions such as mouse clicks or keyboard com mands In practice the best rate will depend on the size of the recorder window the number and type of views it contains and the speed of the computer The default update rate of 10 Hz provides a good balance between display smoothness and performance on most computers You may need to experiment to determine what update rate provides the best performance on your computer See Reconfiguring an existing recorder on page 88 to learn how to change the update rate once a recorder is run ning The Latency value on the Display tab specifies the difference for a running recorder between the current time and the active view s time axis position by default the right hand edge of the window Specifying a display latency greater than zero introduces a delay in the display of data in real time views Display latency vs processing latency
319. re most concerned with precise frequency measurements you will probably want to choose a large window size hence better frequency and poorer time resolution If you want better time resolution choose a shorter window size the bandwidth will then be larger poorer frequency resolution Figure 5 8 a 4 Cc o O ho b 4 Cc O O N kHz S 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 Figure 5 8 Effect of choice of window size on time and frequency smearing in spectrogram views of Cassin s kingbird sound digitized at 44 1 kHz For both views window type Hann hop size 64 samples Frequency grid spacing 22 Hz a Window size 800 samples 3 dB bandwidth 79 Hz b Window size 150 samples 3 dB bandwidth 423 Hz View a has better frequency resolution note sharpness of the nearly constant frequency bands in selection 2 but poorer time reso lution note horizontal smearing of the rapid downsweep in selection 1 and in the oscillating frequencies in the second part of the call Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 105 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Time grid Window 106 Overlap and Hop Size Figure 5 9 shows an extreme example of how choice of window size can change the appearance of a spectrogram See Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis for further discussion and more examples of the effect of varying window size and bandwidth Ben KHZ 56 039 0 42 5 b 0 5 KU
320. resets 63 control points selection 140 Control toolbar 1 control toolbar 1 2 Copy 10 24 Copy Edit menu 10 132 Raven 1 2 User s Manual Copy Image Of 24 Copy Selected Rows selection table contextual menu 142 Correlation types 185 Correlator 27 create a new view 25 Ctrl backspace 132 Ctrl G 55 Ctrl L 51 Ctrl N 10 Ctrl O 2 42 Ctrl R 16 Ctrl Shift P 7 Ctrl shift Z 132 Ctrl Z 132 Current Heap Size 263 current page See under paged sound windows Cut 24 Cut Edit menu 132 D date tags in file name templates 80 dd tag in file name templates 80 Deactivate Selection View menu 131 decimation See also sample rate conversion Decimation Factor parameter 91 during signal acquisition 90 usefulness of 91 Decimation Factor 91 default directories 258 259 default measurement precision 259 261 default presets 254 255 Delete 24 Delete Edit menu 132 Delete View View menu 58 deleting a view 58 Delta Frequency measurement 150 Detect in Batch 27 Detection configure 220 detector active 220 full 212 interactive 212 real time 212 run full 220 detection 211 Detection tab side panel 33 Detector 251 Clear Selections 220 Detector Active 220 device unavailable for signal acquisition 96 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Index device unavailable error for signal acquisition 96 DFT discrete Fourier transform 282 283 DFT Size lock icon 109 DFT size 108 109
321. rightness and contrast controls This section provides a more detailed explanation of how these controls work The information in this section is not needed to use the controls effectively it is provided for those who are interested in a quantitative explanation of how these controls affect the spectrogram image Each spectrogram has an associated floor value and ceiling value Powers that are less than or equal to the floor value are displayed as the floor color powers that are greater than or equal to the ceiling value are displayed as the ceiling color In a default grayscale spectrogram the floor and ceiling colors are white and black respectively For power values between the floor and ceiling values Raven interpolates between the floor and ceiling colors Changing the brightness of a spectrogram changes the floor and ceiling values by the same amount in the same direction If we plot color value as a function of power changing the brightness has the effect of shifting the brightness vs power function left or right without changing its slope Figure 5 15 Increasing the contrast shifts the floor and ceiling values toward each other which increases the slope of the brightness vs power function without shifting the center point of the function Figure 5 16 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Color 9 Brightness 1 Brightness 2 92 f f P C4 C5 Power Figure 5 15 Relationship between
322. s instance of Raven is the one for which you will alter the calculation method 3 With the second instance of Raven 1 3 active open from the Windows menu the Raven preferences file Start gt Programs gt Raven 1 3 gt Rav enPreferences txt 4 Scroll to the last line of the text which should read as either raven compatibility computation spectrogram 1 2 Or raven compatibility computation spectrogram 1 3 5 If the version is 1 3 change it to 1 2 or vice versa This change will affect only the power spectra computation method 6 Save and close RavenPreferences txt Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 257 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven 7 Leaving the first intance of Raven 1 3 open close then reopen the sec ond instance of Raven 1 3 8 The previous preference settings will continue to apply to the first instance of Raven 1 3 as long as it remains open So it uses the power spectra computation method that was initially set while the second instance uses the method that was just set Using the current Raven 1 3 power spectra calculation in one instance and the earier Raven 1 2 x power spectra calculation in the other instance open the same file in each and view them simultaneously to see the difference Default workspace Workspace files are discussed in Saving Your Workspace in Chapter 1 page 13 You can specify a default workspace for Raven to open each time the pro gram is launched by uncommenting and edit
323. s small relative to the time scale shown in a view the flickering gray band disappears When it is larger the band becomes more promi nent By specifying a display latency greater than zero you give Raven some additional time to compute a view and build the corresponding image before it needs to be displayed A small display latency e g 0 1 or 0 2 sec onds often eliminates the flickering band with only a barely perceptible delay in the display of real time data Non zero display latencies also result in smoother updates to real time spectrogram slice views The Window Preset drop down list on the Display tab shows the name of the window preset that will be applied to the recorder window when it is first created Window presets define what views are visible in a window as well as window size selection mode and other properties You can choose from all of the window presets that are currently defined by click ing on the drop down menu icon to the right of the Window Preset field Window presets are discussed further in Sound Window Presets in Chapter 3 page 61 File Format The File Format tab appears only if you choose Record to File or Record to File Sequence 76 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual File Format Sample Size Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording X Configure New Recorder Preset Record To Fle v _ Export selections to clip files Input Display File Format File Name File Format
324. s the measured Max Amplitude Units dimensionless sample values Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Selection based measurements Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing Min Amplitude waveform The minimum of all the sample values in the selection Units dimension less sample values Peak Amplitude waveform The greater of the absolute values of Max Amplitude and Min Amplitude Units dimensionless RMS Amplitude waveform The root mean square amplitude sometimes called effective ampli tude of the selected part of the signal RMS amplitude is equal to Formula 6 5 where n is the number of samples in the selection and x is the amplitude in dimensionless sample units of the ith sample in the selection Units dimensionless sample units Max Time all view types For a waveform view the first time in the selection at which a sample with amplitude equal to Max Amplitude occurs For a spectrogram view the first time in the selection at which a spectrogram point with power equal to Max Power Peak Power occurs Units seconds Min Time waveform The first time in the selection at which a sample with amplitude equal to Min Amplitude occurs Peak Time waveform The first time in the selection at which a sample with amplitude equal to Peak Amplitude occurs Begin Time all view types The time at which the selection begins Units seconds Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 149 Cha
325. s to activate that view and choose Hide View from the View menu or from that view s contextual menu To delete a view activate the view and choose Delete View from its contex tual menu or from the View menu When you delete a view as opposed to hiding it the memory occupied by that view is released for reuse Re dis playing a hidden view occurs instantly whereas re displaying a view that was deleted requires that it be recalculated which may take a significant amount of time When you activate a contextual menu in a view pane view x specific commands in the menu apply to whichever view the mouse pointer is on when the menu is activated irrespective of whether or not that view is active To rearrange the order in which views are displayed in the sound window you can drag and drop view names in the Layout tab You can also move a view up or down within the sound window by choos ing Move View Up or Move View Down from the View menu or the view s contextual menu The bottom pane of the side panel s Layout tab contains a list of window components that can either be displayed or hidden You can display or hide each component of the active window by checking or unchecking its checkbox Figure 3 16 shows a sound window containing two views with all components hidden Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Sound 1 ChestnutSidedWarbler aif Figure 3 16 A sound wind
326. s to choose a recording source e g the com puter s built in CD player a microphone or line input jack for audio input Each audio input device is characterized by a set of available sampling rates at which signals can be recorded the number of channels that can be recorded and a set of sample formats Each of these parameters is dis cussed below Some devices may also have additional parameters that can be configured using both NI DAQ and ASIO audio input devices For more information about using this feature please see Appendix C Configuring Audio Input Raven now includes support for multi channel recording The Sample Rate drop down list displays all of the sampling rates avail able for the selected input device Typically the sampling rates available are determined by the underlying sound input hardware The Sample Rate parameter specifies the rate at which an analog electrical signal rep resenting a sound is sampled to create the digital signal Be sure to choose a sampling rate that is at least twice as high as the highest frequency in the recording you want to acquire in order to avoid signal distortion due to aliasing See Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound for a discus sion of aliasing and the trade offs involved in choice of sampling rate The default audio input device on most computers provides for one mono or two channel stereo acquisition For signals that are acquired in s
327. s to pass the analog signal through a low pass filter called an anti aliasing filter before digitizing it to remove any energy at frequencies greater than the Nyquist frequency If the origi Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound nal signal contains no energy at frequencies above the Nyquist frequency or if it contains only low level broadband noise this step is unnecessary Sample size amplitude resolution The precision with which a sample represents the actual amplitude of the waveform at the instant the sample is taken depends on the sample size or number of bits also called bit depth used in the binary representation of the amplitude value Some digitizers can take samples of one size only others allow you to choose usually through software between two or more sample sizes Raven s default audio input device plug in allows you to choose between 8 bit and 16 bit samples An 8 bit sample can resolve 256 25 different amplitude values a 16 bit converter can resolve 65 536 7216 values Sound recorded on audio CDs is stored as 16 bit samples When a sample is taken the actual value is rounded to the nearest value that can be represented by the number of bits in a sample Since the actual analog value of signal amplitude at the time of a sample is usually not precisely equal to one of the discrete values that can be repre sented exactly by a sample there is some digitizing error inher
328. save clip files to disk Note that the names of the files are saved to a list file Next configure a detector to find the signals that are of interest to you For more information on how to do this see the next section Instruc tions for detectors provided with Raven on page 228 In this example the target signal is a short whistle Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 223 Chapter 10 Detection Configure Band Limited Energy Detector Preset Target Signal Parameters Minimum Frequency 3000 Hz W Maximum Frequency 4500 Hz A Minimum Duration 009868 s TA Maximum Duration 1 00136 s c Hm Minimum Separation 0 09868 Minimum Occupancy X 30 8 v Return Occupancy SNR Threshold dB 10 0 gt Noise Power Estimation Parameters Block Size 1 99692 Hop Size 0 49923 Percentile Gn EB z Figure 10 10 Configuring a detector to find short whistles 224 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection me ie a a b Not recording O0clips exported Figure 10 11 A configured recorder with a selection table created for the detector Turn on the recorder and watch as detections are made and clip files are saved to disk Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 225 Chapter 10 Detection LN TAA B I Ui Li i Wh EA WMA i ng i 0 937 1 205 3000 0 4500 0 0 9892 2 238 2 534 3000 0 4500 0 0 7767 3 608 3 944 3000 0 4500 0 0 8291 4 978 5 280
329. se File gt Save Workspace As Raven work space files can be saved anywhere and must have a filename extension of WSp To open a workspace file choose File Open Workspace If you have any sound windows open Raven will warn you that they will be lost when the workspace file opens and ask if you want to proceed If there are signals open with unsaved changes Raven gives you the opportunity to save them before opening the workspace file Once the saved workspace opens Raven is completely restored to its state at the time the workspace was saved You can also open a Raven workspace by dragging the work x space file s icon from the computer s desktop a Windows Explorer window or from a Mac Finder window and dropping the icon on the Raven desktop Earlier versions of Raven could not open workspace files if any of the sound files they included had been moved Now if Raven cannot find a sound file needed for a workspace that is opening the program will present a dialog box Figure 1 11 listing the missing file s and will allow you to find the file by browsing through the system If you copy or move a workspace file to a different computer you must also copy or move the sound files and selection table files and their parent folders that are referenced by the workspace in order for Raven to open the workspace prop erly Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 13 Chapter 1 Getting Started Some of your works
330. se the last 4 seconds plus one more This gives a smooth rolling average A few consequences of this procedure are that a broad band setting will result in a very small range of energy values for a block resulting in a very small difference between the noise estimate and the highest energies Also to make a seletion the in band energy needs to exceed the noise esti mate by the SNR threshold amount and then drop below it again accord ing to the duration separation parameters So a noise estimate that is too low can result in fewer selections as can one that s too high This makes the percentile number very important Figure 10 16 shows the configuration dialog while an explanation of each parameter is detailed in Table 10 1 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 229 Chapter 10 Detection X Configure Detector Preset Frequency Band Low Band Frequency 2000 000 Hz gt High Band Frequency 3500 000 Hz gt Noise Estimation Parameters Maximum Duration Minimum Duration Minimum Separation Noise Block Size Noise Hop Size Noise Percentile 0 500 0 100 0 100 5 000 0 250 10 Detection Threshold Parameters Minimum Occupancy 0 7 SNR Threshold dB Settings and Options E Intermediate Output Figure 10 16 The configuration dialog for running the Energy Detector in interactive detection mode Table 10 1 Parameter settings for the Energy Detecto
331. seconds S for the horizontal time axis and kilohertz KHz for the vertical frequency axis The units displayed on the vertical axis of a waveform view are the actual sample values in the signal which are propor tional to the sound pressure at the microphone when the sound was recorded Position markers Each view that Raven displays has a horizontal and a vertical position asso Centering a position 44 ciated with it shown by a magenta line known as a position marker You have already seen how the time position marker in a waveform view indi cates the current time during scrolling play Scrolling playback and posi tion markers on page 8 When we speak of the horizontal position marker we mean the line that marks the horizontal position which is a vertical line Notice that when you move the time position of either the waveform or spectrogram the time position marker in the other view moves with it This is because views that share a dimension e g the time dimension for waveform and spectrogram views are by default linked by their position in that dimension More detailed information regarding linkage of views is discussed in Linking and unlinking views on page 53 You can move the horizontal or vertical position marker of a view relative to the window by grabbing it with the mouse and dragging it To move a particular point in the data shown in a view to the horizontal or vertical cen
332. selection control points in any view Selection control points can be moved either by dragging with the mouse or using the arrow keys on the keyboard In order to move a control point with the arrow keys you must first activate the control point by clicking on it You can activate dif ferent control points in succession by repeatedly pressing the Tab key when any control point is active Editing in the selection table You can change the Begin Time End Time Delta Time Low Frequency High Frequency and Delta Frequency values for a selection by editing the value directly in the selection table Any change that you make to one of these fields takes effect when you press Enter lt Tab gt or any of the arrow keys If you change Delta Time or Delta Frequency field Raven keeps the Start Time and Low Frequency fields constant and adjusts the End Time or High Frequency as necessary Using the Selection tab in the side panel The Selection tab in the side panel displays the Begin Time End Time Delta Time Low Frequency High Frequency and Delta Frequency for the active selection Figure 6 9 All six of these fields are editable so you can adjust the selection bounds by typing values into these fields Any change that you make to one of these fields takes effect when you press Enter or lt Tab gt or when you click anywhere outside of the field that you ve changed If you change Delta Time or Delta Frequency field Raven keeps the
333. ser s Manual Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation d 10 0 000 kHz S0 0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 1 Figure 3 18 Four spectrogram views of the signal CassinsKing bird wav using four different predefined colormaps a Hot b Stan dard Gamma ll c Bone d Copper You can reverse the spectrogram colormap by choosing Color Scheme Reverse Color Map from the spectrogram s context menu or from the View menu when the spectrogram is active light colors represent low power If the background is black b In general if the background of a spectrogram is white then the dark colors of a colormap represent the low power Editing color In addition to selecting spectrogram colormaps you can also edit a view s schemes color scheme by choosing Color Scheme gt Edit from the view s context menu or from the View menu when the view is active More information on customizing color schemes can be found in Editing color schemes in Chapter 11 page 243 Sound Window You can save information about the layout of a sound window in a window Presets preset which you can later apply to another sound window or to the same Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 61 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation window A window preset includes information about the size of a win dow what views are displayed whether or not the selection table is show ing and other properties Table 3 1 62 Raven Pro 1 3 User s
334. sity and the Cornell Lab of Ornithology make no claims regarding the performance of these products Credits Raven was developed with partial support from the US National Science Foundation grant DBI 9876714 Principal Investigators Christopher W Clark and Kurt M Fristrup with additional support from the Cornell Lab of Ornithology Raven software was written by Harold Mills Tim Krein Dean Hawthorne Scott Maher Andrew Jackson Aisha Thorn Dounan Hu Laura Strickman Christina Ahrens Jason Rohrer and Jason Adaska The Raven User s Manual was written by Russell A Charif Amanda M Waack and Laura M Strickman with contributions by Tim Krein Dean Hawthorne Ann Warde Dimitri Ponirakis and Wendy Alberg Raven artwork by Diane Tessaglia Hymes The Raven development project is led by Tim Krein and is under the general direction of Christopher W Clark Citation When citing use of Raven in scientific publications please refer to the software by referring to the Raven website www birds cornell edu raven When citing use of this manual please refer to it as follows Charif RA AM Waack and LM Strickman 2008 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Cornell Laboratory of Ornithology Ithaca NY For more information about Raven visit the Raven website www birds cornell edu raven Bioacoustics Research Program Cornell Lab of Ornithology 159 Sapsucker Woods Rd Ithaca NY 14850 USA Raven 1 3 User s Manual revision 1
335. sound showing waveform spectro gram and beamogram views with the beamogram being the active view The Max Bearing measurement see Max bearing measurement on page 179 is also included in the selection table The sound used to create this display is TestBeamo S 81500 5ChanArray 0 17 50 60 80 d143 wavand can be found in the Raven Examples directory In the beamogram bearing angles beams are represented in degrees on the y axis and time is represented in seconds on the x axis To find the bearing angle with the maximum power for a specific selection in Raven choosing the Max Bearing measurement will give you the angle repre sented by the area of highest energy in the beamogram See Measure ments in Chapter 6 page 143 for more information on this and other measurements To create a beamogram open a multi channel sound file and choose View gt New gt Beamogram View or choose the New Beamogram button in the Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 179 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds 180 toolbar You will be need to enter information about the recording medium array geometry bandpass filtering beamforming and channels in each of the tabbed pages see Beamogram parameters on page 180 for details Choose OK to apply the configuration and close the window alternately you can choose Apply to preview your parameters without closing the window To update parameters for an existing beamogram view be cer tain that the bea
336. st file then click OK In the Configure New Sound Window dialog box you can then choose either to open the entire file sequence or to open the sequence in a paged sound window Paged sound windows are discussed in Configuring a new paged sound window on page 158 A new sound window will appear displaying all of the audio data from all of the sound files specified in the list file or data from the first page of the sequence in the order that the file names appear in the list file Format of a list file A list file consists of a series of file name entries one per line Each entry can be a simple file name a relative path name or an absolute path name If the entry is a simple file name Raven looks for the file in the same direc tory as the list file A relative path name can start with the name of a sub directory within the list file s directory or it can use the double dot notation to indicate the parent directory of the list file s directory For example consider a list file that resides in the directory c SoundData and contains the following four entries firstFile wav moreData secondFile wav otherSounds thirdFile wav c frogSounds fourthFile wav When opening this file sequence Raven will look for the following files Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Selecting files in a sequence individually Chapter 7 Large Datasets SoundData firstFile wav SoundData moreData secondFile wav otherSounds t
337. support requests and other feedback to the Raven software team via email For more information on contacting the Raven software team and how to use the Email Feedback form please see Contacting the Raven development and support team in Chapter 11 page 267 Updates Periodically the Raven software team releases updates and changes to the Raven application You can check for and read about these updates in this section of the Help menu You can also download the QuickTime installer more on this process can be found in Opening sounds in different file formats in Chapter 1 page 6 About Selecting About Raven allows you to view information regarding copy right information thanks and credits for the application Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 2 The Raven Window The Toolbars There are five main toolbars in Raven You can control whether a toolbar is displayed or hidden by selecting View gt Toolbars gt Toolbar Name If the toolbar has a checked box next to its name it is already visible If the box is empty the toolbar is hidden In the same menu View gt Toolbars you can also choose to lock or unlock the toolbars If the icon is a locked padlock the toolbars are locked and you will be unable to move or other wise adjust their positions Unlocking the toolbars denoted by an unlocked padlock allows you to move the toolbars around if you so desire The file toolbar The file toolbar is located underneath
338. t 18 I 4 H5 p Figure 9 19 Recording of a Black capped Vireo showing 44 selections within the recording achieved by opening the BlackCappedVireo aif file along with the BlackCappedVireo selections txt file Save selections into Next choose File gt Save All Selections As from the menu and click on a new folder the File Names tab In the Directory field type BCV after the default Selections entry creating a new folder named BCV see Figure 9 20 Also adjust the Sound File entry to read BCV ii aif this will name the selection files BCV01 aif BCV02 aif BCV03 aif and so on Finally clicking the Save button will complete the process saving the named selections into the newly created folder 206 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 9 Correlation eoe Save All Selections In Current Table As Directory Selections BCV Browse Sound File BCV lt ii gt aif Example BCVO1 aif Start Time yyy Il dd hh mm ss Cancel Save Figure 9 20 The Save All Selections As dialog box with fields com pleted as described in Save selections into a new folder on page 206 Run batch After saving all of the selections to the BCV folder you can now run a spectrogram batch correlation of all the files in the folder against each other Note that correlation you could also choose to correlate a single file against all the files in the folder However this examp
339. t Record To Memory HY f input Display Device Built in audio controller P About Device Configuration Sample Rate 44100 E Hz Channels Mv Left Right Sample Format 16 bit signed PCM ES Advanced ok gt Cancel Figure 4 1 The Input tab of the Configure New Recorder dialog box You use the Record To drop down list in this dialog to choose whether to record to Memory a File or a File Sequence Depending on which record ing destination you choose different tabs appear in the dialog box The following sections discuss the configuration options on each tab Recording Input 72 The Input tab Figure 4 1 allows you to choose and configure an audio input device The Input tab is displayed for all three recording modes Device Click on the Device drop down list to see a list of all available audio input devices By default the operating system s default audio input device is Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Sample Rate Channels Sample Format Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording selected The name that is shown for this device will be the name of the default audio input device typically a built in sound card for your com puter The audio input device obtains its input from a recording source that you choose using controls supplied by your computer s operating system Appendix C Configuring Audio Input explains how to configure your operating system s control
340. t and its spectrum on the right a A single record of an untapered sinusoidal signal has a spectrum that contains a band of energy around the central frequency flanked by sidelobes as if the signal had been passed through a bank of bandpass filters like the one shown in Figure B 10 b A single record of a sinusoidal signal multiplied by a taper or win dow function has smaller sidelobes The magnitude of the sidelobes in a spectrum or spectrogram can be reduced by multiplying the record by a window function that tapers the waveform as shown in Figure B 11 Tapering the waveform in the record is equivalent to changing the shape of the analysis filter in particular lower ing it sidelobes Each window function reduces the height of the highest sidelobe to some particular proportion of the height of the central peak this reduction in sidelobe magnitude is termed the sidelobe rejection and is expressed in decibels Table B 1 Given a particular record length the choice of window function thus determines the sidelobe rejection and also the width of the center lobe The width of the center lobe in the spectrum of a pure tone is the filter bandwidth Table B 1 Sidelobe rejection for Raven s five window types The sidelobe rejection for each type is expressed as the height of the highest sidelobe relative to the peak of the main lobe Window type Sidelobe rejection dB Blackman 57 Hamming 41 Raven Pro
341. t calculates the background noise of a signal and uses this to find sec tions of signal that exceed a user specified signal to noise ratio threshold in a specific frequency band during a specific time This detector runs on a Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection spectrogram view only In order to run it the associated view must be open or Raven will prompt you to open the required view before running the detector Since this detector makes a rolling estimate of the background noise in the band of interest it is more useful when there is more uniform non sourced or white noise because the estimate can provide an adaptive threshold from which real signal can be estimated In more detail the noise estimation process begins by summing up the energy in the band for each frame in the previous block size seconds Then it takes this list of energies and sorts them before picking one according to the percentile paramater For example a 30 in the noise estimate percentile parame ter will take the energy value 3 10th of the ways up from the bottom of the list Likewise a value of 50 would result in the median value being cho sen This number is then taken to be the noise estimate for that block at which time the block is advanced according to the hop size and the pro cess is repeated So if the noise block size is 5 seconds and the hop size is 1 second the next noise estimate will re u
342. t lists all hiding channels of the channels of the active sound window Figure 8 1 Each channel is identified by a number A checkbox next to each channel number controls whether that channel is visible in the sound window To display or hide a channel turn the checkbox on or off by clicking on it You can display or hide all channels in a sound at once by clicking the Show All or Hide All icon above the checkboxes Figure 8 1 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 171 Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds 172 Editing multi channel sounds Show all Hide all ales pan o me wh III I IS Layout Selection Playback Figure 8 1 The Channels pane on the Layout tab of Raven s side panel In the Layout tab of Raven s side panel checking Line Titles in the Compo nents menu causes channel numbers to be displayed along with the view type and the number of each view In multi channel signals hiding or showing particular chan Xx nels of a view will also hide or show those channels in other views that are linked by Channel Visibility See Linking and unlinking views in Chapter 3 page 53 Each channel of a multi channel sound must be exactly the same length i e must contain the same number of samples as every other channel in the sound Therefore editing operations that change the length of a sound Cut Paste and Delete always apply to all channels in a sound Editing operations t
343. t not so large that you run into memory issues For further information on memory manage ment go to The Memory Manager in Chapter 11 page 261 If the recording is long choose to open it one page at a time Once a detector is selected the configuration dialog will be displayed allowing the user to set certain detector parameters After setting the parameters and clicking the OK button the detections if there are any should appear in the sound window Figure 10 5 shows the Amplitude Detector configuration dialog X Configure Detector Preset Envelope Detector Amplitude Threshold 1 000 0 Units Smoothing Delay Compensation Figure 10 5 The configuration dialog for the Amplitude Detector After setting the detection parameters choosing OK will run the detector Displaying detector Once you ve run the detector basic information can be found by selecting 218 information the Detector tab in the side panel Also if you make the selection table view of the current sound visible the name of the active detector will appear on a new tab The tab will be color coordinated with the detector s selection boxes in the sound window and will display detections selec tions created by the detector in the selection table See Figure 10 6 for an example Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 10 Detection Raven Pro 1 3 Beta Version File Edit View Window Tools Help e i i n
344. ta interval dashed vertical lines Compare with Figure 5 18 If the window overlap is set to 0 the left and right edges of each spec trum are aligned with the start and end of the source data Figure 5 17 However if the window overlap is greater than 0 the edges of individ ual spectra can t be aligned with the edges of the sample window because the width of the displayed spectrum i e the time grid resolution or hop size is smaller than the width of the source data Figure 5 18 Whenever a spectrogram s time grid resolution is less than the size of the spectrum window i e whenever window overlap is greater than 0 there is a gap between the time of the first sample in the signal and the left edge of the first spectrum in a spectrogram where Raven displays the no data color gray by default Figure 5 18 This gap is often narrow enough to be unnoticeable or invisible unless you zoom in to a high magnification Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 119 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis Figure 5 18 Time alignment of individual spectra in a spectrogram made with window size 10 samples and time grid resolution 7 sam ples overlap 30 The colored overlays identify the correspondence between spectra and the samples from which they were calculated Each spectrum is associated with the time at the midpoint of the corre sponding source data dashed vertical lines Note the gray area of no data pri
345. tation is indicated by the orientation of the page icon next to Printer Page Setup in the File menu If you click on the printer Properties button in the Print dialog x a dialog appears that contains another set of controls for choosing page orientation These controls may not correctly display or allow you to change the actual page orientation To change the page orientation always use File Printer Page Setup To save an image of all or part of the Raven window as a graphics file choose File Export Image Of A submenu appears showing the graphics objects that Raven can copy the entire Raven window the active sound window all views within the active sound window or each individual view within the active window Choose whichever object you want to export from the submenu In the Export Image dialog box that appears choose a graphics file format Any of the four graphics objects can be saved in PNG TIFF JPEG or BMP format Views can also be saved in Encapsulated Post Script EPS format but image scaling does not work for this format To copy an image of all or part of the Raven window so that you can paste it into a document in another program choose Edit Copy Image Of A submenu appears showing the four graphics objects that Raven can copy the entire Raven window the active sound window all views within the active sound window or the active view of the active window Choose whichever object you want to copy
346. ter Input Folder Batch Export Sounds Browse Output Folder Raven 1 3 Browse Channels v 1 j 2 w 3 L4 All None Figure 8 4 Batch Channel Export dialog showing Input Output Folders and the channels selected to be exported in this case channels 1 and 3 Creating selections in multi channel sounds Selections in multi channel sounds can be defined for any subset of the channels in the sound Figure 4 3 By default when you create a new selection in a multi channel sound the selection is defined only in the channel in which you outlined the selection To define new selections simultaneously in more than one channel you must first select the chan nels in which you want the selections to be created As described above to select channels for creating selections hold down the Ctrl Windows or the Command MacOS key and click in the view selection button at the left edge of any view of each channel to be selected 176 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds Specuogroam 1 Ch rmar 2 I Willd 1 f j HA wht le arc lo ma y DA Nx n 214 To Figure 8 5 Channel restricted selections in two channels of a four channel sound Channels 1 and 3 are hidden Selection 1 is defined in channel 2 only selection 2 is defined in channel 4 only selection 3 is defined in both channels When you create a selection in a selected
347. ter of the view pane place the position marker on the point of interest then click the corresponding Center Position button Figure 3 5 The position marker and the underlying data will jump to the center of the view pane Blue labels along the axes show the exact numeric values of the current horizontal and vertical positions On computers running the Windows operating system WINDOWS you can make a view s horizontal position marker jump directly to a point by control clicking at that point Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Positions control view appearance and behavior Position vs position location Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation center vertical position center horizontal position Figure 3 5 The horizontal and vertical Center Position buttons The horizontal and vertical position of a view control aspects of a view s appearance and behavior in four ways First a view s horizontal and vertical position in combination with the view s horizontal and vertical scales determine what portion of the view s data is visible in the window 2 Second a view s position is the point around which zoor operations are centered 3 Third the position of a view in a particular dimension e g time or fre quency may be used to link that view to any other view that shares that dimension Linking and unlinking views on page 53 4 And fourth during scrolling playback the time
348. tereo the Left and Right channels are identified within Raven as Channel 1 and 2 respectively To acquire only one channel uncheck either the Left or Right checkbox The remaining channel will be acquired as Channel 1 If you selected a device that supports input of more than two channels each channel is represented by a numbered checkbox If you disable input of some channels data from the channels that are recorded will be repre sented in the resulting acquired signal in channel number order and renumbered sequentially beginning at Channel 1 For eample if you are recording from a 16 channel input device and you select only input chan nels 1 5 7 and 12 then data from these channels will be represented in channels 1 2 3 and 4 respectively of the acquired signal The Sample Format drop down list shows all of the sample formats avail able for the selected virtual recording device The default input device on most computers supports two formats 8 bit and 16 bit signed PCM Pulse Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 73 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording Recording Display Code Modulation Some sound cards will support 24 bit signed PCM A larger sample size more bits results in a better quality digitized signal higher signal to noise ratio but may also increase the storage require ments for signals saved to disk files See Appendix A Digital Representa tion of Sound for a discussion of the trade offs involved in cho
349. tes a single spectrum for each record using an algorithm called the discrete Fourier transform DFT For spectro gram and spectrogram slice views this process is performed for the entire sound For selection spectrum views only the part of the sound within the time interval of the active selection is processed In a spectrogram Raven displays the spectra of all of the records arranged successively from left to right according to the time of the corresponding record in the sound Each spectrum is displayed as a tall narrow bar Fig ure 5 2 upper view The vertical axis of each bar represents the frequency axis of the spectrum The color of the bar varies from bottom to top with the color at a particular frequency i e height along the bar representing relative power or intensity at that frequency for the corresponding record In a spectrogram slice Raven displays only one spectrum at a time Figure 5 2 lower view The choice of which spectrum is displayed at any moment depends on the time position of the spectrogram slice view as Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis described later in this chapter see Time position of a spectrogram slice view on page 123 1 400 4 Spectrogram Spectrogram Slice 1 0 00 ue kHz0 000 0 400 0 600 0 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 Figure 5 2 Relationship between spectrogram and spectrogram slice views The spectrogram shown here is a close
350. th a relatively wide bandwidth will have poorer frequency analysis resolution than one with a narrower band width Ideally we might like to have very fine time and frequency analysis resolu tion in a spectrogram These two demands are intrinsically incompatible however the record length and filter bandwidth of a STFT are inversely proportional to each other and cannot be varied independently Although a short record length yields a spectrogram with finer time analysis resolu tion it also results in wide bandwidth filters and correspondingly poor frequency analysis resolution Thus a tradeoff exists between how pre cisely a spectrogram can specify the spectral frequency composition of a signal and how precisely it can specify the time at which the signal exhib ited that particular spectrum The relationship between record length and filter bandwidth applies to each of the individual spectra that collectively constitute a spectrogram Figure B 5 illustrates the relationship between record length and filter bandwidth in individual spectra The two spectra of a 2000 Hz pure tone digitized at 22 05 kHz were made with different record lengths and thus different bandwidths Spectrum a with a record length of 1024 points 46 0 mS shows a fairly sharp peak at 2000 Hz because of its relatively narrow bandwidth 35 3 Hz filter spectrum b with a record length of 256 points 11 5 mS corresponding to a wider bandwidth 141 Hz filter has
351. th a smaller heap size if there is not enough memory available in your computer for the JVM to allocate the maximum heap size This can happen if your computer does not have enough physical memory installed or if large amounts of the installed memory are in use by other programs When an out of memory error occurs Raven will ask if you want to use the Memory Manager to release some memory Memory usage summary The top portion of the Memory Manager window Figure 11 7 displays summary information about Raven s current memory usage Maximum Heap Size is the largest amount of memory that the JVM will attempt to allocate to the heap Current Heap Size is the current size of the heap that has been allocated by the JVM to Raven Each time Raven needs more memory than it has available the Current Heap Size increases as the JVM allocates succes sive increments of memory to the heap Memory Used is the amount of the current heap that Raven is actually using Memory Available is the amount of Raven s current heap that is not presently in use Memory Available is equal to Current Heap Size minus Memory Used Configuring Maximum Heap Size You can change the maximum heap size by clicking the Configure button in the Memory Manager window Figure 11 7 and entering a new maxi mum heap size in the Configure Maximum Heap Size dialog box that appears In order for the new maximum heap size to take effect you must Raven Pro 1 3 User s Ma
352. that show the relative intensity of dif ferent frequency components of a sound i e sound spectrum information see Figure 5 1 e Spectrogram views show how the spectrum of a sound varies over time in a three dimensional plot in which time is represented on the horizon tal axis frequency on the vertical axis and the relative power at a given point in time and frequency as a color by default grayscale value e Spectrogram slice views display a single spectrum from the series of spectra that constitute a spectrogram see below plotted as a two dimensional line graph with frequency on the horizontal axis and rela tive power in decibels on the vertical axis Selection spectrum views show the average spectrum of a sound over the time interval defined by the active selection Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 97 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis 98 ne kHz0 000 2 4 6 8 10 Figure 5 1 Raven s three spectrographic views The spectrogram slice shows a single spectrum from the spectrogram at the time indicated by the time position marker 8 329 seconds The selection spectrum shows the average spectrum over the time interval defined by the high lighted selection in the spectrogram How the To calculate any one of the three spectrographic view types Raven divides spectrographic a sound or a selected portion of a sound into a series of successive short views are related time segments or records and calcula
353. the effect of aliasing is to increase the noise in the digitized signal How ever if the spectrum of the analog signal contains any peaks above the Nyquist frequency the spectrum of the digitized signal will contain spuri ous peaks below the Nyquist frequency as a result of aliasing In spectro Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 273 Appendix A Digital Representation of Sound 274 grams aliasing is recognizable by the appearance of one or more inverted replicates of the real signal offset in frequency from the original Figure A 3 Figure A 3 Appearance of aliasing in spectrogram views a Spectro gram of a bearded seal song signal digitized at 11025 Hz All of the energy in the signal is below the Nyquist frequency 5512 5 Hz only the lowest 2300 Hz is shown The red line is at 1103 Hz one fifth of the Nyquist frequency b The same signal sampled at 2205 Hz one fifth of the original rate Nyquist frequency 1102 5 Hz without an anti alias ing filter The frequency downsweep in the first ten seconds of the orig inal signal appears in inverted form in this undersampled signal due to aliasing c The same signal as in b but this time passed through a low pass anti aliasing filter with a cutoff of 1100 Hz before being digi tized The downsweep in the first ten seconds of the original signal which exceeds the Nyquist frequency does not appear because it was blocked by the filter The usual way to prevent aliasing i
354. the problem and correct it in future versions You can see the additional information that Raven includes if you look in the Context tab If you send your message from another program this information will not be included 1 To configure Raven to fill in your email address automatically open the Rav enPreference txt file using any text editor and fill in your email address in the line raven feedback fromAddress yourl EmailAddressGyour l SP Save the edited file as plain text The next time you launch Raven and use the email feedback form your address will be supplied automatically in the From field Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 11 Customizing Raven DSEmail Feedback x File Insert To Cc o From yourEmailAddress yourlSP Category Bug Report E c MI Message Context Figure 11 9 The Raven email feedback dialog Outgoing mail Depending on how your computer is configured you may need to supply server Raven with the address of your outgoing mail server known as an SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol server If you have trouble sending email feedback from within Raven remove the from the line raven feedback smtpServer and fill in the address of your SMTP server at the end of the line If you don t know the address of your SMTP server you may be able to find it in a configuration or settings dialog of your usual email program or you can
355. ting the time varying output amplitudes of filters at successive analysis frequen 1 Sound spectrograms are sometimes called sonagrams Strictly speaking how ever the term sonagram is a trademark for a sound spectrogram produced by a particular type of spectrum analysis machine called a Sonagraph produced by the Kay Elemetrics Co Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis cies plotted above each other with amplitude again represented by color by default grayscale values A spectrogram can be characterized by its bandwidth the range of input frequencies around the central analysis fre quency that are passed by each filter All of the filters in a spectrogram have the same bandwidth irrespective of analysis frequency Record length bandwidth and the time frequency uncertainty principle The record length of a STFT determines the time analysis resolution At of the spectrogram Changes in the signal that occur within one record e 3 the end of one sound and the beginning of another or changes in fre quency cannot be resolved as separate events Thus shorter record lengths allow better time analysis resolution Similarly the bandwidth of a STFT determines the frequency analysis resolu tion Af of the spectrogram frequency components that differ by less than one filter bandwidth cannot be distinguished from each other in the out put of the filterbank Thus a STFT wi
356. tion that is superimposed upon the active selec tion choose View gt Active Selection N gt Clone Bounds The new selection will be activated and displayed on top of the previously active selection You can then manipulate the new selection via its control points Using cloning to segment a sound You can use cloning to segment a sound into a series of contiguous selec tions by the following procedure 1 Create the first selection in a series either in a waveform or spectro gram view 2 Clone the selection as described above 3 Drag the new selection s left edge to the right past the selection s right edge to the end time of the second selection in the series The edge that initially defined the end of the selection now defines its start which is at the same time as the end of the first selection The edge that origi nally defined the start now defines its end 4 Clone the second selection and then repeat step 3 as needed Measurements Choosing By default Raven displays four measurements in the selection table Begin measurements to Time End Time Low Frequency and High Frequency These values col display lectively called the selection bounds define the edges of a selection in a spectrogram view However you can choose to have Raven display any combination of measurements from a large repertoire Choosing Choose Measurements from the View menu or from the selection table s contex tual menu displays the Measureme
357. tive selection by default red for the active selection cyan for all others The second column labeled View displays an icon to indicate whether the row refers to a waveform spectrogram spectrogram slice or selection spectrum view The icons for the view types are the same ones used on the New View buttons in the view toolbar Figure 2 10 page 31 The num ber next to the icon indicates which view of a particular type the entry refers to for cases where more than one view of a given type exists The remaining columns in each row display measurements for the given selection and view Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 135 Chapter 6 Selection Measurements amp Editing f Sound 1 CanyonWren wav Table 1 Selection Draw Selection Vi Channel Begin Time End Time Low Freg High Freq H H 1 801 1 927 0 0 22050 0 1 801 1 927 0 0 22050 0 2 793 3 700 0 0 22050 0 2 793 3 700 0 0 22050 0 2 262 2 262 3789 8 3789 8 Figure 6 6 A sound window containing one waveform and one spec trogram view with multiple selections and the corresponding selection table Each sound window may have multiple selection tables They will be tabbed across the bottom of the sound window and each table operates independently and can be edited as such Using selection Unless otherwise specified initial selections made within a sound window tables will
358. top Recording button stops record ing If you click the button to start recording again Raven clears the Recorder window before beginning to display the new signal By default when recording to memory only Raven records into a 30 sec ond sound buffer You can specify a longer sound buffer when configuring the recorder see Buffer Size in Chapter 4 page 74 When you stop a recording the most recent part of the signal remains dis played on the screen You can do anything with this signal fragment that Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual More about recording Chapter 1 Getting Started you can do with a signal in any other sound window save it make selec tions from it copy from it print it whatever you like Remember that if you have been recording for a while you will only have the latest part of the signal to work with only what can be displayed and not the entire signal from the point at which you began recording Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording covers the recording process in more depth Read that chapter to find out e how to select and configure your input device e how to record to a file or a sequence of files e how to incorporate date and time stamps into names of acquired files e how to acquire signals at lower sample rates than those available from an audio input device signal decimation e other operations to perform while recording Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 19 Chapter 1 Getti
359. tor Detector gt Batch Channel Exporter Batch Correlator Batch Filter Batch Amplify Figure 2 6 Contents of the Tools menu The items in the Tools menu are advanced ways to work with data in sound files For information on using the correlation tool please refer to Chapter 9 Correlation For help with making detections see Chapter 10 Detection And to perform batch operations like channel exporting see Batch channel export in Chapter 8 page 175 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 27 Chapter 2 The Raven Window 28 The Help menu Help Raven Pro User s Manual What s New in Raven Pro Raven Web Site Frequently Asked Questions Raven License Agreement Raven Help Forum b JO Urnentation 23 Email Feedback feedback Check for Updates Read About Updates Search for New Features Updates About Raven hoUt Figure 2 7 Contents of the Help menu Documentation This section of the Help menu contains links to documentation for the Raven software You can access the entire Raven User s Manual by select ing the first option or you can chose to view the What s New document You can visit the Raven web site view frequently asked questions or read the Raven license agreement You can also access the Raven Help Forum which is a great tool for users Feedback By selecting the Email Feedback option you can submit comments bug reports
360. u must enter the X and Y locations of the sensor array ele ments The sensor positions need to be expressed using coordinates that indicate positions in meters relative to one another So if you have lati tude and longitude values you will need to convert these to UTM values and then derive the relative positions in meters Filtering If you would like the signal to be bandpass filtered before the beamform ing calculations are made enter low and high frequency limits to define the bandwidth that will be passed through the filter If your recording unit produces a DC offset signal it can be useful to filter this out for beam forming Also it may be useful to filter out upper harmonic or noisy fre quencies to reduce the appearance of aliasing in the beamogram by using a bandpass filter As an aside no filtering was used in creating the beamo gram in Figure 8 7 More information on how to filter a signal can be found in Filtering and amplifying sounds in Chapter 6 page 133 Beamforming The beamforming tab has several parameters to specify which are listed with brief descriptions below See Figure 8 9 for a picture of the tab Time Grid Hop size Record size The system computes one group of samples with length specified in Record Size section at a time Before computing each subsequent group of samples it hops by the number of samples given in the Hop size box This process is repeated iteratively for all be
361. ude is Ag For clarity of illustration sidelobes to the main pass band are not shown see text and Figure B 10 b Two overlapping fil ters centered at frequencies fg and f4 When the filter centered at f is presented with the same input as in a its output amplitude is A4 c A bank of overlapping filters simulated by a STFT Frequency f falls within the passbands of the filter centered at fy and of two filters blue and green on either side d Spectrum of a pure tone signal of fre quency fy produced by the filterbank shown in c The spectrum con sists of one amplitude value from each filter Because the filters overlap the spectrum is smeared showing energy at frequencies adja cent to fy The shape of the resulting spectrum is the same as that of a single filter Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 293 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Filter output amplitude dB Window functions 294 Third each filter does not completely block the passage of all frequencies outside of its nominal passband For each filter there is an infinite series of diminishing sidelobes in the filter s response to frequencies above and below the passband Figure B 10 These sidelobes arise because of the onset and termination of the portion of the signal that appears in a single record Since a spectrum of a pure tone made by passing the tone through a set of bandpass filters resembles the frequency response of a sing
362. ue saturation and brightness either by typing numerical values into the H S and B text fields or by using the graphical controls ches HSB RGB H C d C SB 100 54 R 255 Figure 11 3 The HSB hue saturation brightness color chooser in the Color Scheme Editor dialog Hue Values for hue H must be between 0 and 359 The current hue is indicated by the position of the slider control to the left of the vertical color bar To change the hue move the slider up or down or type a new value in the H field and press lt Enter gt Saturation and Brightness Values for saturation S and brightness B must be between 0 and 100 The large square panel to the left of the hue slider represents possible combinations of saturation and brightness The horizontal axis of the square represents color saturation ranging from 100 at the left edge to 0 at the right edge The vertical axis of the square repre sents brightness ranging from 100 at the top edge to 0 at the bottom edge To set the saturation and brightness of the selected color scheme element click on the point within the square that corresponds to the desired satura tion and brightness You can also drag the small white circle that indicates the current saturation and brightness within the saturation brightness square or type new values in the S and B fields and press Enter for each one Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 247 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven
363. undtrack Opening files from Canary mov formats In order to access files in these formats you must have QuickTime OT for Java installed on your computer Raven does not include the ability to save sound files in these additional formats You can check whether QT for Java is installed by look WINDOWS ing at the Download QuickTime Installer item on the Help menu If QT for Java is already present the menu item will be disabled If the menu item is enabled click on it and follow the instructions that appear in your web browser to install QT for Java MAC OS QT for Java is already installed on Mac OS computers Mac OS users can also open CD audio tracks with Raven Audio CD tracks will be displayed in the Vol umes folder as AIFC files that can be accessed from Raven s Open Files dialog Raven Pro can open sound files saved in the Canary file format Under Mac OS X Raven Pro can open these files directly In order to open Canary files in Raven Fro on a computer running Windows you must first convert the files to MacBinary format on a Mac OS computer then copy the files to the Windows machine You can convert Canary files to MacBinary by using a free conversion program available at http www birds cornell edu brp software canary converters Converting the files to MacBinary format is necessary x because Mac files have a two part structure that is not prop erly preserved if the file is simply copied fro
364. up of about 1 second from Figure 5 1 encompassing 17 individual spectra Spectrogram smoothing has been turned off to reveal the individual spectra in the spectrogram The highlighted selection identifies the one spectrum that appears in the spectrogram slice view The time position of the spectro gram slice view is indicated by the time position marker in the spectro gram at 20 555 sec Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 99 Chapter 5 Spectrographic Analysis In a selection spectrum view Raven displays an average spectrum based on a series of short spectra computed over the time interval of the active selection Figure 5 1 bottom view Raven now introduces a slight change in the calculation of power spectra The new method includes energy in the neg ative frequency bins of the DFT as well as normalization of the power spectrum by the number of points in the DFT win dow Power measurements made using this method will dif fer from the same measurements performed with previous versions of Raven by a multiplicative factor of 2 Nfft 1 Nfft for the zero frequency component To use this updated power spectra calculation check the box on the option screen that appears when Raven starts for the first time The new power spectra calculation should be used in cases when measurements need to be consistent with those made in Canary For more specific information on this new measurement method including how to change the current
365. ure Button will become accessible again Detector Active Checking this item box means that the detector will be run on each page as it is opened Unchecking the box means that the detec tor will not run on subsequent pages as you display th Clear Selections Interactive detectors are one way to test a set of parame ters If testing parameters is your only goal you may not want to have all selections from every page saved Checking the Clear Selections box forces Raven to clear the selection table for that detector each time it is run on a new page Note that reconfiguring the detector will clear all selec tions even if the Clear Selections is unchecked The Run Full button Detector Active box and Clear Selec tions box are only available when a detector is configured in a paged sound Otherwise you will not be able to select these options You can configure multiple interactive detectors and run them simulta neously in Raven Each will be given its own tab in the selection table with a corresponding color for the selections in the sound window See Figure 10 7 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Sound 4 BowheadWhaleSong aif Chapter 10 Detection Channel Begin Time S End Time S Low Freq Hz High Freq Hz 55 138 58 496 1000 0 2000 0 55 135 58 496 1000 0 2000 0 82 144 84 416 1000 0 2000 0 82 144 64 416 1000 0
366. vanced options retroactive recording to files When configuring a recorder you can use the Retroactive Recording Off set field to specify that acquisition to disk files should begin at a point in time prior to the moment when you click the Record to File button provided that the recorder was already recording to memory see Retroactive Recording Offset on page 93 This feature is useful when acquiring data from field or lab recordings that contain signals of interest interspersed among long segments without such signals For example if you re acquir ing data from a tape recording you might configure a file sequence recorder with a 5 second retroactive recording offset You would then monitor the tape by starting the recorder in record to memory mode and watching real time views as the tape is played back When you see or hear a signal of interest you would click the Record to File button Raven Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 93 Chapter 4 Signal Acquisition Recording would immediately begin acquiring data starting with the last 5 seconds in the recording buffer i e the last five seconds shown in real time views in the recorder window As long as you start the disk recording within 5 sec onds of the start of your signal of interest that signal would be saved to disk Advanced options exporting clip files while recording 94 The Clip Exporter now allows sound clips to be saved before the audio data in the real time reco
367. various audio output devices To display the controls for audio input devices choose Options gt Properties In the Properties dia log that appears Figure C 3 the Mixer device drop down menu lists all of the sound cards installed in your computer and lets you choose which one to use for audio input On many computers only a single sound card is installed its name may differ from that shown in Figure C 3 Click on Recording check the boxes next to all of the sound input devices that you may want to use on the list of volume controls at the bottom of the dialog box then click OK Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 299 Appendix C Configuring Audio Input E Volume Control Figure C 2 The Windows Volume Control dialog as it s initially dis played showing Playback controls Controls for different devices may be displayed depending on system configuration Properties C Aux M CD Player M Line In M Microphone Figure C 3 The Properties dialog for the Windows audio playback and recording devices The Mixer device name on your computer may differ from what s shown here 300 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Mac OS X Appendix C Configuring Audio Input The Volume Control dialog will be replaced by the Recording Source dia log Figure C 4 To choose which recording source will be used check the Select box for that device To adjust the recording level move the Volume slider control ing source Wav
368. w the time of the y pointer s location and the amplitude of the waveform at that time are shown in the mouse measurement field e When moving the mouse pointer over a spectrogram view the time and frequency of the pointer s location and the relative power at that time and frequency are shown in the mouse measurement field As you move the mouse pointer across a spectrogram slice view the mouse measurement field at the bottom of the Raven window displays Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 37 Chapter 2 The Raven Window the frequency at the mouse pointer location and the relative intensity at that frequency for the time slice shown Often the time scale is so compressed that the number of sample points represented exceeds the number of pixels in the window In this case each pixel stands for multiple sample points and the measurement display shows the minimum and maximum values of the samples represented at the time of the mouse position as in Figure 2 15 Changing the Appearance of the Raven Window Selectable look and feel Selectable desktop 38 background color Selectable tooltip color The color and texture of the Raven window the look and feel can be selected so that it mimics the appearance of several standard application types You can also choose to retain Raven s unique style and appearance Choose Window gt Look and Feel and select Metal Motif or Windows Metal is Raven 1 3 s standard ap
369. w Spectrogram Slice View Preset Window we Bm Te S12 3 dB Filter Bandwidth 124 Hz Frequency Grid 5 percent ja DFT Size 512 v samples S 256 i Grid Spacing Hz Figure 3 11 The Configure New Spectrogram Slice View dialog box This dialog box lets you specify various parameters that affect the appear ance of the spectrogram For now don t worry about what these parame ters mean they are explained in detail in Configuring spectrographic views in Chapter 5 page 100 Click OK to accept the default settings and compute the spectrogram slice view The sound window is re drawn with an additional view pane containing the new spectrogram slice view If the time position marker of the wave form or spectrogram view is at the very beginning of the data where Raven puts it by default when opening a new signal the spectrogram slice view does not display any data Figure 3 12 Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 51 Chapter 3 Visibility Views amp Navigation Showing data in a 52 new view Figure 3 12 This sound window contains the usual waveform and spectrogram views but it also contains a blank spectrogram slice view as well The spectrogram slice view displays no data when the time position marker of the spectrogram and waveform view is located at the start of the data all the way to the left To see valid data drag the time position marker to the right in eith
370. w band spectrogram record length 512 points 23 2 mS 3 dB bandwidth 61 9 Hz The waveform between the spectrograms shows the timing of the pulses What is the best window size to choose The answer depends on how rapidly the signal s frequency spectrum changes and on what type of information is most important to show in the spectrogram given your particular application For many applications Raven s default window size 512 samples provides a reasonable balance between time and fre quency resolution If you need to observe very short events or rapid changes in the signal a shorter window may be better if precise frequency representation is more important a longer window may be better If you need better time and frequency resolution than you can achieve in one 1 Ifthe features that you re interested in are distinguishable in the waveform e g the beginning or end of a sound or some other rapid change in ampli tude you ll achieve better precision and accuracy by making time measure ments on the waveform rather than the spectrogram Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 289 Appendix B A Biologist s Introduction to Spectrum Analysis Time grid spacing and window overlap 290 spectrogram you may need to make two spectrograms a wide band spec trogram with a small window for making precise time measurements and a narrow band spectrogram with a larger window for precise frequency measurements Time grid spac
371. window size what views are displayed their sizes color Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual 255 Chapter 11 Customizing Raven Color scheme presets Selectable look and feel desktop background color 256 tooltip color schemes position and scale selection table visibility and measurements displayed You can retrieve a saved window preset from the Window Pre set menu on the View menu or the contextual menu for any view Sound window presets are discussed further in Sound Window Presets in Chapter 3 page 61 Raven is installed with a sound window preset named Default which is initially specified as the default by the following entry in the preference file raven preset soundWindow defaultPreset Default To change the default to a different sound window preset edit this entry For example to use a sound window preset called MyWindow by default change the default measurement preset entry to raven preset soundWindow defaultPreset MyWindow A color scheme preset saves the colors of all elements in a color scheme the spectrogram color map and colors of view elements such as position markers selection borders and fills and background under a single pre set name You can retrieve a saved color scheme preset from the Color Scheme gt Preset menu on the View menu or the contextual menu for any view Raven is installed with a color scheme preset named Default which is initially specified as the default by the follow
372. wn View menu 58 Move View Up View menu 58 mp3 cannot play variable bitrate files 6 multi channel sounds 172 175 editing 172 hiding showing channels 171 selecting channels 175 multiple line views 64 grouping 65 N n in file name templates 80 new recorder 22 307 Index sound window 22 New Recorder File menu 72 New Sound Window File menu 10 New view creating 50 Normalization 190 Number of Lines as linkable properties 57 Nyquist frequency 272 274 O opacity 248 Open mp3 mp4 aifc mov formats 6 CD audio tracks 6 open existing sound file 23 recent folder 23 open from a CD 23 Open Recent Folder 6 Open Selections File menu 138 Open Sound File Sequence dialog box 162 Open Sound File Sequence File menu 162 Open Sound Files 3 Open Sound Files dialog box 2 3 165 Open Sound Files File menu 2 multiple files 165 Open Canary files 6 oscillogram 7 overlap 287 Overlap parameter 106 107 overwriting files during acquisition 261 P padlock icons in Configure New Spectrogram dia log box 108 Page Back button 160 Page Forward button 160 page increment 158 160 reconfiguring 161 page navigation panel See under paged sound windows page setup 23 page size 158 reconfiguring 161 page See paged sound windows paged sound windows 157 configuring 158 current file indicator 160 current page 157 editing prohibited 157 jump to file 160
373. y grid spacing and DFT 108 size Figure 5 10 Effect of varying hop size in spectrograms The signal is part of a song of a lark sparrow digitized at 44 1 kHz The three spec trograms are unsmoothed and differ only in hop size window overlap In all three spectrograms window type Hann window size 512 samples 11 6 mS 3 dB bandwidth 124 Hz frequency grid spacing 86 1 Hz DFT size 512 samples a Hop size 11 6 mS window overlap 0 b Hop size 5 8 mS window overlap 50 c Hop size 1 1 mS window overlap 90 A spectrogram made with a negative window overlap ignores x some of the available data and can give an extremely mis leading picture of a signal Negative window overlaps should generally be avoided unless you have some specific reason for wanting to omit some parts of a signal from analysis Lock Overlap vs Lock Hop Size Next to the Overlap and Hop Size fields are two buttons marked with open and closed padlock icons The button that displays the closed pad lock indicates which value window overlap or hop size will be locked or held constant when you make changes to the window size Clicking on either button reverses the state of both buttons The frequency grid spacing of a spectrogram visible as the height of the individual boxes in an unsmoothed spectrogram see Smoothed vs unsmoothed display on page 120 depends on the sample rate which
374. y the yellow highlights If a sound contains any data the number of channels in the sound cannot be changed To save a subset of channels from an open sound first select the channels as described above Then choose File gt Save Selected Chan nels As You can choose to Save the new file in a number of different formats 8 bit 16 bit or 24 bit aiff or 8 bit 16 bit or 24 bit wav Choose the file type then click Save In contrast to Raven 1 2 Raven 1 3 allows an entire channel or channels of data to be saved without a selection having to be made and so this feature replaces the need to select an entire view in order to save a channel If you want to select an entire view for saving or editing make sure you are zoomed to the entire signal then choose Edit gt Select All This will select all of the currently viewed data in the active view Raven Pro 1 3 User s Manual Chapter 8 Multi channel Sounds o Raven 1 2 He Rm yow ee ee kg 00 7 m gt WE raho oit Waveform 1 vi E Spectrogram 1 ues Group By view v gJ5Sprscrooram Channel 3 8 B Channels d 6 Ar ve Es AM u i P EAA th ae TT halt TO yu ka idm vi 4 A S y M t TORE 2 lvi 2 i 0 000 1s is EHI ie Ara ee I mee sp 2 4 6 1s 18 v4 g Spectrogram 1 Channel 3 2 4 3 V p 6 1 i fici rt a Co Ms 4 T pte ae Ti vH uud i TT Mi Ead E A 1 Ec AY REUS

Raven Pro 1.3 User`s Manual - College of Computer, Mathematical

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents